Report I
I4
CftI4
/ ogottaitet/1/ �
Iinsult
i---7c6) -3 7u' A--u .
Romano s Macaroni Grill ._tt:
I 17003 SW 72nd
Avenue
Tigard, OR 97224 oz-/
1 WATERLOO
1 restaurant ventures
I
Waterloo Restaurant Ventures
201 NE Plaza Drive, Suite 267
Vancouver, WA 98684
1
PROJECT MANUAL
I
Issue Date: ,----41,,,,e
I September 10, 2004 , —/
Permit/Bid Set
tori
Offla
r
� ,� N ,�,\ '.
app
I tyl Li _
MulvannyG2 Architecture
I 601 SW Second Avenue Suite 1200
Portland, OR 97204
MG2 #04-0098-01
II ,
V 3720
I BRIAN R. FLEENER [
• ... 44 •
t ,
PORTLAND, OR
I
140F O
1
1
I
PROJECT MANUAL
ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
ISSUE DATE: September 10, 2004
Permit/Bid Set
17003 SW 72nd Avenue
Tigard, OR 97224
OWNER:
Waterloo Restaurant Ventures
201 NE Plaza Drive, Suite 267
Vancouver,WA 98664
ARCHITECT:
MulvannyG2 Architecture
601 SW Second Avenue Suite 1200
Portland, OR 97204
MECHANICAL/ELECTRICAL:
Interface Engineering, Inc.
708 SW Third Avenue, Suite 400
Portland, OR 97204
STRUCTURAL ENGINEER:
Froelich Consulting Engineers
6969 SW Hampton Street
Tigard, OR 97221
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098 01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
I
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
1
I
I
I
I
• I
I
!I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ISection No. Title Number ofPages
Section 00001 Cover 1
I Section 00002 Title Page 1
Section 00003 Table of Contents 4 1
DIVISION 0 CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
I Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders 1
Section 00220 Subsurface Investigation (OWN) 1
Section 00600 Performance Bond 1
I Section 00620 Labor and Materials Payment Bond 1
1
Section 00650 Certificates of Insurance
Section 00700 General Conditions 1
I DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section 01010 Work Covered By Contract Documents 1
Section 01015 Contractor Use Of Premises 1
Section 01018 Owner Furnished Items 2
I Section 01029 Change Order Procedures 1
Section 01030 Alternates 1
Section 01040 Coordination 1
I Section 01050 Field Engineering 2
Section 01300 Submittals 3
Section 01410 Testing Laboratory Services 2
Section 01500 Temporary Utilities 2
I Section 01520 Security 1
Section 01530 Project Identification And Signs 1
Section 01540 Field Offices And Sheds 1
1 Section 01700 Contract Closeout 2
Section 01720 Project Record Documents 2
DIVISION 2 SITEWORK
I Section 02300 Earthwork 5
Section 02311 Finish Grading 2
Section 02505 Concrete Paving, Walks, Curbs, Gutters, And Approaches 4
Section 02511 Asphaltic Concrete Paving 3
f Section 02580 Pavement Marking 2
Section 02854 Parking Bumpers(Wheel Stops) 1
Section 02900 Landscaping (NIC) 1
I DIVISION 3 CONCRETE
Section 03100 Concrete Formwork 4
Section 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 2
Section 03300 Cast-In-Place Concrete 5
I Section 03356 Grooved Surface Concrete (Sawcut) 1
Section 03370 Concrete Curing 2
DIVISION 4 MASONRY
I Section 04220 Concrete Unit Masonry 4
Section 04451 Manufactured Stone Veneer(NIC) 1
DIVISION 5 METALS
I Section 05120 Structural Steel 3
Section 05400 Cold-Formed Metal Framing (ST FR) 3
Section 05500 Metal Fabrications (Misc. Metal) 3
DIVISION 6 WOOD & PLASTICS
Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 4
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
I September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 2 Number of
I/
Section No. Title Pages
Section 06188 Glued-Laminated Structural Units 2
Section 06194 Prefabricated Wood Trusses 3
Section 06196 Plywood Web Joists 2
Section 06200 Finish Carpentry 5
Section 06311 Preservative Treated Lumber 1
Section 06321 Fire-Retardant Treated Lumber(WD FR) 1
Section 06473 Wood Shutters(Stationary LVR) 2
Section 06620 Solid Non-Porous Sheet and Shape Products 2
DIVISION 7 THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION I
Section 07211 Batt And Blanket Insulation 1
Section 07212 Board Insulation 1
Section 07220 Roof And Deck Insulation 3
Section 07240 Exterior Insulation And Finish Systems 2
Section 07321 Clay Roofing Tiles 3
Section 07525 Modified Bitumen Roofing 5
Section 07600 Flashing And Sheet Metal 4
Section 07920 Sealants And Caulking 4
Section 07921 Foam Sealant 2
DIVISION 8 DOORS&WINDOWS I
Section 08112 Standard Steel Doors 2
Section 08113 Standard Steel Frames 3
Section 08114 Stile And Rail Steel Doors 2
Section 08211 Flush Wood Doors 2
Section 08212 Plastic Faced Flush Wood Doors 2
Section 08216 Stile And Rail Wood Doors 2 i
Section 08306 Access Panels 2
Section 08613 Wood Fixed Windows 3
Section 08710 Finish Hardware 3
Section 08730 Weatherstripping And Seals 2
Section 08800 Glazing 2
Section 08811 Glass 2
DIVISION 9 FINISHES
Section 09111 Metal Stud Framing System 4
Section 09215 Veneer Plaster 4
Section 09220 Portland Cement Plaster(Stucco) 5
Section 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies 5
Section 09261 Acoustical Panels 1
Section 09310 Ceramic Tile 2
Section 09330 Quarry Tile 2
Section 09390 Tile Backer Board Panels 2
Section 09511 Acoustic Panel Ceilings 2
Section 09545 Reinforced Plastic Panels 2
Section 09638 Stone Paving &Flooring 2
Section 09680 Carpet 3
Section 09900 Painting 6
Section 09931 Stain Finishing For Concrete Floors (Chemical) 2
Section 09940 Duct Liner 1
Section 09955 Vinyl Wall Covering 2
DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES
Section 10305 Manufactured Masonry Fireplace And Chimney System 21
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
I TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 3 Number of
Section No. Title Pages
I Section 10523 Portable Fire Extinguishers 2
Section 10810 Toilet Accessories 2
DIVISION 11 EQUIPMENT—NOT USED
IDIVISION 12 FURNISHINGS
DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
111 DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS
DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL .
Section 15010 General Requirements For Mechanical Work 7
I Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 6
Section 15100 Valves 2
Section 15140 Supports And Anchors 3
I Section 15250 Insulation 4
Section 15330 Automatic Sprinkler Systems 4
Section 15335 Kitchen Hood Fire Suppression Systems 4
Section 15420 Plumbing Systems 3
I Section 15421 Domestic Water Heaters 1
Section 15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim 2
Section 15782 Packaged Roof-Top Cooling/Heating Units 4
Section 15855 Air Handling Equipment 1
I Section 15880 Air Distribution 5
Section 15911 Fire Resistive Duct Wrap 4
Section 15990 Testing, Adjusting And Balancing 3
IDIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL
Section 16010 General Requirements For Electrical Work 8
Section 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 5
11 Section 16110 System of Raceways 3
Section 16120 Wires and Cables 3
Section 16140 Wiring Devices 2
Section 16190 Supporting Devices 1
I Section 16401 Power Service Entrance 2
Section 16402 IFS Distribution Systems and Equipment(600v& Below) 4
Section 16421 Communication Service Entrance 1
I Section 16450 Grounding 3
Section 16480 Motor Wiring 2
Section 16500 Lighting Fixtures 6
Section 16721 Fire Alarm System 4
ISection 16950 Testing
I
I
I
IMulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page 4 Number of
Section No. Title Pages
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
I
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
1
1
I
,l
1
i
I
I
I
I
1
II
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1111
I
Instructions to Bidders
1 DEFINITIONS
Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the Contract Documents. The Bidding Requirements
consist of the Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, the Bid Form, and
other sample bidding and contract forms. The proposed Contract Documents consist of the form of Agreement
between the Owner and Contractor, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions),
IDrawings, Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract,including Brinker Change Memos
and Change Lists.
Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Owner prior to the execution of the Contract which modify
I or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions,deletions,clarifications or corrections.
Bid Proposal is the complete and properly signed proposal from the bidder to do the Work for the sums stipulated
Itherein,submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents.
The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid Proposal for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the
Bidding Documents as the base,to which Work may be added or from which Work may be deleted for sums stated in
I Alternate Bids.
An Alternate Bid(or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid Proposal to be added to or deducted from the amount
Iof the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work,as described in the Bidding Documents,is accepted.
A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid Proposal as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment or
services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents.
I A Bidder is a qualified General Contractor who submits a Bid.
I A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials,equipment or labor for a portion of the
Work.
The Owner or Owner's Representative is the designated Brinker Construction Manager as indicated on the Invitation
1 to Bid letter.
I BIDDER'S REPRESENTATIONS
The Bidder by making a Bid represents that:
IThe Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents and the Bid is made in accordance therewith.
The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents, to the extent that such
Idocumentation relates to the work for which the Bid is submitted, for other portions of the Project, if any, being bid
concurrently or presently under construction.
The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and
Ihas correlated the Bidder's personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents.
The Bid is based upon the materials,equipment and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception.
I
I
I
I
BIDDING DOCUMENTS
COPIES
One complete set of reproducible drawings and one set of specifications will be sent to the bidders from the"issuing
office"designated in the Invitation to Bid without deposit.
Bidding Documents are the property of the Owner and shall be returned to the Owner within 10 days of notification of
award of the contract to another bidder.
Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub-bidders or others.
Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids; the Owner assumes no responsibility for
errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents.
Information in the Bidding Documents consisting of drawings and specifications is proprietary information and may
not be disseminated to the public. The Owner, in making copies of the Bidding Documents available on the above
terms,do so,only for the purpose of obtaining bids on the work and do not confer a license or grant for any other use.
Copying the drawings,by any means, is forbidden without the express written consent of the Owner. Submission or
distribution for bidding or for other purposes in connection with the project is not to be construed as publication in
derogation of the Architect's common law copyright or other reserved rights.
INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
The bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents with each other, and if applicable with other
work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the Work for which the Bid
is submitted, shall examine the site and local conditions,and shall at once report to the Owner errors,inconsistencies
or ambiguities discovered.
Bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Document shall make a written request which shall
reach the Owner's Representative at least five days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Sub-bidders requiring
clarification shall make written request to the bidders.
Interpretations,corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents shall be via Addendum,Brinker Change Memos or
Brinker Changes Lists. Interpretations,corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner
will not be binding,and Bidders shall not rely upon them.
SUBSTITUTIONS
The materials,products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function,
dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. In addition, any proposed substitutions
must be submitted in writing for approval to the Owner at least 10 days prior to the date for receipt of bids. Items
designated in the Bidding Documents as"no-substitutions"will not be substituted.
ADDENDA
Addenda will be mailed, faxed or delivered to all Bidders who have received a complete set of Bidding Documents.
Bidders shall be responsible to deliver addenda or any written change to the Sub-bidders. 1
Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a Bid that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued,Change Memos,
Change Lists and the Bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the bid.
BIDDING PROCEDURES
FORMS
Bids shall be submitted on forms furnished by the Owner. A Bid Proposal Form will be issued to each Bidder as
stipulated in the Invitation to Bid for him to prepare and submit his Bid.
All blanks on the Bid Proposal Form shall be filled in by typeset or in blue or black ink.
I
I
Where so indicated by the makeup of the bid form,shall be expressed figures.
Interlineations,alterations and erasures must be initialed by the signer of the Bid.
All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no changes in the Base Bid is required,enter"No Change."
Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract.
Within 5 calendar days after submitting the Bid Proposal, Bidders shall complete in it's entirety Owners enclosed
"Table of Labor Rates"to be used for pricing project Changes Orders. The"Table of Labor Rates" shall be attached
to the contract as Exhibit F. The labor rates for each class of craft personnel,through working foremen shall be listed
and based upon gross wages, of jobsite labor, plus payroll costs, (including social security, state unemployment,
insurance taxes and fringe benefits and overhead and profit.)
The bidder shall include with the Bid Proposal an estimated construction period in consecutive calendar days Prior to
Owner issuing a"Letter of Authorization." Bidder shall submit an estimated critical path progress schedule for the
completion of the Work within the time frame of the construction period submitted with the Bid Proposal. This
Progress schedule shall be attached to the contract as Exhibit 0 and shall be the"Construction Progress Schedule."
1I SUBMISSION OF BIDS
Bid Proposal form shall be addressed to the designated Brinker Construction Manager.
Bids may be faxed to the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids received after the
time and date for receipt of Bids may be rejected by owner.
The bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids.
Oral or telephone Bids are invalid and will not receive consideration.
MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID
A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during a period of thirty days following the time
and date designated for the receipt of Bids,and each Bidder so agrees in submitting his Bid.
Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids,a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to
the Owner. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the Bidder.
Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are
then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders.
CONSIDERATION OF BIDS
OPENING OF BIDS
Properly identified Bids received on time will be opened privately,an abstract of the Base Bids and Alternate Bids,if
any,may,at the discretion of the Owner,be made available to the Bidders within a reasonable time.
REJECTION OF BIDS
The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids,reject a Bid not accompanied by other data required by the
Bidding Documents,or reject a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular.
ACCEPTANCE OF BID(AWARD)
It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest responsible Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted
in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available.
I
I
I
I
The Owner shall have the right to waive informalities or irregularities in a Bid received and to accept the Bid which,
in the Owner's judgment,is in the Owner's own best interests.
The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination,unless otherwise specifically
provided in the Bidding Documents,and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and
Alternates accepted,as well as the number of days bid.
POST-BID INFORMATION
CONTRACTOR'S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT
Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under consideration shall submit to the Owner,upon request,a properly
executed AIA Document A305,Contractor's Qualification Statement,unless such a Statement has been previously
required and submitted as a prerequisite to the issuance of Bidding Documents.
SUBMITTALS
The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Owner the reliability and responsibility of the
persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents(i.e.,Project
Manager, Superintendent,etc.).
Anytime prior to the award of the Contract,the Owner,may notify the Bidder if in the Owner's judgement,has II
reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Bidder. If the Owner has reasonable objection to a
proposed person or entity,the Bidder may,at the Bidder's option,(1)withdraw the bid and submit an acceptable
substitute person or entity with an acceptable adjustment in the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference in
cost occasioned by such substitution. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price in qualifying the bidders.
PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND
PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND REQUIREMENTS
If stipulated in the Bidding Documents,the Bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the
Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Bonds may be secured through the Bidder's usual sources
with Owner's approval.
If the furnishing of bonds is stipulated in the Bidding Documents,the cost of said bond shall be included in the Bid. If
the furnishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and before execution of the Contract,the cost of such
bonds shall be added to the Bid in determining the Contract Sum.
If the Owner requires that bonds be secured from other than the Bidder's usual sources,changes in cost will beII
adjusted.
The Owner shall retain the right to waive the bond requirements at his own discretion. I
FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR
FORM TO BE USED I
The agreement for the Work will be written on Brinker International,Inc.,Construction Contract Between Owner and
Contractor. A copy of Agreement is being sent from the Owner as designated in the Invitation to Bid.
END OF SECTION 1
1
I
I
I
ISECTION 00220
SUBSURFACE INVESTIGATION (OWN)
IPART I-GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. Geotechnical Investigation (Sub-surface Soils Tests)for the project site has been performed and a
report of that investigation has been completed. A copy of the investigation report can be obtained
from the Owner.
1.02 SUBSURFACE INFORMATION
I A. Log of borings indicates materials penetrated at specific locations. Owner and/or Architect assume
no responsibility for any conclusions or interpretations made by Contractor related to information
included in the Report. Should Contractor require additional information concerning sub-surface
1 conditions, he may without cost to Owner, make additional investigations. Should additional
investigations produce information different from that in Soil Report, notify Owner in writing.
1.03 REQUIREMENT
IA. Contractor read and otherwise become completely familiar with contents of Soil Report, including
but not limited to its recommendations for preparation of subsoil, bases, sub-bases and fill and
I construction of building foundations, parking and paving. Provide building foundations in
compliance with recommendations in Report. Should discrepancy be found between the
requirements of Soil Report and the drawings and/or specifications, notify Architect in writing prior
to beginning Work.
IB. Structural Engineer to state applicable data for final design from the soil report. Reference
drawings for details.
I
IEND OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
I
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank) I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
..r
I
DOCUMENT 00600
PERFORMANCE BOND
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENT
A. At the discretion of the owner a Performance bond as described below may be required for this
project. As a condition of bidding this work, the General Contractor acknowledges his ability to
provide this bond upon request. Should bond be required WRV will add the cost of said bond to the
contract value.
B Simultaneously with his delivery of executed Contract to Owner, Contractor shall deliver executed
A.I.A. Document A311-Latest Edition, "Performance Bond", in the amount of one hundred (100%)
percent of the Contract amount. Such Bond shall be signed by the Contractor as Principal and by a
corporate surety satisfactory to the Owner. The surety company underwriting such bond shall be a
company authorized to do business in the State of Oregon in which the work is located and must
maintain a corporate office in the State for the purpose of accepting legal service. The
Performance Bond shall be made a part of the public record by the Contractor in accordance with
all applicable laws and regulations of the State, Parish, County, Municipality,Township or other
legal subdivision in which the Work is located. Bidder to verify if Performance Bond is required.
B. SUBCONTRACT BONDS
The Contractor shall have the right to require subcontractor bonds from any subcontractor. Such
bonds shall be required and specified as above.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098 01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set. Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
t
1
DOCUMENT 00600
PERFORMANCE BOND111
Page 2
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
a
I
I
I
1
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture ii
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES Il
I
I
DOCUMENT 00620
LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND
Page 1
PART I—GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENT
A. At the discretion of the owner a Labor and Materials Payment Bond as described below may be
required for this project. As a condition of bidding this work, the General Contractor acknowledges
his ability to provide this bond upon request. Should bond be required WRV will add the cost of said
bond to the contract value.
B. Simultaneously with his delivery of executed Contract to Owner, Contractor shall deliver executed
"Labor and Materials Payment Bond", in the amount of one hundred (100%)percent of the
Contract amount,fully indemnifying Owner and premises against all liens. Bond shall be signed by
the Contractor as Principal and by a corporate surety satisfactory to the Owner. The surety
company underwriting such bond shall be a company authorized to do business in the State in
which the work is located and must maintain a corporate office in the State for the purpose of
accepting legal service. The Payment Bond shall be made a part of the public record by the
Contractor in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations of the State, Parish, County,
Municipality, Township or other legal subdivision in which the Work is located. Bond shall be
maintained in full force and effect at Contractor's expense during the life of the contract. Bidder to
verify with Owner if Performance Bond is required.
C. SUBCONTRACT BONDS
The Contractor shall have the right to require subcontractor bonds from any subcontractor. Such
bonds shall be required and specified as above.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098 01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1
I
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
I
I
1
1
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
DOCUMENT 00650
CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE
Page 1
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A."Supplemental Attachment for Certificate of Insurance" Document G715, latest edition, as published by
the American Institute of Architects, shall be used to fulfill the requirements for certificates of
insurance specified in the GENERAL CONDITIONS of these Specifications.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
DOCUMENT 00650
CERTIFICATES OF INSURANCE
Page 2
I
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
U
I
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
I DOCUMENT 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 1
IPARTI-GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
IA, Waterloo Restaurant Ventures "General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,"all Articles
inclusive,form a part of these Contract Documents and are bound herein.
I
END OF SECTION
I
Hi
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
DOCUMENT 00700
GENERAL CONDITIONS
Page 2
I
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
111
Waterloo Restaurant Ventures
! GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION
Table of Contents
1. GENERAL PROVISIONS 1
2. OWNER 2
3. CONTRACTOR 3
4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT 9
5. SUBCONTRACTORS 13
6. CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 14
7. CHANGES IN THE WORK 15
8. TIME 17
9. PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 18
10. PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 22
i11. INSURANCE AND BONDS 24
12. UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 27
13. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 28
14. TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 29
I
I
I
I
I
I
Page 2 1
The Owner and Contractor hereby agree as set forth below and in the additional Contract
Documents enumerated herein.
ARTICLE 1
GENERAL PROVISIONS I
1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS
1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
The Contract documents consist of the Agreement between Owner and Contractor(hereinafter the
Agreement), General Conditions of the Contract,Drawings, Specifications,Addenda issued prior to
execution of the contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after the
execution of the Contract. A Modification is(1)a written amendment to the Contract signed by both
parties, (2)a change Order,or(3)a Construction Change Directive. Unless specifically enumerated in the
Agreement,the Contract Documents do not include other documents such as bidding requirements
(advertisement or invitation to bid, sample forms, or the Contractor's bid). I
1.1.2 THE CONTRACT
The contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and
integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations,representation or
agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by Modification. The
Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind(1)between the
Architect and Contractor, (2)between the Owner and a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor, (3)between
the Owner and Architect or(4)between any persons or entities other than the Owner and Contractor.
1.1.3 THE WORK I
The term "Work"means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents,whether
completed or partially completed,and includes all other labor,materials, equipment and services provided
or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor's obligations. The Work may constitute the
whole or part of the Project.
1.1.4 THE PROJECT
The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be
the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner or by separate contractors.
1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS
The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design,
location and dimensions of the Work,generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and
diagrams.
1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS
The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for
materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related
services.
1.1.7 THE PROJECT MANUAL
The Project Manual is a volume assembled for the Work,which may include the bidding requirements,
sample forms, Conditions of the Contract and Specifications. I
I
I
I
I Page 3
1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
I 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and
completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary,and what is
required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be requires
only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being
necessary to produce the indicated results.
1.2.2 Several similar conditions may be illustrated by a single detail drawing. Accordingly,the drawing
I may be subject to minor adjustments,as directed by the Owner,to satisfy the exact conditions. If
discrepancies appear,the Contractor shall request interpretation from the Owner before proceeding with the
work. The Contractor shall request interpretation from Owner before proceeding with the work.
IContractor shall not himself make such interpretation except at his own risk,responsibility,and expense.
1.2.3 Organization of the Specification into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of
I Drawings shall not control the Contractor in diving the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the
extent of Work to be preformed by any trade.
I 1.2.4 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents,words,which have well-known technical, or
construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized
meanings.
1 1.3 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.3.1 The Contract Documents shall be signed by the Owner and Contractor.
1 1.3.2 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the
site,become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to preformed and correlated
personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents.
I1.4 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS,SPECIFICATION AND OTHER INSTRUMENT
OF SERVICE
I 1.4.1 All drawings and specification related to this project,including all copies thereof,are and shall
remain the property of the Owner. With the exception of one contract set for each party to the Contract,
such documents are to be returned or suitably accounted for to the Owner on request at the completion of
Ithe Work.
1.4.2 The construction documents,both drawings and specification,for this project contain proprietary
I information,are to be used only with respect to this project, are not to be used on any other project without
the express written consent of the Owner,and may be disseminated to the public or filed in any public
record unless required by law. Submission or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for
other purposes in connection with the project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the
IOwner's and Architect's common law copyright or other reserved rights.
ARTICLE 2
IOWNER
2.1 GENERAL
I 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout
the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative
I
I
I
Page 4 1
who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner's
approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in Subparagraph 4.2.1,the Architect does not have
such authority. The term"Owner"means the Owner or the Owner's authorized representative.
2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish the Contractor within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, I
information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of or enforce mechanic's lien
rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which
the Project is located,usually referred to as the site,and the Owner's interest therein. I
2.2 INFORAMTION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER
2.2.1 Except for permit and fees, including those required under Subparagraph 3.7.1,which are the
responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents,the Owner shall secure and pay for
necessary approvals, easements,assessments and charges required for construction,use or occupancy of
permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. 1
2.2.2 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics,legal limitations and utility
locations for the site of the Project,and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitles to
rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to111
the safe performance of the Work.
2.23 Information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents shall be furnished by the I
Owner with reasonable promptness. Any other information or services relevant to the Contractor's
performance of the Work under the Owner's control shall be furnished by the Owner after receipt from the
Contractor of a written request for such information or services. I
2.2.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor will be furnished,free of
charge, such copies of Drawings and Project Manuals as are reasonably necessary for execution of the
Work.
2.3 OWNER'S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK
2.3.1 If the Contractor fails to correct Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the
Contract Documents as required by Paragraph 12.2 or persistently fails to carry out Work in accordance
with the Contract Documents,the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work,or
any portion thereof,until the cause for such order has been eliminated;however,the right of the Owner to
stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of
the Contractor or any other person or entity,except to the extent required by Subparagraph 6.1.3.
2.4 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK
2.4.1 If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract
Documents and fails after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of
such default or neglect with diligence and promptness,the Owner may,without prejudice to other remedies
the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued
deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such p
deficiencies, including Owner's expenses and compensation for the Architect's additional services made
necessary by such default,neglect,or failure. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not
sufficient to cover such amounts,the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
I
I
I
Page 5
ARTICLE 3
I3.1 GENERAL CONTRACTOR
3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to
throughout the Contract document as if singular in number. The term"Contractor"means the Contractor or
the Contractor's authorized representative.
3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Owner in the Owner's administration of the
Contract,or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons other than the Contractors.
3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR
3.2.1 Since the Contract Documents are complementary,before starting each portion of the Work,the
Contractor shall carefully study and compare the various Drawings and other Contract Documents relative
to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Subparagraph
2.2.2, shall take field measurements of any existing condition related to that portion of the Work and shall
observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating
construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors,omissions,or
inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, any errors,inconsistencies or omissions discovered
by the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Owner as a request for information in such form as the
Owner may require.
3.2.2 Any design errors or omissions noted by the Contractor during this review shall be reported
promptly to the Owner but it is recognized that the Contractor's review is made in the Contractor's capacity
as a contractor and not as licensed professional unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract
Documents. The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance
with applicable laws, statutes,ordinances,building codes, and rules and regulations,but any nonconformity
discovered by or made known to the Contractor shall be reported promptly to the Owner.
3.2.3 If the contractor believes that additional costs or time is involved because of clarifications or
instructions issued by the Owner in response to the Contractor's notice or requests for information pursuant
to Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2,the contractor shall make Claims as provided in Subparagraphs 4.3.6 and
4.3.7. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Subparagraphs 3.2.1 and 3.2.2,the Contractor
shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner as would have been avoided if the Contractor had
performed such obligations. The Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages
resulting from errors,inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents.
3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work,using the Contractor's best skill and attention.
The Contractor shall be solely responsible for and have control over construction means,methods,
techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract,
unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. If the Contract
Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means,methods,techniques, sequences or
procedures,the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and,except as stated below, shall be
fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means,methods,techniques, sequences or
procedures. If the Contractors determine that such means,methods,techniques, sequences or procedures
I
I
I
Page 6
may not be safe,the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and shall not proceed with
that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Owner. If the Contractor is then
instructed to proceed with the required means,methods,techniques, sequences or procedures without
acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor,the Owner shall be solely responsible for any resulting
loss or damage.
3.3.1.1 Contractor shall be solely responsible for all lines and levels necessary for the location and erection111
of the project. If any discrepancies in the contract documents should appear during layout of the building,
the Contractor shall notify the Owner and shall not proceed with any work effected by such discrepancies
until he has received instructions from the Owner.
3.3.1.2 All trades and Subcontractors shall take their own measurements of the building,verifying same •
with the drawings, and shall be responsible for the proper fit of their portions of the completed work. The
Contractor shall be prepared to guarantee to the various trades and Subcontractors of all the dimensions I
concerning his work,which they may require for the fabrication, and fitting of their own to adjoining work.
3.3.1.3 Extra charges or compensation will not be allowed on account of differences between actual
measurements and the dimension shown on the drawings,but any such differences which may be found
shall be submitted t the Owner for adjustment before proceeding with the Work.
3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor's
employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees,and other persons or entities performing
portions of the Work for or on behalf of the Contractor or any of its Subcontractor's.
33.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to II
determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work.
3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS
3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,the Contractor shall provide and pay for
labor,materials, equipment,tools, construction equipment and machinery,water,heat,utilities,
transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work,
whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work.
3.4.2 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor's employees
and other persons carrying out the Contract. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons
or persons not skilled in tasks assigned to them.
3.4.3 Standards and Substitutions: The details on the drawings and the requirements of the specifications 1
shall be based on the LISTED article,material and/or piece of equipment described in the specification. If
the Contractor desires to furnish any of the other listed articles,materials, or pieces of equipment, or an
approved equal,OTHER THAN THE ITEMS LISTED in the specifications,the Contractor alone is
responsible for correct function, operation,and accommodation of the item into the spaces allotted on the
drawings. In the event of misfit,or of changes in the work being required,including work of all trades,the
Contractor alone shall pay all costs for extra work,or changes in the Work,arising out of the use of other
than the SPECIFIED ITEM of material or equipment including the cost of such architectural or engineering
analysis and drawing changes as may be required.
3.4.4 Should the Contractor desire to substitute another article,material or item of equipment after the
award of the Contract, for one specified,he shall,within ten days after the award,make such request for
substitution in writing, stating credit involved and shall provide all required supporting data and samples to
justify his request. However,the mere making of such request for substitution shall not imply any
I
I
Page 7
obligation on the part of the Owner,to accept same. Should another item be accepted as a substitute for
lone specified,the Contractor shall be responsible for its correct function,operation, and accommodation
into spaces allotted. In the event of a misfit,or changes in work being required in work of any or all trades,
on account of acceptance of a substitution offered by the Contractor,the Contractor alone shall bear the
costs for extra work to make changes arising as a result of the use of the substitution, including the cost of
such architectural or engineering analysis and drawings changes as may be required.
3.5 WARRANTY
3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract
will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the Contract Documents,that the
Work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted,and that the Work will
conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work not conforming to these requirements,
including substitutions not properly approved and authorized,may be considered defective. The
Contractor's warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse,modifications not executed
by the Contractor,improper or insufficient maintenance,improper operation, or normal wear and tear and
normal usage.
3.5.1.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner that for a period of one(1)year following date of Final
Completion,upon receipt of notice from the Owner,defects in materials,and/or workmanship,which
appear in the work,will promptly be corrected by the Contractor to the condition originally required by the
Contract Documents at Contractor's expense. The Contractor shall schedule work to correct defects(with
the Owner's knowledge and approval)in a manner as to minimize interference with the restaurant's normal
operations.
3.6 TAXES
3.6.1 The Contractor shall pay sales,consumer,use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the
Contractor which are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded,whether or not yet
effective or merely scheduled to go into effect.
3.7 PERMITS,FEES AND NOTICES
3.7.1_ The Owner shall secure and pay for the building permit necessary for proper execution and
completion of the Work,which is customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which is legally
required when bids are received or negotiations concluded.
3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by laws, ordinances,rules,regulations
and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work.
3.7.3 It is not the Contractor's responsibility to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance
with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances,building codes, and rules and regulations. However,if the
Contractor observes that portions of the Contract Documents are at variance therewith,the Contractor shall
promptly notify the Owner in writing,and necessary changes shall be accomplished by appropriate
Modifications.
3.7.4 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to laws,statutes, ordinances,building
codes, and rules and regulations without such notice to the Owner,the Contractor shall assume appropriate
responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction.
3.7.4.1 Contractor shall pay for any deposits required for installation and use of utilities during
construction. Owner will pay for any permanent utility use deposits at time of "Final Completion"of the
project.
I
•
I
I
Page 8 1
3.8 ALLOWANCES
3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents.
Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the
Owner may direct,but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the
Contractor has reasonable objection. 1
3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents:
.1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site
and all required taxes,less applicable trade discounts;
.2 Contractor's cost for unloading and handling at the site, labor,installation costs, overhead,profit
and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract
sum but not in the allowances;
.3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances,the Contract Sum shall be
adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect(1)the
difference between actual costs and the allowances under Clause 3.8.2.1 and(2)changed in
Contractor's costs under Clause 3.8.2.2.
3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner in sufficient time to I
avoid delay in the Work.
3.9 SUPERINTENDENT
3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in
attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent is to remain on the site
through opening day or through the completion of the punch list,which ever is later. The superintendent
shall represent the Contractor,and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as of
given to the Contractor. Important communications shall be confirmed in writing. Other communications
shall be similarly confirmed on written request in each case. I
3.10 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES
3.10.1 The Contractor within two weeks after being issued the Owner's Letter of Authorization, shall
prepare and submit for the Owner's information a Contractor's construction schedule for the Work. The111
schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate
intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project,shall be related to the entire Project to the
extent required by the Contract Documents,and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of
the Work.
3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare and keep current, for the Owner's approval,a schedule of submittals
which is coordinated with the Contractor's construction schedule and allows the Owner reasonable time to
review submittals.
3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules
submitted to the Owner.
I
I
I
I Page 9
I 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE
3.11.1 The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one record copy of the Drawings,
Specifications,Addenda,Change Orders and other Modifications,in good order and marked currently to
I record field changes and selections made during construction,and one record copy of approved Shop
Drawings,Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Owner
and shall be delivered to the Owner upon completion of the Work.
I 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS,PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES
3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings,diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work
by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor,manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate
Isome portion of the Work.
3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules,performance charts, instructions,brochures,
1 diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some
portion of the Work. .
3.12.3 Samples are physical examples,which illustrate materials,equipment or workmanship and
establish standards by which the Work will be judged.
I 3.12.4 Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. The
purpose of their submittal is to demonstrate for those portions of the Work for which submittals are
required by the Contract Documents the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the
information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. Review by the Owner is
1 subject to the limitations of Subparagraph 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Owner is not
expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals,which are
not required by the Contract Documents,may be returned by the Owner without action.
I3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve and submit to
the Owner Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required buy the Contract
I Documents with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the
activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. Submittals which are not marked as reviewed for
compliance with the Contract Documents and approved by the contractor may be returned by the Owner
Iwithout action.
3.12.6 By approving and submitting Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples and similar submittals,the
Contractor represents that the Contractor has determined and verified materials,field measurements and
filed construction criteria related thereto,or will do so, and has checked and coordinated the information
contained within suck submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents.
1 3.12.7 The contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require
submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective
submittal has been approved by the Owner.
I3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be
relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Owner's
I approval of Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has
specifically informed the Owner in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and(1)the Owner has
I
I
I
Page 10 1
given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or(2)a Change Order or
Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be
relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings,Product Data, Samples or similar
submittals by the Owner's approval thereof.
3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings,
Product Data, Samples or similar submittals,to revisions other than those requested by the Owner on
previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice the Owner's approval of a resubmission shall not
apply to such revisions.
3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services which constitute the
practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract
Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor need to provide such services in order to
carry out the Contractor's responsibilities for construction means,methods,techniques, sequences and
procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable
law. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems,materials
or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the
Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor
shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional,whose
signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications,certifications, Shop Drawings
and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the
Work designed or certified by such professional,if prepared by others, shall bear such professional's
written approval when submitted to the Owner. The Owner shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy,
accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications or approvals performed by such design
professionals,provided the Owner has specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that
such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this subparagraph 3.12.10,the Owner will review,approve or take
other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with
information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not
be responsible for the adequacy of the performance or deign criteria required by the Contract Documents.
3.1.3 USE OF SITE 1
3.13.1 The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by law, ordinances,permits
and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment.
3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING
3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work
or to make its parts fit together properly. I
3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed
construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting,patching or otherwise altering such
construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the
Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor;
such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the
Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor's consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work.
3.15 CLEANING UP
3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste
materials or rubbish caused by operation under the Contract. At completion of the Work,the Contractor
I
1
I
1 Page 11
I shall remove from and about the Project waste materials,rubbish,the Contractor's tools,construction
equipment,machinery and surplus materials.
3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents,the Owner may do so
Iand the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor.
3.16 ACCESS TO WORK
I 3.16.1 The Contractor shall provide the Owner access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever
located.
I 3.17 ROYALTIES,PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS
3.17.1 The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims
for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless for loss
I on account thereof,but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design,process
or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required y the Contract Documents or where the
copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner
I or Architect. However,if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design,process or product
is an infringement of a copyright or a patent,the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such
information is promptly furnished to the Owner.
I 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION
3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law and to the extent claims, damages, losses or expenses are
not covered by insurance purchased by the Contractor,the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless
I the Owner,Architect,Architect's Consultants,and agents and employees of any of them from and against
claims,damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorney's fees, arising out of or
resulting from performance of the Work,provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable
I to bodily injury,sickness,disease or death,or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the
Work itself),but only to the extent caused by negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor,a
Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be .
I liable,regardless of whether or not such claim,damage,loss or expense is caused in part by a party
indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not construed to negate,abridge,or reduce other rights or
obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Paragraph
3.18.
I
3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Paragraph 3.18 by an employee of
the Contractor,a Subcontractor,anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts
I they may be liable,the indemnification obligation under Subparagraph 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a
limitation on amount or type of damages,compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a
Subcontractor under worker's compensation acts,disability benefits acts or other employee benefit acts.
IARTICLE 4
ADIMINSTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.1 ARCHITECT
4.1.1 The Architect is the person lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully
ii practicing architecture identified as such on the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract
II Documents as if singular in number. The term"Architect"means the Architect or the Architect's
authorized representative.
1
i
Page 12 1
4.1.2 Duties,responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract
Documents shall not be restricted,modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor
and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.
4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated,the Owner shall employ a new Architect whose I
status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the former Architect.
4.2 ADMINISTATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.2.1 The Owners Construction Project Manager will provide administration of the Contract as described
in the Contract Documents,and will be an Owner's representative(1)during construction, (2)until final
payment is due and(3)from time to time during the one-year period for correction of Work described in
Paragraph 12.2. The Owner's Construction Project Manager will have authority to act on behalf of the
Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents,unless otherwise modified in writing in
accordance with other provisions of the Contract.
4.2.2 The Owner's Construction Project Manager,as a representative of the Owner,will visit the site at
intervals appropriate to the stage of the Contractor's operations(1)to become generally familiar with the
progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed,(2)to endeavor to guard the Owner against
defects and deficiencies in the Work,and(3)to determine in general if the Work is being performed in a
manner indicating that the Work,when fully completed,will be in accordance with the Contract
Documents. However,the Owner's Construction Project Manger will not be required to make exhaustive
or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Owner's Construction
Project Manager will neither have control over or charge of,nor responsible for,the construction means,
methods,techniques, sequences or procedures,or for the safety precautions and programs in connection
with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor's rights and responsibilities under thee Contract
Documents, except as provided in Subparagraph 3.3.1.
4.2.3 The Owner's Construction Project Manager will not be responsible for the Contractor's failure to I
perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Owner's
_ Construction Project Manager will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or
omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors,or their agents or employees,or any other persons or entities
performing portions of the Work.
4.2.4 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration. Except as otherwise provided in the I
Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized,the Owner and
Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other directly about matters arising out of or relating
to the Contract. Communications by and with the Architect and his consultants shall be through the Owner. I
Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor.
Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner.
4.2.5 The Owner will have authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. 111
Whenever the Owner considers it necessary or advisable,the Owner will have authority to require
inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Subparagraphs 13.5.2 and 13.5.3,whether or not such
Work is fabricated,installed or completed. However,neither this authority of the Owner nor a decision
made in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility
of the Owner tot he Contractor, Subcontractors,material and equipment suppliers,their agents or
employees, or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work.
1
I
1 Page 13
4.2.6 The Owner will review and approve or take other appropriate action upon the Contractor's
submittals such as Shop Drawings,Product Data and Sample,but only for the limited purpose of checking
for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The
Owner's action will be taken with such reasonable promptness as to cause no delay in the Work or in the
activities of the Owner,Contractor or separate Contractors,while allowing sufficient time in the Owner's
judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of
determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for
sustaining instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the
responsibility of the contractor as required by the contract Documents. The Owner's review of the
Contractor's submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Paragraph 3.3 and 3.5 and
3.12. The Owner's review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or unless otherwise
specifically stated by the Owner,of any construction means,methods,techniques, sequences or procedures.
The Owner's approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a
component.
4.2.7 The Owner will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives,and may authorize
minor changes in the Work as provided in Paragraph 7.4.
4.2.8 The Owner will conduct inspections to determine the date of Substantial Completion and the date
of final completion.
4.2.9 The Owner will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under, and requirements of
the Contract Documents. The Owner's response to such requests will be made in writing within any time
limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If no agreement is made concerning the time
within which interpretations required of the Owner shall be furnished in compliance with this Paragraph
4.2,then delay shall not be recognized on account of failure by the Owner to furnish such interpretations
1 until 15 days after written request is made for them.
4.2.10 Interpretations and decisions of the Owner will be consistent with the intent of and reasonably
inferable from the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making
such interpretations and initial decisions,the Owner will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both
Owner and Contractor,will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations
or decisions so rendered in good faith.
4.2.11 The Owner's decision on matter relating to aesthetic effect will be fmal if consistent with the
intent expressed in the Contract Document.
43 CLAIM AND DISPUTES
4.3.1 Definition. A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right,
adjustment or interpretation of Contract terms,payment of money, extension of time or other relief with
respect to the terms of the Contract. The term"Claim"also includes other disputes and matters in question
between the Owner and the Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. Claims must be initiated
by written notice. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim.
4.3.2 Time Limits on Claims Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence
of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition
giving rise to the Claim,whichever is later. Claims must be initiated by written notice to the Owner and
the other party.
1
I
I
Page 14 I
4.3.3 Continuing Contract Performance. Pending final resolution of a Claim except as otherwise
agree in writing or as provided in Article 14,the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of
the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents.
4.3.4 Claims for Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If conditions are encountered at the site which
are(1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical condition which differ materially from those indicated n
the Contract Documents or(2)unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature,which differ materially
from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the
character provided for in the Contract Documents,then notice by the observing party shall be given to the
other party promptly before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first
observance of the conditions. The Owner will promptly investigate such conditions and,if they differ
materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor's cost of, or time required for,performance
of any part of the Work,will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time,or
both. If the Owner determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those
indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified,the Owner
shall so notify the Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. Claims by either party in opposition to such
determination must be made within 21 days after the Owner has given notice of the decision. If the
conditions encountered are materially different,the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably
adjusted.
4.3.5 Claims for Additional Cost. If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the
Contract Sum,written notice shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not
required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Paragraph 10.6.
4.3.6 If the Contractor believes additional cost is involved for reasons including but not limited to(1)a
written interpretation from the Owner, (2)an order by the Owner to stop the Work where the Contractor
was not at fault, (3)a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Owner, (4)failure of
payment by the Owner, (5)termination of the Contract by the Owner,(6)Owner's suspension or(7) other
reasonable grounds, Claim shall be filed in accordance with this Paragraph 4.3.
4.3.7 Claims for Additional Time
4.3.7.1 If the Contractor wishes to make Claim for an increase in the Contract Time,written notice as
provided herein shall be given. The Contractor's Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable
effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay only one Claim is necessary. I
4.3.7.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be
documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not I
have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction.
4.3.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property. If either party to the Contract suffers injury or
damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of others for whose acts
such party is legally responsible,written notice of such injury or damage,whether or not insured, shall be
given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery. The notice shall
provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter.
4.3.9 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities
originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change
I
I
I
Page 15
Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial
inequity to the Owner or Contractor,the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted.
4.3.10 Claims for Consequential Damages. The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each
other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes:
.1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses,for losses of use, income,profit, fmancing
business and reputation,and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of
such persons; and
.2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of
personnel stationed there, for loss of fmancing,business and reputation, and for loss of profit
except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work.
tThis mutual waiver is applicable,without limitation,to all consequential damages due to either party's
termination in accordance with Article 14. Nothing contained in this Subparagraph 4.3.10 shall be deemed
to preclude an award of liquidated direct damages,when applicable,in accordance with the requirements of
the Contract Documents.
4.4 MEDIATION
4.4.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and
except those waived as provided for in subparagraph 4.3.10 shall, after initial decision by the Owner or 30
days after submission of the Claim to the Owner,be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to
arbitration or the institution of legal or equitable proceeding by either party.
4.4.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which,unless the parties mutually
1 agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Mediation Rules of the American
Arbitration Association currently in effect. Request for mediation shall be filed in writing with the other
party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration Association. The request may be made
concurrently with the filing of a demand for arbitration but,in such event,mediation shall proceed in
advance of arbitration or legal equitable proceedings,which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period
of 60 days from the date of filing,unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court
I order.
4.4.3 The parties shall share the mediator's fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held
in the place where the Project is located,unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements
reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
4.4 ARBITRATION
4.6.1 Any Claim arising out of or related to the Contract, except Claims relating to aesthetic effect and
except those waived as provided for herein, shall, after decision by the Owner or 30 days after submission
of the Claim to the Owner,be subject to arbitration. Prior to arbitration,the parties shall endeavor to
resolve disputes by mediation on accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.4.
4.4.2 Claims not resolved by mediation shall be decided by arbitration which, unless the parties
mutually agree otherwise, shall be in accordance with the Construction Industry Arbitration Rules of the
America Association currently in effect. The demand for arbitration shall be filed in writing with the other
party to the Contract and with the American Arbitration Association.
I
I
Page 16 I
4.4.3 A demand for arbitration shall be made within the time limits specified in Subparagraph 4.4.1 and I
4.5.1 as applicable, and in other cases within a reasonable time after the Claim has arisen, and in no event
shall it be made after the date when institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on such Claim would
be barred by the applicable statute of limitations as determined pursuant to Paragraph 13.7 1
4.4.4 Limitation on Consolidated or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract
shall include,by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner,the Architect,the Architect's employees
or consultants, except by written consent containing specific reference to the Agreement and signed by the
Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other person or entity sought to be joined. No arbitration shall
include,by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner,parties other than the Owner,Contractor,a
separate contractor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common question 111
of fact or law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be in accordance with arbitration.No
person or entity other than the Owner,Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall be
included as an original third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsibility
is insubstantial. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent
to arbitration of a Claim not described therein or with person or entity not named or described therein. The
foregoing agreements to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly
consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court
having jurisdiction thereof.
4.4.5 Claims and timely Assertion of Claims. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must
assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded.
4.4.6 Judgement on Final Award. The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and
judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof.
• ARTICLE 5 1
SUBCONTRACTORS
5.1 DEFINITIONS
111
5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a
portion of the Work at the site. The term"Subcontractor"is referred to throughout the Contract Documents
as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor.
The term"Subcontractor"does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. 111
5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor
to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term"Sub-subcontractor"is referred to throughout the
Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized
representative of the Sub-subcontractor.
5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTORS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE
WORK
5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements,the Contractor
within 10 days after award of the Contract,shall furnish in writing to the Owner the names of persons or
entities(including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design)proposed
for each principal portion of the Work. The Owner will promptly reply to the Contractor in writing stating
whether or not the Owner,after due investigation,has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or
entity. Failure of the Owner to reply promptly shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection.
I
I
1
Page 17
5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner has made
reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the
Contractor has made reasonable objection.
5.2.3 If the Owner has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor,the
Contractor shall proposed another to whom the Owner has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but
rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work,the Contract Sum and Contract
Time shall be increased or decrease by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change,and an
appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor's Work.
However,no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the
Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required.
1 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not change a Subcontractor,person or entity previously selected if the Owner
makes reasonable objection to such substitute.
1 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS
5.3.1 By appropriate agreement,written where legally required for validity,the Contractor shall require
each Subcontractor,to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor,to be bound to the
Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations
and responsibilities,including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor's Work,which the
Contractor,by these Documents,assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement
shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under Contract Documents with respect to
the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such
rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor,unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract
agreement,the benefit of all rights,remedies and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor,by the
Contract Documents,has against the Owner. Where appropriate,the Contractor shall require each.
Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make
available to each proposed Subcontractor,prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement,copies of the
Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound,and,upon written request of the
Subcontractor,identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement
which may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of
applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors.
5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNEMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS
5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner
provided that:
' .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause
pursuant to Paragraph 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements which the Owner
accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in writing; and
.2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any,obligated under bond relating
to the Contract.
i
I
t
I
1
Page 18 1
ARTICLE 6 1
CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS
6.1 OWNER'S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE I
CONTRACTS
6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the -
Owner's own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or
other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially
similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor
claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner,the Contractor shall I
make such Claim as provided in Paragraph 4.3.
6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or
operations on the site,the term"Contractor"in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the
Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement.
6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities the Owner's own forces and of each 111
separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor,who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall
participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules when
directed to do so. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary
after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules
to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the Other until subsequently revised.
6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,when the Owner performs construction or
operations related to the Project with the Owner 's own forces,the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to
the same obligations and to have the same rights which apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the I
Contract,including,without excluding others,those stated in Article 3,this Article 6 and Articles 10,11,
and 12.
6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY
6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for
introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities,and shall
connect and coordinate the Contractor's construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract
Documents.
6.2.2 If part of the Contractor's Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or '
operations by the Owner or a separate contractor,the Contractor shall,prior to proceeding with that portion
of the Work,promptly report to the Owner apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that
would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall
constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner's or separate contractor's completed or partially completed
construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor's Work, except as to defects not then reasonably
discoverable. 1
6.2.3 The Owner shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for costs incurred by the Owner which are
payable to a separate contractor because of delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction of
the Contractor. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs incurred by the Contractor
1
I
Page 19
because of delays, improperly timed activities,damage to the Work or defective construction of a separate
contractor.
6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage wrongfully caused by the Contractor to completed
or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in
Subparagraph 10.2.5.
63 OWNER'S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP
1 6.3.1 If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility
under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste
materials and rubbish,the Owner may clean up and will allocate the cost among those responsible.
ARTICLE 7
CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.1 GENERAL
7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without
invalidating the contract,by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in
the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents.
7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, and Contractor; a Construction
Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an
order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Owner alone.
1 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents,
and the Contractor shall proceed promptly,unless otherwise provided in the Change Order,Construction
Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work.
7.2 CHANGE ORDERS
7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Contractor and signed by the Owner,
stating their agreement upon all of the following:
.1 change in the Work;
.2 the amount of the adjustment,if any, in the Contract Sum; and
111 .3 the extent of the adjustment,if any,in the contract Time.
7.2.2 Methods used in determining adjustments to the Contract Sum may include those listed in
Subparagraph 7.3.3.
7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES
' 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Owner, directing a change in
the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The
Owner may by Construction Change Directive,without invalidating the Contract,order changes in the
Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions,deletions or other revisions,the
Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly.
i
1
1
Page 20 1
7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a
Change Order.
7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract sum,the
adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods:
.1 mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient
substantiating data to permit evaluation; I
.2 unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon;
.3 cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed
or percentage fee; or
.4 Mutual acceptance of a time and material(not to exceed)basis,with a guaranteed
maximum price along with sufficient backup data to permit evaluation.
7.3.4. Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive,the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the I
change in the Work involved and advise the Owner of the Contractor's agreement or disagreement with the
method, if any,provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in
the Contract Sum or Contract Time.
73.5 A Construction Change Proposal signed by the Contractor indicates the agreement of the
Contractor therewith,including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for I
determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change
Order.
7.3.6 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change which
results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Owner. When
both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change,the allowance
for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase,if any,with respect to that change.
73.7 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner,
amounts not in dispute for such changes in the Work shall be included in Applications for Payment
accompanied by a Change Order indicating the parties' agreement with part or all of such costs. For any
portion of such cost that remains in dispute,the Owner will make an interim determination for purposes of
monthly certification for payment for those costs. The determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum
on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a claim in
accordance with Article 4.
73.8 When the Owner and Contractor agree with the determination made by the Owner concerning the
adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments,
such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded by preparation and execution of an
appropriate Change Order.
7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.4.1 The Owner will have authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the
Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract
1
1
Page 21
' Documents. Such changes shall be effected by written order and shall be binding on the Owner and
Contractor. The Contractor shall carry out such written orders promptly.
ARTICLE 8
TIME
8.1 DEFITIONS
1 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments,
allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work.
1 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement.
8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Owner in accordance with Paragraph
1 9.8.
8.1.3.1 The date of Final Completion is the date certified by the Owner when final punch list is
complete, and all required documentation required by General Contractor has been submitted to Owner.
8.1.4 The term"day"as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise
specifically defined.
1 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION
8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the
Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work.
8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing,
prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required
by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. The date of commencement of the Work shall
not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. The date of commencement is established by the
Owner's Letter of Authorization.
8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial
Completion within the Contract Time.
8.2.3.1 In the event the Owner desires to accelerate the progress of the work,the Owner shall notify the
Contractor in writing of such desire and the Contractor shall require his forces to work such overtime hours
as may be necessary and the Owner's obligation on account of such acceleration shall be to reimburse the
Contractor for the cost of same as provided in Paragraph
8.2.3.2 The Contractor shall keep accurate records of such overtime hours and shall secure approval of
such records on a daily basis.
8.2.3.3 If the forces of the Contractor work overtime at the Owner's written direction,then the Owner will
reimburse the Contractor for the premium portion of overtime wages paid to any such forces(excluding
management, supervisory and clerical personnel)plus applicable Federal and State payroll taxes and other
actual applicable payroll costs in connection therewith. Such premium portion of overtime wages shall not
include any overhead or profit of the Contractor of his Subcontractors or any other costs or expenses. This
article shall have on application to overtime work which the Contractor is required to perform because of
his failure to meet the Contract Schedule,or without limitation,because of any other fault of the
Contractor.
I
1
I
Page 22
I
8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME
8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or
neglect of the Owner,or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner,or by changes ordered in the
Work,or by labor disputes, fire,unusual delay in deliveries,unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond
the Contractor's control, or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration,then the
Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Owner may determine.
8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Paragraph 4.3. 1
8.3.2.1 Any claim for extension of time shall be made in writing to the Owner not more than twenty(20)
days after the commencement of the delay and the Contractor shall provide an estimate of the probable cost
(if any) and effect of such delay on the progress of the Work; otherwise,it shall be waived. In the case of a I
continuing delay,one claim is necessary.
ARTICLE 9
PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION
9.1 CONTRACT SUM I
9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and,including authorized adjustments, is the total
amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract
Documents.
9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
9.2.1 Before the first Application for Payment,the Contractor shall submit to the Owner, for approval, a
schedule of values allocated to various portions of the Work,prepared in such form and supported by such
data to substantiate its accuracy as the Owner may require. This schedule, shall be used as a basis for
reviewing the General Contractor's pay request. '
9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT -
9.3.1 For the period ending the last day of each month,the Contractor shall submit to the Owner,a I
combined itemized"General Contractor's Pay Request"based on a previously approved Schedule of
Value. Forms used shall be Brinker's"General Contractor's Pay Request"form. The pay request shall be
in the amount of ninety percent(90%)of the value of labor and materials incorporated in the work plus
ninety percent(90%)of all stable materials suitably stored on the site. The General Contractor's Pay
Request shall be supported by data substantiating the Contractor's right to payment as the Owner may
required, and a lien waiver based upon,and a lien waiver based upon thew amount of the pay request.
9.3.1.1 As provided in Subparagraph 7.3.7, such applications may include requests for payment on
account of changes in the Work which have been properly authorized by Change Orders.
9.3.1.2 Such applications any not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the
Contractor does not intend to pay to a Subcontractor or material supplier,unless such Work has been
performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. 1
9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,payments shall be made on account of
materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. 1
If approved in advance by the Owner,payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably
1
I
' Page 23
stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or
off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the
Owner to establish the Owner's title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner's
interest,and shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such
materials and equipment stored off the site.
9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to
1 the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an
Application for Payment all Work for which General Contractor's Pay Request have been previously issued
and payments received from the Owner shall,to the best of the Contractor's knowledge,information and
1 belief,be free and clear of liens,claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor,
Subcontractors,material suppliers,or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided
labor,materials and equipment relating to the Work.
' 9.4 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION
9.4.1 The Owner may withhold a General Contractor's Pay Request in whole or in part,to the extent
reasonably necessary to protect the Owner. If the Owner is unable to certify payment in the amount of the
Pay Request,the Owner will notify the Contractor. If the Contractor and Owner cannot agree on a revised
amount,the Owner will promptly issue and approved Pay Request for the amount for which the Owner is
able to make such representations. The Owner may also withhold a Pay Request or,because of
subsequently discovered evidence,may nullify the whole or part of Pay Request previously issued,to such
extent as may be necessary in the Owner's opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor
is responsible,including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Subparagraph 3.2.2,because
of:
.1 defective Work not remedied;
' .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims
unless security acceptable tot he Owner is provided by the Contractor;
t .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractor or for labor,
materials or equipment;
.4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract
Sum;
' .5 damage to the Owner or another contractor;
.6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the
unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actually or liquidated damages for the anticipated
delay; or
.7 persistent failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.4.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for
amounts previously withheld.
1
1
Page 24 1
9.5 PROGRESS PAYMENTS
9.5.1 The Owner shall make payment within fifteen(15)days following Owner's receipt of General
Contractor's Pay Request.
9.5.2 The Contractor shall promptly pay each Subcontractor,upon receipt of payment from the Owner,
out of the amount paid to the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work,the
amount to which said Subcontractor is entitled,reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to
the Contractor on account of such Subcontractor's portion of the Work. The Contractor shall,by
appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor,require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-
subcontractors in a similar manner.
111
9.5.3 The Owner shall have no obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor
except as may otherwise be required by law.
9.5.4 Payment to material suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Subparagraph
9.5.2 and 9.5.3.
9.5.5 A progress payment,or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not
constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents.
9.5.6 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the
Contract Sum,payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and
suppliers shall be held by the Contractors for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or
furnished materials,or both,under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the
Owner. Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not
commingled with money of the Contractor,shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of
the Contractor for breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages
against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision.
9.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION f
9.6.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated
portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can
occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use.
9.6.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work,or portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept
separately, is substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Owner a
111
comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item
on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the
Contract Documents. I
9.6.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor's list,the Owner will make an inspection to determine whether the
Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Owner's inspection discloses any item,
whether or not included on the Contractor' s list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the
Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its
intended use,the Contractor shall,before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or
correct such item upon notification by the Owner. In such case,the Contractor shall then submit a request
for another inspection by the Owner to determine Substantial Completion.
1
Page 25
9.6.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete,the Owner will prepare a
Certificate of Substantial Completion which shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall
establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security,maintenance,heat,utilities,damage to
the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list
accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commerce on the date
of Final Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate
of Substantial Completion. The Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing at least seven(7)days before
scheduled completion that he is ready for fmal inspection.
9.6.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Contractor for written
acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. Upon such acceptance and consent of
surety, if any,the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion
thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the
requirements of the Contract Documents.
9.7 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE
9.7.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any
stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor,provided such occupancy
or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Clause 11.3.1.4 and authorized by public authorities
' having jurisdiction over the Work. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the
portion is substantially complete,provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the
responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments,retainage,if any, security,maintenance,heat,
utilities,damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for
correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the
Contractor considers a portion substantially complete,the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the
Owner as provided under Subparagraph 9.6.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall
not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written
agreement between the Owner and Contractor.
9.7.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use,the Owner,and Contractor shall jointly inspect
the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of
the Work.
9.7.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon,partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall
not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents.
1 9.8 PUNCHLIST AND FINAL COMPLETION
9.8.1.1 The Owner's Construction Manger,the Owner's designated operations representative and the
Contractor's Project Manager shall generate a"punchlist"of work which must be completed in order to
achieve"Final Completion". The punchlist shall be signed by both the Owner's Construction Manager and
the Owner's designated operations representative.
9.8.1.2 All punchlist work must be completed by Contractor within seven(7)calendar days after Owner
provides Contractor a punchlist,including any changes requested by Owner. Any request made by
Contractor to extend any item on the punchlist or change requests by Owner beyond the(7) seven calendar
days must be made at the time Contractor receives the punchlist. Acceptance of such request is at the
reasonable discretion of the Owner. Time is of the essence in completion of the punchlist work.
I
Page 26 ,
9.8.1.3 All punchlist work must be completed after hours in a manner which will not interfere with
Owner's operation of the facility,unless Owner otherwise agrees. Contractor hereby acknowledges that
completion of the punchlist work may require performance of work at night,on weekends, and/or holidays
and may therefore require payment of overtime or premium wages. Owner shall not be responsible for any
additional costs incurred as a result completion of the punchlist work after hours or otherwise as aforesaid.
No additional compensation will be paid Contractor for completion of the punchlist work. Contractor
expressly agrees that it has accounted for such costs and included them in the Contract Sum.
9.8.1.4 Contractor shall notify Owner's Construction Manager as soon as Contractor believes the I
punchlist work is complete. As soon as reasonably practicable thereafter,Contractor's Project Manager
and Owner's Construction Manager and Owner's designated Operations Representative shall jointly
conduct a final walk through. If,the following such inspection, Owner's Construction Manager is in
agreement that Work is complete,then Owner's Construction Manager shall sign and date the punchlist,
thereby signifying its Final Completion. If there is no such agreement that Work is complete,the Owner's
Construction Manager will provide Contractor with a written list of all items of Work necessary to achieve
Final Completion. Such items shall be promptly completed by Contractor, and a new Final Completion
walk-through held as aforesaid. The process described in this Article shall be completed as necessary until
Final Completion is actually achieved. However,nothing in this paragraph shall be considered a waiver of
Owner's right to have any punchlist or other Work's completed under separate contract or using its own
forces, should Contractor fail to complete the punchlist work in the seven(7)day time allotted.
9.8.1.5 If Contractor fails to complete any item(s)of the punchlist work in the time allotted, Owner may,
in its sole discretion,complete such item(s)of punchlist work using its own forces or by hiring an
independent contractor. Contractor shall be responsible for all actual costs of completing the punchlist
work incurred by Owner under this paragraph,plus the greater of twenty—five percent(25%)of actual
costs of$250.00 as an administrative fee. Upon completion of all punchlist work under this paragraph,the '
Owner's Construction Manager shall sign and date the punchlist as aforesaid then forward the signed
punchlist to contractor,together with a statement of all charges to the Contractor hereunder.
9.9 RELEASE OF FINAL PAYMENT 1
9.9.1 Final Payment, constituting the release of the ten percent(10%)retainage amount, shall be made by
Owner to Contractor when the Contract and Work required thereunder have been fully performed by
Contractor or otherwise completed as provided for herein. From Final Payment,the Owner may withhold
any amounts due Owner as provided for in this Contractor or which Owner disputes are due the Contractor.
9.9.2 The following are conditions precedent of Final Payment hereunder: '
1.Final Completion has been achieved and the Owner has signed the punchlist.
2. All requests for payment under any Change Order or Construction Change Directive have been
submitted by
Contractor in writing to Owner's Construction Manager. No claims for costs associated with
Changes or for
modifications of Change Orders will be accepted after Final Payment.
3. Contractor and all subcontractors and suppliers have completed and submitted Owner' "Final Lien
Release"in
a form approved by the Owner.
4. Contractor has completed and submitted an"Affidavit of Completion and Warranty"as referenced
hereinbelow.
5. Contractor has submitted an application for Final Payment.
6. Contractor has provided to Owner a binder with warranties, guarantees, specification data,and
maintenance
I
I
IPage 27
manuals(mechanical,plumbing, electrical).
IUnder satisfaction of the above listed conditions,Final Payment will be forwarded to Contractor with a
brief statement in the transmittal setting forth the basis of its calculation,which clearly indicates that the
Owner considers the payment Final Payment and which states the Final Payment Date. Owner may waive
Iany of the conditions in its absolute and sole discretion.
9.9.3 Acceptance of Final Payment by contractor shall constitute a complete and unconditional waiver
I of any and all claims by the Contractor of whatever nature,and regardless of whether they are known or
unknown,and complete and unconditional release of the Owner and every person for,whom the Owner
is responsible for any and all matters related to the Contract,the Work,or otherwise, except those claims
I which have been timely made in writing and identified by the Contractor as not having been settled at
that time.
It is the intent of this Contract to settle all Contractor claims and disputed within 90 days of the Final
I Payment Date, or submit such claims and dispute or binding arbitration. Any claim by the Contractor
which has not been mutually resolved or submitted to arbitration within 90days of the Final Payment
Date is forever waived,discharged and barred.
IARTICLE 10
PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
I10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS
10.1.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for initiation,maintaining and supervising all safety
precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract.
I10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY
10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable
Iprotection to prevent damage, injury or loss to :
.1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby;
I .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein,whether in storage on or off the
site,under
Icare, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor's Subcontractors or Sub-
subcontractors; and
I
.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs,lawns,walks,pavements,
roadways,
structure and utilities not designated for removal,relocation or replacement in the course of.
construction.
I10.2.2 The Contractor shall give notices and comply with applicable laws, ordinances,rules,regulations
and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from
damage, injury or loss.
10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the
I contract,reasonable safeguards for safety and protection,including posting danger signs and other
warnings against hazards,promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites
and utilities.
I
I
Page 28 ,
10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods I
are necessary for execution of the Work,the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such
activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel.
10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss(other than damage or loss insured under
property insurance required by the Contract Documents to property referred to in Clause 10.2.1.2 and
10.2.1.3 cause in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor or anyone
directly employed by any of them,or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the
Contractor is responsible under Clauses 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3,except damage or loss attributable to acts or
omissions of the Owner or Architects or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them,or by
anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable,and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the
Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contract's obligations under
Paragraph 3.18. 1
10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor's organization at the site
whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor's superintendent
unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner.
10.2.7 The Contractor shall not load or permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to
endanger its safety.
10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
10.3.1 If reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to
persons resulting from a material or substance,including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated
biphenyl(PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor,the Contractor shall,upon recognizing the
condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner in writing. '
10.3.2 The Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of
the material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or substance is found to
be present,to verify that it has been rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract
Documents,the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor the names and qualifications of persons or
entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are
to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance. When the material or
substance has been rendered harmless,Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of
the Owner and Contractor. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall
be increased in the amount of the Contractor's reasonable additional costs of shut-down,delay and start-up, '
which adjustments shall be accomplished as provided in Article 7.
10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law,the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the
Contractor, Subcontractors,Architect,Architect's consultants and agents and employees of any of them
from and against claims ,damages, losses and expenses,including but not limited to attorney's fees, arising
out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected areas if in fact the material or substance
presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Subparagraph 10.3.1 and has not been rendered
harmless,provided that such claim,damage, loss or expenses is attributable to bodily injury, sickness,
disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property(other than the Work itself)and provided
that such damage,loss or expense is not due to the sole negligence of a party seeking indemnity.
1
I
IPage 29
I 10.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under Paragraph 10.3 for materials and substances brought to
the site by the Contractor unless such materials or substances were required by the Contract Documents.
I 10.5 If,without negligence on the part of the Contractor,the Contractor is held liable for the cost of
remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the
Contract Documents,the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred.
I 10.6 EMERGENCIES
10.6.1 In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property,the Contractor shall act, at the
Contractor's discretion,to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or
I extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided
in Paragraph 4.3 and Article 7.
I ARTICLE 11
INSURANCE AND BONDS
•
I 11.1 CONTRACTOR'S LIABILITY INSURANCE
11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized
to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the
I Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor's operation
under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable,whether such operations be by the
Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them,or anyone
for whose acts any of them may be liable:
I .1 claims under workers' compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts
which are
Iapplicable to the Work to be performed;
.2 claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the
I Contractor's
employees;
I
.3 claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than
the
Contractor's employees;
' .4 claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage;
.5 claims for damages,other than to the Work itself,because of injury to or destruction of tangible
I property,
including loss of use resulting therefrom;
I
.6 claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of
ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle;
.7 claims for bodily injury or property or property damage arising out of completed operation; and
I
I
I
Page 30
I
.8 claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor's obligations under 111Paragraph
3.18.
11.1.2 The insurance required by subparagraph 11.1.1 shall be included in Contractor's proposal for not
I
less than the minimum limits of liability specified hereinafter or required by law,which ever is greater.
11.1.2.1 Work's Compensation and Employers Liability Insurance.
11.1.2.1.1 Worker's Compensation—Statutory Limit
I
Employers Liability -Limits Required:
11.1.2.1.2 Each Accident- $500,000.00
11.1.2.1.3 Disease $500,000.00
11.1.2.1.4 Disease Aggregate $500,000.00 II
These insurance policies must be endorsed with Waiver of Subrogation Endorsement waiving the carrier's
right of subrogation with respect to the Owner and must be endorsed with Master and Server(Alternate
I
Employer) Endorsement.
11.1.2.2 Commercial General Liability Insurance(a)Contractors Operations
(b)Premises Liability
(c)Broad From Contractual Liability
(d)Completed Operations
(e)Where there is an exposure for damage due to explosion,
collapse or underground operations.
I
Limits required—Bodily injury and Property Damage Combined
11.1.2.2.1 Each Occurrence $1,000,000.00
11.1.2.2.2 Products—Completed Operations $1,000,000.00
I
11.1.2.2.3 General Aggregate(other than Products-Completes Operations) $2,000,000.00
11.1.2.2.4 Personal and Advertising Injury $1,000,000.00
11.1.2.3 Automobile Liability Insurance(all vehicles used in work performed)
I
Limits required—Bodily Injury and Property Damage Combined
11.1.2.3.1 Each Occurrence $1,000,000.00
Umbrella Liability—An Umbrella Liability policy in the amount of$5,000,000.00 in excess of the primary
coverage required shall be maintained by the Contractor at all times during the terms of this contract. ,
Policy coverage must be an"occurrence"basis.
11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to I
commencement of the Work. These certificates and insurance policies required by this Paragraph 11.1
shall contain a provision that coverage afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire
until atleast 30 days prior to written notice has been given to the Owner. If any of the foregoing insurance
coverage's are required to remain in force after final payment and are reasonably available, an additional
certificate evidencing continuation of such coverage shall be submitted with the final Application for
Payment. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under
the General Aggregate,or both, shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness in
accordance with the Contractor's information and belief.
11.2 OWNER'S LIABILITY INSURANCE I
11.2.1 The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owners usual liability
insurance. I
I
I
1 Page 31
113 PROPERTY INSURANCE
113.1 The General Contractor shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully
authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located,property insurance written on a
builder's risk"all-risk"or equivalent policy form in the amount equal to 150%of Contract Sum,plus value
of subsequent Contract modifications and cost of materials supplied or installed by others,comprising total
value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductible. Such
' property insurance shall be maintained,unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise
agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance,until final payment
has been made as provided in Paragraph 9.8 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an
insurable interest in the property required by this Paragraph 11.4 to be covered,whichever is later. This
insurance shall include interests of the Owner,the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractor in the
Project.
113.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an"all-risk"or equivalent policy form and shall include,without
limitation, insurance against the perils of fire(with extended coverage)and physical loss or damage
' including,without duplication of coverage,theft,vandalism,malicious mischief,collapse, earthquake,
flood,windstorm, false work,testing and startup,temporary building and debris removal including
demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements,and shall cover reasonable
compensation for Architect's and Contractor's services and expenses required as a result of such insured
' loss.
113.1.2
11.4.1.2.1The minimum required Builders Risk"All-Risk"deductible shall be$10,00.00 but no event
shall the deductible exceed$50,000.00 without written consent of the Owner.
' 113.13 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site,and also portions of
the Work in transit.
' 113.1.4 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Paragraph 9.7 shall not commence until the
insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or
use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent
of the insurance company or companies and shall,without mutual written consent,take no action with
respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation,lapse, or reduction of insurance.
113.2 Loss of Insurance. The Owner,at the Owner's option,may purchase and maintain such
insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner's property due to fire or other hazards,
however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the
Owner's property,including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused
11.3.3 If during the Project construction period the Owner insurer properties,real or personal or both,at
or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project,or if
after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or
policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period,the Owner shall waive all
rights in accordance with the terms of Subparagraph 11.4.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of
loss covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of
subrogation by endorsement or otherwise.
I
1
1
Page 32 1
11.3.4 Before an exposure to loss may occur,the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each
policy that includes insurance coverage required by this Paragraph 11.4. Each policy shall contain all
generally applicable conditions,definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each
policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire, and that its limits
will not be reduced,until at least 30 days'prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. '
11.3.5 Waivers of Subrogation. The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against(1)each other and
any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2)the '
Architect,Architect's consultants, separate contractor described in Article 6,if any, and any of their
subcontractors,agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent
covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Paragraph 11.4 or other property insurance
applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as
fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor,as appropriate, shall require of the Architect,Architect's consultants,
separate contractors described in Article 6,if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agent's and
employees of any of them,by appropriate agreements,written where legally required for validity, similar
waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of
subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or
entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification,contractual or
otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity
had an interest in the property damaged.
11.3.6 A loss insured under Owner's property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and
made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to
requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares '
of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements,written where legally
required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subcontractor in similar
manner.
11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND '
11.4.1 The Owner shall have the right to require the Contractor and subcontractors to furnish bonds
covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in
bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the
Contract.
11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be potential beneficiary of bonds covering I
payment of obligation arising under the Contract,the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds
or shall permit a copy to be made.
ARTICLE 12
UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK '
12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK
12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract
Documents,it must,if required by the Owner,be uncovered for the Owner's examination and be replaced
at the Contractor's expenses without change in the Contract Time.
1
I
I
IPage 33
I12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK
12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
12.2.1.1 The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Owner or failing to conform to the
I requirements of the Contract Documents,whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and
whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including
additional testing and inspections and compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made
Inecessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor's expense.
12.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
I 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor's obligations under Paragraph 3.5,if within one year after the date
of Final Completion of the Work, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract
Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
I Documents,the Contractor shall correct it promptly after notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner
has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such
notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction of Work,if the
Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction,the
IOwner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of
warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period
after receipt of notice from the Owner,the Owner may correct it in accordance with Paragraph 2.4.
I12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to potions of Work
first preformed after Final Completion by the period of time between Final Completion and the actual
Iperformance of the Work.
12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed
Iby the Contractor pursuant to this Paragraph 12.2.
12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work which are not in accordance with
I the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by
the Owner.
12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction,whether
I
completed or partially completed,of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor's
correction or removal of Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Paragraph 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with
respect to other obligations which the Contractor might have under the Contract Documents. Establishment
I of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Subparagraph 12.2.2 relates only to specific
obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the
obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced,nor to the time within
I which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor's liability with respect to the
Contractor's obligations other than specifically to correct the Work.
12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK
I12.3.1 If the Owner prefers to accept Work which is not in accordance with the requirements of the
Contract Documents,the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction,in which case
I
I
Page 34 I
the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether
or not final payment has been made.
ARTICLE 13 '
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
13.1 GOVERNING LAW
13.1.1 The Contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas.
13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves,their partners, successors, assigns and
legal representatives to the other party hereto and to partners, successors,assigns and legal representatives
of such other party in respect convents,agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents.
Except as provided in Subparagraph 13.2.2,neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a
whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without
such consent,that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract.
13.2.2 The Owner may,without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to an institutional lender
providing construction fmancing for the Project. In such event,the lender shall assume the Owner's rights
and obligations under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably
required to facilitate such assignment.
13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE
13.3.1 Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual or
a member of the firm or entity or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended, or if delivered
at or sent by registered or certified mail to the last business address known to the party given notice. '
13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available
thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties,obligations,right and remedies otherwise
imposed or available by law.
13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner,Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a '
right or duty afforded them under the Contract,nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of
or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed in writing.
13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS
13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or
by laws, ordinances,rules,regulations or orders of public authorities having jurisdiction shall be made at '
an appropriate time. Unless otherwise provided,the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests,
inspections and approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with
the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests,inspections and approvals. The
Contract shall give the Owner timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that
the Owner may be present for such procedures.
13.5.2 If the Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require 1
additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Subparagraph13.5.1,the Owner will, instruct
1
Page 35
the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing,inspection or approval by an entity
acceptable to the Owner,and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Owner of when and where tests
and inspections are to be made so that the Owner may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except
as provided in Subparagraph 13.5.3, shall be at the Owner's expense.
13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Subparagraph 13.5.1 and 13.5.2
reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract
' Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and
compensation for the Architect's services and expenses shall be at the Contractor's expense.
' 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall,unless otherwise required by the
Contract Documents,be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Owner.
' 13.5.5 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to
avoid unreasonable delay in the Work.
13.6 COMMENEMENT OF STATUTORY LIMITATION PERIOD
13.6.1 As between the Owner and Contractor:
.1 Before Final Completion. As to acts or failure to act occurring prior to the relevant date of Final
Completion,any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause
of action shall be deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than such date of Final
Completion;
' .2 Between Final Completion and Final Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring subsequent
to the
relevant date of Final Completion and prior to issuance of the Final Payment,any applicable
statute of
limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of action shall be deemed to have accrued
in any and
' all events not later than the date of issuance of the Final Payment; and
.3 After Final Payment. As to acts or failures to act occurring after the relevant date of issuance of
' the Final
Payment, any applicable statute of limitations shall commence to run and any alleged cause of
action shall be
' deemed to have accrued in any and all events not later than the date of any act or failure to act by
the
Contractor pursuant to any Warranty provided under Paragraph 3.5,the date of any correction of
the Work or
failure to correct the Work by the Contractor under Paragraph 12.2, or the date of actual
commission of
any other act or failure to perform any duty or obligation by the Contractor,whichever occurs last.
i
Page 36
ARTICLE 14
TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT
14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR
14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 90 consecutive
days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or
employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract
with the Contractor, for any of the following reasons:
.1 issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction which requires all Work 111to be
stopped;
.2 an act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency which required all Work to be i
stopped; or
.3 because the Owner has not issued an approved General Contractor's Pay Request and has not111
notified the
Contractor of the reason for withholding certification.
14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if,through no act or fault of the Contractor or a
Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing
portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor,repeated suspensions,delays or
interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Paragraph 14.3 constitute in the aggregate
more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365-day
period,whichever is less.
14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Subparagraph 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists,the Contractor may,upon
even days' written notice to the Owner,terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for
Work executed and for proven loss with respect to materials, equipment,tools, and construction equipment
and machinery, including reasonable overhead, and profit.
14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 90 consecutive days through no act or fault of the '
Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the
Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has persistently failed to fulfill the Owner's
obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work,
the Contractor may,upon seven additional days' written notice to the Owner,terminate the contract and
recover from the Owner as provided in Subparagraph 14.1.3.
14.2 TERMINATION BYTHE OWNER FOR CAUSE '
14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor:
.1 persistently or repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper '
materials;
.2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective ,
agreements
1
' 1
IPage 37
Ibetween the Contractor and the Subcontractors;
.3 persistently disregards laws, ordinances, or rules,regulations or orders of a public authority having
jurisdiction; or
I
.4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents.
I 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist,the Owner may without prejudice to any other rights or
remedies of the Owner and giving the Contractor seven days' written notice,terminate employment of the
Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety:
I .1 take possession of the site and of all materials,equipment,tools and construction equipment and
machinery
Ithereon owned by the Contractor;
.2 accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Paragraph 5.4; and
I .3 finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon request of
the
Contractor the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by
I the
Owner in finishing the Work.
I 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Subparagraph 14.2.1,the
Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished.
I 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including
compensation for the Architect's services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages
incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs
I and damages exceed the unpaid balance,the contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount
to be paid to the Contractor or Owner,as the case may be, shall survive termination of the Contract.
14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVIENCE
I 14.3.1 The Owner may,without cause,order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the
Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine.
I 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and contract Time shall be adjusted for increase in the cost and time caused by
suspension,delay or interruption as described in Subparagraph 14.3.1.Adjustment of the Contract Sum
shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent:
I .1 that performance is,was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause
for which
Ithe Contractor is responsible; or
.2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract.
I
I
Page 38
14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE
14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time,terminate the Contract for the Owner's convenience and without
cause.
14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner's convenience,
the Contractor shall:
.1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice;
.2 take actions necessary,or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the
Work; and
.3 except for Work directed to be preformed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the
notice,
terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and
purchase
orders.
14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner's convenience,the Contractor shall be entitled to
receive payment for Work executed,and costs incurred by reason of such termination, along with
reasonable overhead and profit on the work preformed to termination date.
1
1
I
1
1
1
I
I SECTION 01010
WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
I1.01 INTENT OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
I A. The Contractor shall complete all Work as provided for in Contract Documents including Drawings
and Project Manual. Anything mentioned in the Project Manual and not shown on the Drawings, or
shown on the Drawings and not mentioned in the Project Manual, shall be furnished and installed
I
as if shown and mentioned in both. The Contractor shall furnish all materials or labor required to
complete Work shown on the Drawings and called out in the Project Manual, to include labor and
material requirements reasonably inferable therefrom as being necessary to complete the work,
whether each and every single item necessary to completion is specified or detailed or not.
I1.02 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORK REQUIRED
A. The organization of the Project Manual into Divisions, Sections and Paragraphs and the arrange-
ment of the Drawings are not intended to control the Contractor in dividing the Work among
Subcontractors or to establish the limits and extent of work to be performed by a particular trade.
The Contractor alone is responsible for the completion of the entire work as drawn and specified,
I complete in place and in functional or operating conditions. The division of the Project Manual into
sections and paragraphs is for convenience only and not for the purpose of limiting or restricting the
performance of any portion of the Work to any particular trade.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
' I
I
I
I
I
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098 01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I .
I
r
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank) i
I
1
1
r
1
I
1
I
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1
SECTION 01015
CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES
Page 1
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENT
A. Contractor to coordinate use of premises for construction purposes with Owner. Because of the
nature of project premises, Contractor to provide Owner with complete minimum surface area
requirements for his and his subcontractors use, including area requirements for:
1. Storage of materials and equipment
2. Staging
3. Employee parking
' 4. Refuse containers
5. Other required uses
END OF SECTION
I
1
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
I
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture II
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
i
1
SECTION 01018
OWNER FURNISHED ITEMS
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 OWNER'S RIGHT TO INSTALL ITEMS AND/OR EQUIPMENT PURCHASED UNDER
SEPARATE CONTRACTS
A. Owner retains the right to place and install, in coordination with Contractor's construction schedule,
as many items and/or as much equipment as he may require during the progress of the Work,
before completion of the various parts of the Work. This shall not in any way evidence completion
of the Work or any portion thereof, nor shall it signify Owner's acceptance of the Work or any
portion thereof.
PART Il- PRODUCTS
2.01 CATEGORIES OF ITEMS
A. BY OWNER: Items shown or noted "By Owner"on the drawings and/or in the specifications shall
be furnished by Owner to Contractor/subcontractor for installation by Contractor/subcontractor as
part of the construction contract. Contractor/subcontractor shall receive, to the extent of unloading
at the job site as required, store and be responsible to the extent of carrying necessary insurance to
cover items in case of theft, fire, loss, malicious damage and other miscellaneous damage.
Included, but not inclusive, in this category are:
1. Not Used.
2. Dimmer Panel
3. Kitchen Exhaust Hood (Hoods) including Exhaust Fans, Make Up Air Fans, Motors, Starters,
Heaters and Curbs
4 Hardware for slide out C.P.U. Shelf and Cash Drawer in office
5 Water Softener
6. Television Mounting Bracket, and Shelf
7. Certain Toilet Accessories listed "By Owner"
8. A.D.A. Interior Door Signs
9. "To Go"Camera
10. PizzaOven
11. Sheet Metal Boots (for roof penetrations)
12. Not Used
13. Duct Detectors
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098 01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 01018
OWNER FURNISHED ITEMSI
Page 2
B. NOT IN CONTRACT (NIC): Items shown or noted"(NIC)"on the drawings and/or in the 1
specifications shall be furnished and in-stalled by Owner under separate contract, except as
described hereinafter.The Contractor shall receive, unload as required, store, and be responsible
to the extent of carrying necessary insurance to cover items in case of theft, fire, loss, malicious
damage and other miscellaneous damage. Included, but not inclusive, in this category are:
1. Kitchen and bar equipment, including walk-in cooler/freezer equipment(coils, compressors,
etc.)and beer cooler boxes. This equipment shall be furnished, assembled and set in place
under separate contract,with final connection of gas, water, electricity and exhaust devices as
shown on the Mechanical and Electrical drawings to be accomplished under the General
Contract for Construction.
2. All loose furnishings such as booths, table tops, chairs, stools, etc., and interior decor items.
3. Sound system (to include speaker attachment, cable&pulling cable)
4. Signs and Signage, including Painted Exterior and Interior Signs where and if shown on
drawings.
5 Television
6. Landscape and Irrigation(Sprinkler System)
7. Safe in Office
8. Security/Fire Alarm System
9. POS System (to include registers, printers, cables and pulling cables)
10. Pay telephones
12. Manufactured Stone Veneer
13. HVAC Test and Balance
PART III-EXECUTION I
3.01 RECEIPT OF ITEMS
A. During the course of construction, some deliveries of equipment and miscellaneous items will be r
made to the job site by common carrier. Contractor shall receive and inspect items for conform-
ance to delivery ticket(s)and for damage. If during receipt any missing or damaged items are
observed, Contractor shall: 1
r
1. Make notation of any and all discrepancies on the delivery ticket(s).
2. Call delivery carrier and advise him of the problem. d
3. Call the Owner's Purchasing Contact, Mr.Jarvis Windham (972/770-1747)for front-of-house
items and back-of-house items and advise of any problems.
I
END OF SECTION
IllI
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture •
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 01029
I
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
i1.01 GENERAL
A. Waterloo Restaurant Ventures"General Conditions of the Contract for Construction,"Article 7, all
paragraphs inclusive, shall govern the work of this section.
1.02 WORK AUTHORIZATION
IA. In the event a change to the work is required by the Owner, a written "Work Authorization"for
changes to the contract will be issued by the Owner. The authorization will include actual or•
estimated costs for the change and a statement of responsibility for actual cost if estimated costs
Iare used.
1.03 CONTRACTOR RESPONSE
IA. Contractor shall respond with a formal typewritten"Contract Change Order", in triplicate,
referencing authorization number,job name, date, specific items changed and shall indicate total
amount of authorization imposed costs. Contractor will only be allowed an (8%)eight percent
overhead and profit markup. Backup documentation is to be submitted with all extra costs.
Two or more authorizations may be included on one change order.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#040098 01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 01029 i
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
Page 2
I
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
I
I
I
,i
I
I
I
I
a
I
I
111
I
II
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
i
I
SECTION 01030
ALTERNATES
Page 1
IPART I-GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
IA. Acceptance: Alternates will be exercised at option of Owner.
B. Coordination: Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required to complete the
I Work, including changes under each Alternate, when acceptance is designated in
Owner Contractor Agreement.
1 1.02 ALTERNATE PROPOSALS
A. Alternate Proposal No. 1: In lieu of STUCCO detailed on the Drawings and specified in the
I technical sections of these Specifications, provide EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM
in all locations currently requiring STUCCO , as specified in the technical sections of the
Specifications as an alternate.
IEND OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
II MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
I
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
I
I
I
• I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 01040
COORDINATION
Page 1
PART I—GENERAL
1.01 PROJECT COORDINATION
A. Contractor shall be responsible for the general overall coordination of the work required. It is the
Contractor's responsibility to see that all of his subcontractors coordinate their work as it relates to
the work of other trades.
1.02 MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COORDINATION
A. Contractor shall coordinate the leaving of openings in the building floors, roofs and walls for supply,
return and exhaust ducts, piping and wiring unless otherwise noted or specified herein. It is the
Contractor's responsibility to see that all of his subcontractors coordinate their work with regard to
openings which are to be left in floors, roof and partitions for the proper operation of all systems and
that all openings are in correct locations.
1.03 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Except as otherwise specified, each subcontractor shall execute all cutting and patching in his work
that may be required by others so that the engagements between the.various material will be neat
and proper. Cutting of any structural portions of the building shall not be permitted except as
approved by the Owner. Each subcontractor shall locate and provide sleeves, suitable to the
general contractor,for all holes, chases, openings, or block-outs required for the installation of their
work.All such openings shall be straight, true, and of proper size. No excessive cutting will be
�! permitted, nor shall openings be located to alter the installation of any structural member from that
indicated on drawings. After the work has been installed, all openings shall be carefully patched
and fitted around as directed and to the satisfaction of the Owner.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank) I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES 1
I
SECTION 01050
FIELD ENGINEERING
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Survey and Field Engineering
B. Submittals and Quality Control
C. Project Record Documents
1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Surveyor: Employ experienced Civil Engineer or registered Land Surveyor to establish layout, lines,
levels and grades, and check Contractor's placement of batter boards, grades stakes, and other
controls, and to verify same from time to time during progress of construction of Work. Engineer or
Surveyor shall be registered in the state of this project.
B. Measurements: Before ordering materials or doing any work, verify measurements at site and
check same against Drawings. No extra charge will be allowed on account of differences between
actual dimensions and measurements shown on Drawings. Submit any differences found to Owner
for resolution before proceeding with Work.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Surveyor Name: Submit name, address, and telephone number of Surveyor or Engineer to Owner
before starting survey work.
B. Accuracy: Submit to the Owner documentation verifying accuracy of survey work.
1 C. Certification: Submit certificate signed by Surveyor or Engineer, certifying that elevations and
locations of improvements are in conformance, or non-conformance, with Contract Documents.
�) 1.04 EXECUTION
A. Inspection: Verify locations of survey control points prior to starting work. Promptly notify Owner of
any discrepancies discovered.
B. Survey Control Points: Protect survey control points prior to starting site work; preserve permanent
reference points during construction. Make no changes without prior written notice to Owner.
Promptly report to Owner the loss or destruction of any reference point or relocation required
because of changes in grades or other reasons. Replace dislocated control points based on
original survey control.
I
I
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 01050
FIELD ENGINEERING
Page 2
C. Survey Requirements:
uirements:
1. Establish a minimum of two permanent bench marks on site, referenced to established control
points. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents. III
2. Establish lines and levels, locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means:
a. Site improvements, including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement; and
utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations.
b. Grid or axis for structures.
c. Building foundation, column locations, and ground floor elevations.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
111
I
I
MulvannyG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 01300
I SUBMITTALS
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
I1.01 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED
IAProcedures.
.
B. Construction Progress Schedules.
IC. Schedule of Values.
D. Shop Drawings.
IE. Product Data.
F. Samples.
I1.02 PROCEDURES
A. Delivery Address: Deliver submittals to Owner at address listed on INVITATION TO BID.
IB. Transmittal Form and Identification: Transmit each item using Owner-accepted transmittal form.
Identify project, Contractor, subcontractor, major supplier; identify pertinent Drawing sheet and
I detail number, and Specification Section number, as appropriate. Identify deviations from Contract
Documents. Provide space for Contractor and Owner/Architect review stamps.
C. Coordination: Comply with progress schedule for submittals related to Work progress. Coordinate
Isubmittal of related items.
D. Review:
I 1.Contractor:
a. General: Review submittals prior to transmittal; determine and verify field measurements,
field construction criteria, manufacturer's catalog numbers, and conformance of submittal
with requirements of Contract Documents. Submittal information deviating from
I requirements of contract documents shall be clearly circled in red.
b. Coordination: Coordinate submittals with requirements of Work and of Contract
I Documents.
c. Certification: Apply stamp and sign or initial each sheet of shop drawings and product
data, and each sample label to certify compliance with requirements of Contract
Documents. Notify Owner in writing at time of submittal, of deviations from requirements
Iof Contract Documents.
2.Owner:
a. General: Owner will review shop drawings, product data, and samples and return
I submittals within 10 days.
b. Acceptance and Fabrication: Do not fabricate products or begin work until submittals are
returned with Owner's acceptance.
E. Revisions: After Owner review of submittal, revise and resubmit as required, identifying changes
made since previous submittal.
I F. Distribution: Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned persons. Instruct recipients to
promptly report any inability to comply with provisions.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
I MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
Page 2
1.03 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES
A. Construction Schedules: Along with the INVITATION TO BID, the Owner will submit to
Contractor copies of his Anticipated Construction Schedule.
B. Type: Network analysis system using the critical path method, generally as outlined in Associated I
General Contractors of America (AGC) publication 'The Use of CPM in Construction-A Manual
for General Contractors" is preferred, but a horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major
trade or operation, identifying first work day of each week is acceptable. Contractor may use
Microsoft Project at his discretion.
C. Sequence of Construction: Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying work
of separate stages and other logically grouped activities.
D. Percentage of Completion: Show projected percentage of completion for each item of work as
of time of each Application for Payment.
E. Submittal Dates: Show submittal dates required for shop drawings, product data, and samples,
and product delivery dates, including those furnished by Owner. I
F. Progress Reports: The Contractor shall, on Friday of each week, complete and make distribution
of a synopsis of job progress by trade category with distribution as directed by Owner. The form
shall be completed by the Contractor's job superintendent, complete with a"Remarks"space for
written communication of minor job problems and requests which can be made under field
conditions.
G. Copies Required: 1
1. Initial Issue: Submit three;within 10 days after date of notice to proceed. After review by
Owner, revise and resubmit as required.
2. Revised: Submit three;with each Application for Payment, reflecting changes since
previous submittal.
1.04 SCHEDULE OF VALUES I
A. Form: Typed schedule on AIA Form G703. Contractor's standard form or media-driven printout
will be considered on request. Submit sample form for Owner's written approval prior to first
payment request.
B. Format: Table of contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of II
the major Project Manual Section.
C. Overhead and Profit: Include in each line item a directly proportional amount of Contractor's
overhead and profit.
D. Change Orders: Revise schedule to list change orders,for each Application for Payment.
E. Copies Required: Same as for progress schedules. I
1.05 SHOP DRAWINGS
. I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
I SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
Page 3
I A. General: Present in a clear and thorough manner. Title each drawing with Project name and
number; identify each element of drawings by reference to sheet number and detail, schedule, or
room number of Contract Documents. Identify field dimensions; show relation to adjacent or
Icritical features or work or products.
B. Copies Required: Submit one reproducible transparency and one opaque copy of each sheet.
IC. Reproduction and Distribution: After Owner review and acceptance reproduce and distribute in
accord with"procedures"above. Owner will make and retain copies required for his own use.
111 1.06 PRODUCT DATA
A. General: Submit only pages which are pertinent; mark each copy of standard printed data to
I identify pertinent products, referenced to Project Manual Section and Article number. Show
reference standards, performance characteristics, and capacities;wiring and piping diagrams and
controls; component parts;finishes; dimensions; and required clearances.
I B. Modifications: Modify manufacturer's standard schematic drawings and diagrams to supplement
standard information and to provide information specifically applicable to the work. Delete
information not applicable.
IC. Copies Required: Submit number Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be retained by
Owner.
I1.07 SAMPLES
A. General: Submit full range of manufacturer's standard finishes except when more restrictive
I requirements are specified, indicating colors, textures, and patterns. Submit samples to illustrate
functional characteristics of products, including parts and attachments.
B. Identification: Label each sample with identification required for transmittal letter.
IC. Number Required: Two sets of samples, charts, color plates and manufacturer's data.
1.08 MATERIALS AND FINISH SUBMITTALS
A. The following materials and/or finish samples shall be submitted for review and approval prior to
installation of materials or execution of finishes. All submittals are to be made 30 days prior to
I commencing such work. Samples are to be made available for review on site or as otherwise
directed by the Owner's representative.
I B. Submittals will be reviewed on site. All samples are to be submitted in the form of a 12" x 12"
sample(minimum unless noted otherwise below, or in the specific specification section)
and shall be applied to the surface or surfaces as indicated in the Construction
Documents.
I C. Each sample should be identified with the name of the project, material name and finish key
number.
IEND OF SECTION
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004 Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 01300
SUBMITTALS
Page 4
(This page intentionally left blank) I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
I SECTION 01410
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
Page 1
I PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
IA. Contractor provided testing laboratory services.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
IA. General Conditions: Inspections, testing, and approvals required by public authorities.
B. Testing Adjusting and Balancing of Systems.
IC. Contract Closeout: Record Documents.
D. Individual Specifications Sections: Inspections and tests required and standards for testing.
1.03 REFERENCES
I A. ANSI/ASTM D3740-Practice for evaluation of agencies engaged in testing and/or inspection of soil
and rock as used in Engineering design and construction.
B. ANSI/ASTM E329-Standard recommended practice for inspection and testing agencies for
Iconcrete, steel and bituminous materials as used in construction.
1.04 SECTION AND PAYMENT
IA. Contractor employ and pay for services of an Owner-acceptable independent testing laboratory to
perform specified inspection and testing. Employment of testing laboratory in no way relieves
Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accord with requirements of Contract Documents.
I1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A. Laboratory: Employ laboratory authorized to operate in state in which project is located and which
maintains a full-time registered Engineer on staff to review services.
B. Equipment: Testing equipment shall be calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an
I accuracy traceable to either National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of natural physical
constants.
1.06 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Prior to start of Work, submit testing laboratory name, address, and telephone number, and names
of full-time registered Engineer and responsible officer to the Owner.
1 1.07 LABORATORY RESPONSIBILITIES
IA. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor.
B. Provide qualified personnel at site after due notice; cooperate with Owner and Contractor in
performance of services.
IC. Perform specified inspection, sampling, and testing of products.
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
. 1
SECTION 01410
TESTING LABORATORY SERVICES
Page 2
D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents. I
E. Promptly notify Owner and Contractor of observed irregularities or non-conformance of Work or
products. I
F. Perform additional inspections and tests required by Owner.
G. Attend preconstruction conferences and progress meetings when requested. I
1.08 LABORATORY REPORTS
A. After each inspection and test, promptly submit two copies of laboratory report to Owner and to I
Contractor. Include: Date issued, project title and number, name of inspector, date and time of
sampling or inspection, identification of product and specifications section, location in the project,
type of inspection or test, date of test, results of tests, and conformance with Contract Documents.
When requested by Owner, provide interpretation of test results.
1.09 LIMITS OF TESTING LABORATORY AUTHORITY I
A. Laboratory may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents,
approve or accept any portion of the Work, assume any duties of Contractor and has no authority to
stop work. I
1.10 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Deliver to laboratory at designated location adequate samples of materials proposed to be used
which require testing, together with proposed mix designs.
B. Cooperate with laboratory personnel, and provide access to Work. I
C. Provide incidental labor and facilities to provide access to work to be tested, to obtain and handle
samples at the site or at source of products to be tested, to facilitate tests and inspections, and for
storage and curing of test samples.
D. Notify Owner and laboratory 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring inspection and
testing services. I
END OF SECTION 1
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 01500
I TEMPORARY UTILITIES
Page 1
IPARTI -GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
IA. Temporary Electricity and Lighting
B. Temporary Heating
IC. Temporary Water
D. Temporary Sanitary Facilities
IE. Temporary Fire Protection
IF. Payment
1.02 TEMPORARY ELECTRICITY AND LIGHTING
I A. Provide wiring,fuses, disconnect switches, safety devices,junction boxes, panel boxes, ground
fault protections, and transformer if required, in connection with use of temporary electrical service
for lighting and power during construction. All items and installations are to conform to the require-
1 ments of the National Electric Code, and"Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970." Observa-
tions by the Owner, his agents, or any recognized agency indicating failure to comply with code
requirements shall be cause for immediate suspension of job site operations by the Contractor until
the system is in full compliance. No extension to the Contract Time shall be allowed for such
Isuspension of job site operations.
1.03 TEMPORARY HEATING
I A. Requirement: Provide, pay for and maintain, all temporary heating facilities required during the
progress of the Work to protect materials, finished work and equipment against injury from
dampness and cold. Temporary heat shall be required when the outside temperature is low enough
I to damage or affect in any way the performance or quality of any product or material being stored in
the building, in any temporary storage area, or any material incorporated into the work. Temporary
heat shall also be required when the outside temperature is low enough to significantly slow or
hamper the effectiveness of workmen on the job.
I
B. Use of Permanent Heating System: Permanent heating system may be used for this purpose after
completion, provided Contractor obtains written permission from Owner, and agrees to pay all
I charges for fuel, attendance, maintenance, repair and replacement, if necessary, to the equivalent
of new conditions, including replacement of filters and cleaning of grilles and diffusers.
C. Insurance Endorsement: Where permanent heating system is used for Contractor's convenience,
I at his request and subject to Owner's acceptance, Builder's Risk Insurance Policies required under
the contract documents shall be endorsed to permit said operation of such permanent equipment
(other than for testing purposes)at such times and under such conditions as the Owner shall
Iaccept.
1.04 TEMPORARY WATER
A. Provide temporary storage tanks, piping, valves,fittings, hose and hose connections as required for
use of water during construction and testing.
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES.
I
SECTION 01500
TEMPORARY UTILITIES
Page 2
1.05 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES
a I
A. Furnish, install, and maintain ample sanitaryfacilities for use of workmen of all trades engaged in
work under the contract. Temporary toilets shall be constructed at time work is commenced and
shall be subject to applicable City Ordinances, Health Department requirements and Rules and
Regulations of governing authorities by Code or otherwise.
1.06 TEMPORARY FIRE PROTECTION
A. Observe and enforce compliance by all trades engaged in work under the contract with require-
ments of City, County, State, Federal and Insurance Underwriter's regulations to minimize fire
hazards incidental to the work. Provide operable fire extinguishing devices in well-marked,
accessible locations distributed throughout the project in compliance with governing codes and
ordinances.
1.07 ARRANGEMENT AND PAYMENT I
A. The Contractor shall make all necessary arrangements and shall pay for water, electric power, gas,
and sewage service during the construction of the building as may be required for use of his own
forces and those of his subcontractors, and as required by them until acceptance of the work by the
Owner.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 01520
SECURITY
Page 1
SECTION 01520
SECURITY
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 WATCHMAN SERVICE
A. Contractor may employ and pay for watchmen, or a watchmen's service, as he deems necessary to
protect his own interests, and he shall be responsible for and pay for losses or damages to the
Owner's materials or other property as a result of theft, mysterious disappearances or intrusions by
strangers.
1.02 TEMPORARY CONTROLS
A. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect existing facilities
and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 01520
SECURITY
Page 2
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank) I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
_1
t
SECTION 01530
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS
Page 1
PARTI-GENERAL
1.01 PROJECT SIGN FRAME
A. Within seven days of date of notice to proceed,furnish and erect one(1)project identification sign,
in a location directed by the Owner: Sign shall consist of 4x4 inch posts supporting a 4'-0" high by
8'-0"wide sheet of 3/4 inch thick exterior NC plywood. Locate post 1'-0"from ends of plywood;
6'-0"centers. Bottom of plywood shall be at 4'-0"above grade.
B. Framework shall receive a fabric sign to be furnished by Owner and installed by General
Contractor. Installation of sign will be by wrap and staple method; long staples, closely spaced on
back side.
1.02 CONTRACTOR SIGNS AND ADVERTISING
A. Contractor and principal subcontractors may have company signs on field office, at Contractor's
expense, if so desired. No other free-standing signs or advertising of any kind other than "warning"
signs and notices required by law,will be permitted on the site or about the premises.
END OF SECTION
I
1
1
1
•1
I
E
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 01530
PROJECT IDENTIFICATION AND SIGNS111
Page 2
I
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 01540
1 FIELD OFFICES AND SHEDS
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICE
' A. Contractor erect and maintain temporary job office in safe and sanitary condition. Include
installation and payment for telephone service, an answering machine, and a FAX machine.
1.02 TEMPORARY STORAGE SHEDS
A. Contractor provide, as required, at locations on premises, watertight storage sheds for storage of
materials, equipment and tools which might be damaged by exposure to weather. Provide sheds of
sufficient size and capacity to hold damageable materials which may be on site at one time. Floors
shall be raised at least 6 inches above the ground. Maintain sheds in good condition and relocate
from time to time as necessary. Remove sheds when no longer needed.
1 1.03 TEMPORARY OWNER'S OFFICE
A. Contractor provide power(200 amp service)and final connection to Owner-provided hiring trailer.
The contractor shall provide phone wire and final connections from the Dmark in the mechanical
room to the hiring trailer and provide phone jacks (3)with dial tone. Owner will move the hiring
trailer onto site six weeks prior to scheduled date of completion of the project.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
i
1
1
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank) I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
i
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES i
SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
Page 1
PARTI-GENERAL
1.01 REQUIREMENTS
A. All the operations and/or documents described in this section shall be completed and/or delivered to
the Architect prior to acceptance of the work and final payment.
1 1.02 CLEANING
A. General: Each Contractor or subcontractor shall remove and dispose of all tools, equipment,
surplus material and rubbish pertaining to his work, and cooperate in final cleaning by general
contractor.
B. Final Cleaning: Thoroughly clean the entire project upon completion of the work, including but not
necessarily limited to: Power sweeping the parking lot, cleaning construction debris from adjacent
exterior areas, polishing all metals, cleaning all plumbing fixtures and accessories, cleaning all
stainless steel fixtures and equipment, removing all labels and layout marks, cleaning all windows
and mirrors, cleaning all floors, and in general, removing all evidence of the construction process, to
leave the entire premises in clean, new operating condition. Refer to the construction cleaning
checklist within the contract agreement.
C. Equipment and Systems: The attention of the Contractor is directed to the fact that scale, metal
shaving, oil, pipe dope and every impurity will tend to accumulate at restricted points and impede
flow. Every precaution shall therefore be observed in the assembly of the systems to remove and
exclude foreign matter and upon completion of erection, a thorough cleaning program shall be
observed. The cleaning operation shall be accomplished after all parts of the systems are in place
but before any are insulated or furred in. Remove all labels, dirt, paint, grease and stains from all
exposed devises, equipment and fixtures installed under this contract. Clean and polish all
equipment upon completion of the work to present a first class job suitable for occupancy.
1.03 PROJECT DOCUMENTS
A. Affidavits: Completed AIA Document G706, CONTRACTOR'S AFFIDAVIT OF PAYMENT OF
DEBTS AND CLAIMS,with all executed supporting documents listed thereon to include "Full
Waiver Final Lien Release"form, "Affidavit of Completion and Warranty", and AIA Document G707,
CONSENT OF SURETY COMPANY TO FINAL PAYMENT.
1.04 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE DATA:
A. Complete mechanical equipment operating manuals and instructions, specification data, diagrams
and charts as specified in Division 15. Include the name, address and 24 hour telephone number
of service representatives for the plumbing, HVAC, and electrical systems. Include diagrams and
wiring diagrams of contractor furnished equipment. All documents in duplicate neatly indexed in
three ring, looseleaf binders.
1 1.05 SYSTEMS DEMONSTRATIONS
A. Each separate system with its various components shall be operated by this contractor or his
subcontractors for a responsible length of time to demonstrate the performance of all equipment
and piping in accordance with the true intent and purpose of the plans and specifications. All
necessary adjustments shall be made to the satisfaction of the Owner.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 01700
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT111
Page 2
1.06 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES I
A. Certain certificates of warranties and guarantees shall be required. These guarantees and warran-
I
ties, along with duly executed instruments properly assigning said guarantees and warranties shall
be forwarded to the Owner, bound in a single volume, grouped by trade and properly indexed.
These items shall be forwarded prior to Request for Final Payment. Contractor is directed to
examine all technical sections of the specifications for the required documents. The following list is
included for the Contractor's convenience and does not necessarily include all required documents: II
1. General contractor's written guarantee stating that the work in its entirety is guaranteed for a
period of one year from the date of substantial completion against all defects in materials and
workmanship.
2. Roofing installer's written guarantee to the Contractor stating that all work performed under said
subcontract is guaranteed for a period of two(2)years against all defects in materials and
workmanship. In the event the work is performed by the general contractor's own forces, this
guarantee shall be from the general contractor to the Owner.
3. Manufacturer's warranties on new air conditioning units and any other manufacturer's equip-
ment warranties, all duly transferred to the Owner.
5. All certificates such as Ansul systems,fire protection, certificates of occupancy, etc....to be filed
with the Owner's insurance company.
1.07 OPENING DAY CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL
A. Owner shall notify Contractor in writing of his scheduled"Opening Day"for business. Contractor
shall arrange for his job superintendent to be present at the site to assist the Owner from 9:00 a.m.
thru 4:00 p.m. on that day. In addition, Contractor shall arrange for his mechanical (HVAC), plumb-
ing and electrical subcontractor's job superintendents to be on call to the project during those same
hours.
END OF SECTION I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 01720
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
1 A. Related Drawings, Product Data and Samples
1.02 MAINTENANCE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Maintain one copy of:
1. Contract Drawings
2. Project Manual
3. Addenda
4. Approved Shop Drawings
5. Supplemental Instructions
6. Change Orders
7. Other Modifications of Contract
8. Field Test Records
9. Correspondence File
B. Store documents in approved locations, apart from documents used for construction.
lC. Maintain documents in clean, dry, legible condition.
D. Do not use record documents for construction purposes.
E. Make documents available at all times for inspection by Architect/Engineer and Owner.
1.03 MARKING DEVICES
A. Provide felt marking pen for marking. Make notations in "red."
1.04 RECORDING
A. Label each document"PROJECT RECORD"in 2 inch high printed letters.
B. Keep record documents current.
C. Do not permanently conceal any work until required information has been recorded.
D. Contract Drawings. Legibly mark to record actual construction:
1. Factory and field seams in membrane, dimensionally located.
2. Field changes of dimension and detail.
3. Changes made by Supplemental Instruction or Change Order.
1 4. Details not on original Contract Drawings.
E. Project Manual and Addenda. Legibly mark-up each section to record:
I1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number and supplier of each product and item of equipment
actually installed.
2. Changes made by Supplemental Instruction of Change Order.
3. Other matters not originally specified
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04 0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
r
SECTION 01720
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
Page 2
F. Shop Drawings: Maintain as record documents. Legibly mark-up approved shop drawings to show
changes made after review.
1.05 SUBMITTAL
A. At completion of project, deliver record documents to Owner.
B. Accompany submittal with transmittal letter, in duplicate containing:
1. Date
•
2. Project title and number.
3. Contractor's name and address.
4. Title and number of each record document.
5. Certification that each document as submitted is complete and accurate.
6. Signature of Contractor, or his authorized representative.
1
END OF SECTION
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 02300
EARTHWORK
Page 1
IPART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
I
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1 1.2 SUMMARY
IA. This Section includes the following:
1. Preparing subgrades for slabs-on-grade,walks and pavements.
2. Excavating and backfilling for buildings and structures.
I 3. Subbase course for concrete walks and pavements.
4. Excavating and backfilling trenches within building lines for plumbing, refrigeration and
electrical lines.
IB. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
1
2. Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete"for granular fill over vapor retarder.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
IA. Backfill: Soil materials used to fill an excavation.
B. Base Course: Layer placed between the subbase course and asphalt paving.
IC. Bedding Course: Layer placed over the excavated subgrade in a trench before laying pipe.
ID. Drainage Course: Layer supporting slab-on-grade used to minimize capillary flow of pore water.
E. Excavation: Removal of material encountered above subgrade elevations.
1. Unauthorized Excavation: Excavation below subgrade elevations or beyond indicated
dimensions without direction by Owner. Unauthorized excavation, as well as remedial work
directed by Owner, shall be without additional compensation.
IF. Fill: Soil materials used to raise existing grades.
G. Rock: Rock material in beds, ledges, unstratified masses, and conglomerate deposits and
I boulders of rock material 3/4 cu. yd. (0.57 cu. m) or more in volume that when tested by an
independent geotechnical testing agency, according to ASTM D 1586, exceeds a standard
penetration resistance of 100 blows/2 inches (97 blows/50 mm).
IH. Structures: Buildings, footings, foundations, retaining walls, slabs, tanks, curbs, mechanical and
electrical appurtenances, or other man-made stationary features constructed above or below the
ground surface.
I
I MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098 01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 02300
EARTHWORK
Page 2
I. Subbase Course: Layer placed between the subgrade and base course for asphalt paving, or
layer placed between the subgrade and a concrete walk.
111
J. Subgrade: Surface or elevation remaining after completing excavation, or top surface of a fill or
backfill immediately below subbase, drainage fill, or topsoil materials.
K. Utilities include on-site underground pipes, conduits, ducts, and cables, as well as underground
services within buildings.
PART 2-PRODUCTS I
2.1 SOIL MATERIALS
A. General: Provide soil materials when sufficient satisfactory soil materials are not available from I
excavations.
B. Satisfactory Soils: ASTM D 2487 soil classification groups GW, GP, GM, SW, SP, and SM, or a I
combination of these group symbols; free of rock or gravel larger than 4 inches (101 mm) in any
dimension, debris,waste,frozen materials, vegetation, and other deleterious matter.
C. Backfill and Fill: Satisfactory soil materials.
D. Subbase: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and
natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 90 percent passing a 1-1/2- inch (38-mm)
sieve and not more than 12 percent passing a No. 200(0.075-mm)sieve.
E. Base: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and
natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; with at least 95 percent passing a 1-1/2-inch (38-mm)
sieve and not more than 8 percent passing a No. 200(0.075-mm)sieve.
F. Bedding: Naturally or artificially graded mixture of natural or crushed gravel, crushed stone, and ,
natural or crushed sand; ASTM D 2940; except with 100 percent passing a 1-inch (25-mm) sieve
and not more than 8 percent passing:a No. 200 (0.075-mm)sieve.
PART 3-EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Protect structures, utilities, sidewalks, pavements, and other facilities from damage caused by
settlement, lateral movement, undermining, washout, and other hazards created by earthwork
operations. I
B. Protect subgrades and foundation soils against freezing temperatures or frost. Provide protective
insulating materials as necessary.
C. Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of soils and discharge of
soil-bearing water runoff or airborne dust to adjacent properties and walkways.
3.2 EXCAVATION, GENERAL
A. Unclassified Excavation: Excavation to subgrade elevations regardless of the character of
surface and subsurface conditions encountered, including rock, soil materials, and obstructions.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
I SECTION 02300
EARTHWORK
Page 3
1. If excavated materials intended for fill and backfill include unsatisfactory soil materials and
rock, replace with satisfactory soil materials.
3.3 EXCAVATION FOR STRUCTURES
IA. Excavate to indicated elevations and dimensions within a tolerance of plus or minus 1 inch (25
mm). Extend excavations a sufficient distance from structures for placing and removing concrete
formwork, for installing services and other construction, and for inspections.
I
1. Excavations for Footings and Foundations: Do not disturb bottom of excavation. Excavate
by hand to final grade just before placing concrete reinforcement. Trim bottoms to required
Ilines and grades to leave solid base to receive other work.
3.4 EXCAVATION FOR UTILITY TRENCHES
IA. Excavate trenches to indicated gradients, lines, depths, and elevations.
B. Excavate trenches to uniform widths to provide a working clearance on each side of pipe or
I conduit. Excavate trench walls vertically from trench bottom to 12 inches (300 mm) higher than
top of pipe or conduit, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Clearance: 12 inches(300 mm)on each side of pipe or conduit.
C. Trench Bottoms: Excavate trenches 4 inches (100 mm) deeper than bottom of pipe elevation to
allow for bedding course. Hand excavate for bell of pipe.
1 1. Excavate trenches 6 inches (150 mm) deeper than elevation required in rock or other
unyielding bearing material to allow for bedding course.
1 3.5 UNAUTHORIZED EXCAVATION
A. Fill unauthorized excavation under foundations or wall footings by extending bottom elevation of
I concrete foundation or footing to excavation bottom, without altering top elevation. Lean concrete
fill may be used when approved by Owner.
1. Fill unauthorized excavations under other construction or utility pipe as directed by Owner
through the Architect.
3.6 BACKFILL
IA. Place and compact backfill in excavations promptly, but not before completing the following:
I 1. Construction below finish grade including, where applicable, perimeter insulation.
2. Removing concrete formwork.
3. Removing trash and debris.
3.7
I UTILITY TRENCH BACKFILL
A. Place and compact bedding course on trench bottoms and where indicated. Shape bedding
course to provide continuous support for bells, joints, and barrels of pipes and for joints, fittings,
I
and bodies of conduits.
111 MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 02300
EARTHWORK
Page 4
B. Backfill trenches excavated under footings and within 18 inches (450 mm) of bottom of footings;
fill with concrete to elevation of bottom of footings.
C. Place and compact initial backfill of subbase material,free of particles larger than 1 inch (25 mm),
to a height of 12 inches (300 mm)over the utility pipe or conduit. I
1. Carefully compact material under pipe haunches and bring backfill evenly up on both sides
and along the full length of utility piping or conduit to avoid damage or displacement of utility
system.
D. Revise tape depths to suit local practice.
E. Install warning tape directly above utilities, 12 inches (300 mm) below finished grade, except 6 1
inches(150 mm)below subgrade under pavements and slabs.
3.8 COMPACTION OF BACKFILLS AND FILLS
A. Place backfill and fill materials in layers not more than 8 inches (200 mm) in loose depth for
material compacted by heavy compaction equipment, and not more than 4 inches (100 mm) in
loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.
B. Place backfill and fill materials evenly on all sides of structures to required elevations, and
uniformly along the full length of each structure.
C. Compact soil to not less than the following percentages of maximum dry density according to
ASTM D 1557:
1
1. Under structures, building slabs, and pavements, scarify and recompact top 12 inches (300
mm)of existing subgrade and each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent.
2. Under walkways, scarify and recompact top 6 inches (150 mm) below subgrade and
compact each layer of backfill or fill material at 95 percent.
3.9 GRADING I
A. General: Uniformly grade areas to a smooth surface, free from irregular surface changes.
Comply with compaction requirements and grade to cross sections, lines, and elevations
indicated.
1. Provide a smooth transition between adjacent existing grades and new grades.
2. Cut out soft spots, fill low spots, and trim high spots to comply with required surface
tolerances.
B. Site Grading: Slope grades to direct water away from building and to prevent ponding. Finish
subgrades to required elevations within the following tolerances:
1. Walks: Plus or minus 1 inch .
C. Grading inside Building Lines: Finish subgrade to a tolerance of 1/2 inch when tested with a 10- 1
foot straightedge.
3.10 SUBBASE AND BASE COURSES '
A. Under walks, place subbase course on prepared subgrade and as follows:
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 02300
EARTHWORK
Page 5
1. Place base course material over subbase.
2. Compact subbase and base courses at optimum moisture content to required grades, lines,
cross sections, and thickness to not less than 95 percent of maximum dry density
according to ASTM D 1557.
3. Shape subbase and base to required cross-slope grades.
4. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course is 6 inches(150 mm)or less, place
materials in a single layer.
5. When thickness of compacted subbase or base course exceeds 6 inches (150 mm), place
materials in equal layers, with no layer more than 6 inches (150 mm) thick or less than 3
inches(75 mm)thick when compacted.
3.11 PROTECTION
A. Protecting Graded Areas: Protect newly graded areas from traffic, freezing, and erosion. Keep
' free of trash and debris.
B. Repair and reestablish grades to specified tolerances where completed or partially completed
surfaces become eroded, rutted, settled, or where they lose compaction due to subsequent
construction operations or weather conditions.
1. Scarify or remove and replace soil material to depth as directed by Owner; reshape and
recom pact.
C. Where settling occurs before Project correction period elapses, remove finished surfacing, backfill
with additional soil material, compact, and reconstruct surfacing.
f1. Restore appearance, quality, and condition of finished surfacing to match adjacent work,
and eliminate evidence of restoration to the greatest extent possible.
3.12 DISPOSAL OF SURPLUS AND WASTE MATERIALS
A. Disposal: Remove surplus satisfactory soil and waste material, including unsatisfactory soil,
trash, and debris, and legally dispose of it off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION
1
1
1
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 02300
EARTHWORK
Page 6
1
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture 1
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES 1
1
SECTION 02311
FINISH GRADING
Page 1
IPART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
IA. Finish grading and topsoil.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Excavating, backfilling and compacting of structures: SECTION 02221
IPART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
IA. Subsoil: Excavated or equal borrow material, graded free of lumps larger than 6 inches, rocks larger
than 3 inches, and debris.
IB. Topsoil: Either excavated material from site or imported,friable loam; free of subsoil, roots, grass,
weeds, stone, and foreign matter; acidity range(pH of 5.5 to 7.5; containing minimum of 4 percent
maximum of 25 percent organic matter.
land
PART III-EXECUTION
I3.01 INSPECTION
A. Verify site conditions and note irregularities affecting work of each phase of this Section. Beginning
work of each phase of this Section means acceptance of existing conditions.
I3.02 PREPARATION
IA. Finish Grading:
1. General: Eliminate uneven areas and low spots. Remove debris, roots, branches, stones in
excess of 1/2 inch in size.
I 2. Scarifying: Scarify subgrade to depth of 6 inches where topsoil is required. Scarify in areas
where equipment used for hauling and spreading topsoil has compacted subsoil.
1 3.03 PROTECTION
A. Protect trees, shrubs, lawns, and other features to remain as portion of final landscaping. Protect
I
bench marks, existing construction and above or below grade utilities which are to remain. Repair
damage at no additional cost to Owner.
3.04 GRADING
IA. Finish:
I 1. General: Establish grades by means of grade stakes placed at corners of units at abrupt
changes of grade and elsewhere as required.
2. Topsoil:
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 02311
FINISH GRADING
Page 2
a. General: Provide a 6 inch layer of topsoil, unless shown otherwise on the Drawings, in
areas noted "planting"and in other areas where existing topsoil has been disturbed or
otherwise made unusable.
b. Placing: Use topsoil in relatively dry state. Place during dry weather. Fine grade
eliminating rough or low areas. Maintain levels, profiles, and contours of subgrade.
Remove stone, roots, grass, weeds, debris, and foreign material while spreading. Manually
spread around trees, plants, buildings, etc. to prevent damage. Lightly compact placed
topsoil. ,
C. Tolerance: Top of topsoil; plus or minus 1/2 inch.
3.05 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from the premises.
END OF SECTION
1
r
1
i
I
t
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
' SECTION 02505
CONCRETE PAVING,WALKS,
CURBS, GUTTERS,AND APPROACHES
' Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Concrete pedestrian traffic surfaces (walks, ramps, etc.)
' B. Concrete vehicular traffic surfaces
C. Concrete curbs and gutters
D. Concrete traffic approaches
' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Concrete Formwork: SECTION 03100
1 B. Concrete Reinforcement: SECTION 03200
C. Cast-In-Place Concrete: SECTION 03300
D. Concrete Curing: SECTION 03370
1.03 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS AND STANDARDS
A. Governing Authority: Applicable standards and regulations of state and municipal agencies having
governing authority over the work specified in this section shall take priority over items specified
' herein and shown on the drawings unless the requirements set forth herein require a superior
quality work.
B. Material Standards: American Society for Testing Materials(ASTM)
C. Concrete Standards: American Concrete Institute(ACI):ACI-617"Standard Specifications for
Concrete Pavement and Bases"ACI-395"Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced
' Concrete"
1.04 SUBMITTALS
' A. Testing Laboratory Reports: Furnish three copies of the test reports to the Owner indicating results
of the cylinder test.
PART II- PRODUCTS
2.01 FORM MATERIAL
A. As specified in CONCRETE FORMWORK.
2.02 BASIC MATERIALS
' A. Concrete: As Specified in CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
B. Reinforcing Steel: As specified in CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 02505
111
CONCRETE PAVING,WALKS,
CURBS, GUTTERS,AND APPROACHES
Page 2 1
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Air Entraining Agent: ASTM CO260, Master Builders or equal.
B. Dispersing Admixture: ASTM C-494, Master Builders or equal. '
C. Curing Compound: ASTM C-309, No. 40W by A. C. Horn Company or equal.
D. Joint Filler: ASTM D1751, pre-molded fiber filler, unless shown otherwise on the drawings. ,
E. Joint Sealer: ASTM D-1190, Code 2351.
2.04 CONCRETE MIX DESIGN '
A. Contractor shall employ and pay for, as a part of the contract price, the services of an Owner
approved independent testing laboratory to determine actual design mix to be used, based on the
following: All concrete: 3000 psi at 28 days.
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION OF SUBGRADE
A. Inspect subgrades prepared as specified elsewhere in these Specifications and report any
deficiencies to the Owner before beginning work. Commencement of work shall indicate acceptance
of subgrades by this Contractor.
3.02 CONSTRUCTION
A. General: Deliver and place concrete as specified in CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE.
B. Curbs and Gutters: '
1. Configurations: Construct to cross-sectional details shown on drawings and at indicated
locations. Curbs may be fully formed or pulled and troweled to configurations shown on the
drawings.
2. Reinforcement: Reinforce as indicated on the drawings with continuous reinforcing bars lapped
30 bar diameters and securely tied at all splices. Metal chairs shall be used to hold the
reinforcing steel in the proper plane.
3. Expansion Joints: Construct 1/2'wide expansion joints with joint filler across lengths of curb at
all tangent points and at not more than twenty foot intervals. Construct one inch wide
expansion joints with joint filler between curbs and concrete paving. All fixed objects, such as
buildings, poles, pipes, catch basins, etc.,within or abutting the concrete shall be separated
from the concrete by expansion joints.
4. Finishing: Finish surfaces with dense uniform texture equal to burlap drag and cross-score with
1/4"deep cross joints at ten foot intervals with edges smoothed 1/8".
5. Joints: Fill expansion joints with joint filler except for space 3/4"deep at surface. After
concrete has set, clean the open joint above filler and fill with joint sealer in accordance with
instructions of sealer manufacturer. ,
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
' SECTION 02505
CONCRETE PAVING,WALKS,
CURBS, GUTTERS,AND APPROACHES
' Page 3
C. Traffic Approaches and Vehicular Traffic Surfaces:
1 1. Configuration: Construct to cross-sectional details shown on drawings and at indicated
n
' 2. Reinforcelocatios.ment: Reinforce with#3 minimum size reinforcing bars 18 inches on center both
ways, unless otherwise indicated or noted on the drawings.
3. Expansion and Construction Joints: At intentional points for stoppage of concrete placing, use
expansion joints. At unintentional points of stoppage of concrete placing, use continuation of
' reinforcing through joints. Construct% inch wide expansion joints with joint filler at locations
shown on the drawings or at not more than twenty foot intervals each way if not shown.
Construct% inch wide expansion joints with joint filler between curbs and concrete paving. All
' fixed objects, such as buildings, poles, pipes, catch basins, etc.,within or abutting the concrete
shall be separated from the concrete by expansion joints.
4. Joint Filling and Sealing: Fill expansion joints with joint filler except for space 3/4"deep at
surface. After concrete has set, clean the open joint above filler and fill with joint sealer in
' accordance with instructions of sealer manufacturer.
5. Finishing
Vibrate, screed and float concrete to level and test the surface,which shall not vary over 1/4"in
ten feet when tested with ten foot straight edge. Finish surface to gritty texture with burlap drag
or straight continuous strokes with a stiff bristle push broom. Finish all edges smooth with 1/8"
or 1/4"radius.
D. Walks:
1. Configurations: Construct to cross-sectional details shown on drawings and at indicated
locations.
2. Sand Cushion: Concrete shall be placed over a sand cushion placed on the stabilized
subgrade as shown on the drawings or a minimum of 4"thick if not shown on the drawings.
3. Reinforcing: Reinforce with 6 x 6 x W1.4, WWF, minimum reinforcing unless otherwise
' _ indicated or noted on the drawings.
4. Expansion Joints: Construct expansion joints as detailed in locations shown on the drawings.
5. Finishing: Finish surfaces not noted on the drawings to be finished otherwise to a"broom"or
"burlap drag"gritty surface. Tool all joints and all edges to provide a smooth border to each
section or division of the walk. Finish all vertical surfaces in a manner that leaves the exposed
surfaces free of"honeycombing"and form marks. Any damaged surfaces shall be repaired
and stone-rubbed to match adjacent finished surfaces.
3.03 CURING CONCRETE
A. Apply a white-pigmented type curing compound at a uniform rate of approximately 200 sq.ft./
' gallon, or as recommended by curing compound manufacturer as soon as the finishing operation
has been completed and the concrete has lost its water sheen. The curing procedure must protect
the concrete, including all exposed surfaces against loss of moisture and rapid temperature change
for a period of not less than four days from the beginning of the curing operation and without
damage to, or marking of the finished concrete surface. Traffic shall not be allowed on finished
concrete for a minimum period of seven days.
' MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO.RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
SECTION 02505
CONCRETE PAVING,WALKS,
CURBS, GUTTERS,AND APPROACHES
Page 4 '
3.04 TESTING
A. Independent Testing Laboratory: Contractor shall employ and pay for, as a part of the contract
price, the services of an Owner-approved independent testing laboratory to perform concrete
cylinder testing. Test cylinders shall be taken and cured by the Contractor and tested by the testing
laboratory for each different class of concrete poured in any one day. Cylinders shall be taken in
accordance with ASTM C31, and cured and tested in accordance with ASTM C39. One set of three
cylinders is required for each 50 cubic yards of concrete or less, placed in any one day. One
cylinder shall be tested at 7 days, one cylinder shall be tested at 28 days and one cylinder shall be
held as a spare from each set of three cylinders as specified above.
B. Contractor Tests:
1. Slump Tests: Slump tests shall be taken by the Contractor when cylinders are taken, and shall
show maximum slump 5"and minimum slump 3".
2. Air Entrainment: Air content by volume: 5%to 7% based on measurements made in concrete
mixtures at point of discharge at job site at time slump tests are made. Air content by volume
shall be determined in accord with ASTM C231.
3.05 CLEANING CONCRETE '
A. Concrete approaches, sidewalks and related work shall be hosed down with water, scrubbed with
fiber brushes, allowed to dry and be left broom clean and in condition acceptable to the Owner.
1
3.06 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises. '
END OF SECTION
1
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 02511
I "ASPHALTIC" CONCRETE PAVING
Page 1
IPART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
IA. Paving base
B. Base Course and surface course
I1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
American Association of State Highway Officials (AASHO)
IA.
B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
IC. Governing Authority: Applicable publications of governing bodies having jurisdiction over the work
1.03 SUBMITTALS
IA. Submit three copies of design mix test reports to Owner.
PART II-PRODUCTS
1 2.01 MATERIALS
A. Sub-Base: If required; as shown on the site plan (SP)drawings and specified in other sections of
Ithese specifications
B. Base Course(Binder): Unless otherwise shown on the drawings; uniform mix of coarse aggregate
Iand asphalt as determined by"design mix"
C. Surface Course: Unless otherwise shown on the drawings; uniform mix of coarse aggregate and
fine aggregate(pea gravel will not be acceptable), mineral filler and asphalt as determined by
I "design mix".
D. Design Mixes: Contractor employ and pay for the services of an Owner-approved independent
I testing laboratory to determine design mixes for base and surface courses; including asphalt
bitumen content;ASTM D2172, latest edition, entitled, "Quantitative Extraction of Bitumen from
Bituminous Paving Mixtures"
1 PART III - EXECUTION
3.01 GRADE CONTROL
IA. Establish and maintain lines and grades shown on drawings by means of line and grade stakes.
3.02 TRANSPORTATION
IA. Transport paving mixes from approved mixing plant to site in tight vehicles with metal bottoms
previously cleaned of foreign materials. Vehicles shall be suitably insulated to avoid heat losses.
I
Cover each load to prevent cooling and loss of ingredients.
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#040098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1
SECTION 02511
"ASPHALTIC" CONCRETE PAVING
Page 2
3.03 PLACING 1
A. General: Thickness shown on site(SP)drawings. Unless otherwise shown on the drawings, place
asphaltic concrete in two courses;first a coarse graded base course, and second a fine graded
surface course. Apply base course to prepared sub-base(when applicable)which has been primed
with asphalt MC-1, application temperature 50 to 120 degrees F, at a rate of 0.15 to 0.40 gal/sq yd.
Apply surface course to base course to which has been applied a tack coat of asphalt RC-2, appli-
cation temperature 100 to 175 degrees F, at rate of 0.05 to 0.25 gal/sq yd. Place each course
111
under temperature conditions of 40 to 90 degrees F.
B. Means: Dump and spread mixture on primed base with spreading and finishing machine, so that
after compaction, surface will be smooth, of uniform density and meets requirements for typical
cross-section shown. Other placing means may be proposed.
C. Time and Temperature: Place and initially roll during daylight hours. Mixture placing temperature;
between 225 and 325 degrees F.
D. Protection of Curbs and Gutters: Prevent splattering of adjacent curbs, gutter, concrete paving and
structures. Hand spreading may be employed where machine is impractical.
E. Finish Grades: Approximately 6 inches below adjacent concrete sidewalks, and/or curbs, except as
specifically shown otherwise on the drawings;true to grades shown and straight within 1/4 inch in
10 feet when checked with a straight edge. No"bird baths"will be allowed.
3.04 ROLLING
A. General: After rolling with medium weight steel-wheeled roller, roll with pneumatic, three wheel, or '
tandem rollers longitudinally at sides and proceed toward center of pavement, overlapping on
successive trips by at least half width of rear wheels. Alternate trips of roller shall be slightly
different in length.
B. Compression and Roller Marks: Roll until no further compression can be obtained and roller marks
are eliminated. If required, roll diagonally in each direction with tandem roller with second diagonal
rolling crossing line of first rolling.
C. Prevention of Mixture Adhesion to Roller: Keep wheels moistened with water; excessive use of
water will not be permitted. Do not permit rollers to stand on pavement which has not been fully
compacted and which has not cooled to atmospheric temperature.
D. Displacement: Keep movement of roller slow enough to avoid displacement of mixture. Correct
any displacement at once by use of rakes and addition of fresh mixture.
E. Precautions: Prevent dropping of oil, gasoline and grease on pavement.
F. Hand Operations: Thoroughly compact edges of pavement along curbs, headers, aprons, 111
manholes, valve boxes and similar places not accessible to roller with lightly oiled hand-operated
vibrating rollers or mechanical tampers.
3.05 SPECIAL TESTING The following tests shall be performed at no additional expense if requested
by the Owner.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
' SECTION 02511
"ASPHALTIC" CONCRETE PAVING
Page 3
' A. Extraction and Gradation Test: ASTM D2172 for each type. Number and location to be determined
on the job by the Owner.
B. Field-In-Place Density Test: ASTM D1188 for each type. Number and location to be determined on
the job by the Owner.
' C. Thickness Test: Determine by test borings. Make one test for each 5,000 sq ft of paving surface.
If average thickness is deficient by no more than 1/4 inch, and no individual thickness is deficient by
more than 5/8 inch, installation will be held to meet requirements. If average thickness is deficient
by more than 1/4 inch, or if any individual thickness determination is deficient by more than 5/8 inch,
pavement thickness will be held to not meet requirements. Deficient areas shall be defined,
removed and replaced, or adjusted to design thickness by methods acceptable to the Owner.
' 3.06 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1 MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 02511
"ASPHALTIC"CONCRETE PAVING
Page 4
I
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1
' SECTION 02580
PAVEMENT MARKING
Page 1
' PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A.Pavement marking
B.Guarantee
1.02 SUBMITTALS •
' A.Submit manufacturer's literature to the Owner for acceptance. Literature shall show compatibility of
product proposed for use with paving surface to which product is to be applied. Do not begin any
work of this section without product approval.
' 1.03 COORDINATION OF WORK
A.Contractor and subcontractor for work of this section shall be jointly responsible for the coordination of
the work specified herein, including but not limited to:
1. Fire Lanes: Coordinate with all governing authorities to determine exact requirements(whether
or not shown on the drawings). Fire lane marking, if required, is part of the work of the base
proposal.
2. "Handicapped"Parking Spaces:Coordinate with all governing authorities to determine exact
requirements. Special marking, if required, is part of the work of the base proposal.
3. Colors: Coordinate color requirements with all governing authorities, use only acceptable
colors. Colors specified herein shall be used if acceptable.
4. Notification: Notify the Owner of any required variation from the drawings resulting from
coordination.
1.04 GUARANTEE
A.Any work found to be defective because of either poor workmanship or defective materials which may
be evident within a period of 1 year from acceptance for use will be replaced at no additional cost to -
the Owner. Indications of defective work for the purpose of this guarantee include poor adhesion to
the pavement surfaces, checking, cracking, peeling and discoloration. This shall not be construed
to include wear, damage or discoloration caused by traffic, erosion or from normal exposure to the
elements.
PART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 MARKING PAINT
A.Alkyd-base traffic marking paint compatible with paving surface to which paint is to be applied.
IB.Colors:
1. General Use: Manufacturer's standard flat white.
2. Fire Lanes: Manufacturer's standard red.
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 02580 111PAVEMENT MARKING
Page 2
PART III-EXECUTION I
3.01 WEATHER CONDITIONS
A.No paint shall be applied to damp or wet pavement surfaces, nor when inclement weather threatens to I
interrupt normal progress of the work. Traffic paint shall not be applied at a temperature below 40°
F nor exceeding 95° F. I
3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION
A.New concrete surfaces will be allowed to cure for a period of not less than 11 days before application of
marking materials. Dust, clay, silt and excess sand will be removed (by sweeping)from the
pavement to be marked before application of paint.
3.03 APPLICATION OF PAINT '
A.Equipment: Spray mechanism capable of applying paint at the rate specified at an even and uniform
thickness,with clear cut edges. Mechanism shall be operated by means of quick opening and
closing valves conveniently located.
B.Rate of Application: Apply at a rate of one(1)gallon spread evenly over an area of 105 square feet plus
or minus five(5)square feet and a wet film thickness of 0.015 inch (15 mils).
C. Procedure: Apply paint in accord with manufacturer's written instructions,with 4"wide lines in
patterns and spacings as shown on the Drawings. Width of the lines shall be within a tolerance of
one-half inch. The centerline of marking shall not deviate more than one-half inch laterally from a
straight line at any point.
3.04 CLEANING 1
A.Any spilled paints shall be cleaned from the paved areas to the satisfaction of the Owner. Keep the
premises clean at all times. Paint, empty containers, and other material-or equipment shall not be
stored or allowed to accumulate on, or near the paved areas.
3.05 PROTECTION OF COMPLETED WORK
A. Protect newly painted surfaces from damage by vehicles during the time required for paint to
harden sufficiently to withstand traffic. Any damage to newly painted markings due to the paint
subcontractor's failure to provide adequate protection shall be repaired by him at no additional cost
to the Owner.
3.06 CLEAN-UP
A.Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises.
111
END OF SECTION
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
' SECTION 02854
PARKING BUMPERS(WHEEL STOPS)
Page 1
PARTI -GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Parking bumper(wheel stop)
PART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 WHEEL STOPS
' A. Precast concrete, semi-circular or beveled square in cross-section, 8'-0"long X 6" high X 8"wide,
with holes for three dowels cast through each unit, and two 6 inch x 3/4 inch drainage slots.
2.02 DOWELS
A. 3/4"round X 12"
long (minimum)steel dowels as recommended by wheel stop manufacturer.
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Install wheel stops in locations and in accord with details shown on the drawings.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Countersink steel dowels to a point%"to 3/4"below the top surface of the wheel stop and set in
such a manner as to avoid chipping or cracking the concrete during installation.
' 3.03 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
I
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
i
1
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank) 1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture 1
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES 1
I
ISECTION 02900
LANDSCAPING (NIC)
PART I-GENERAL
I1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
I A. Landscape work, including the furnishing and installation of the irrigation (sprinkler)system,
seeding, sodding, and the planting of trees, shrubs and vines, is included in a SEPARATE
CONTRACT and is NOT a part of the work of this contract(NIC).
I B. General Contractor shall, however, furnish and install at applicable depth, 6 inch diameter, schedule
40 PVC sleeves as required to provide access to all site planting areas to receive irrigation system
and/or controls. Mark site for exact locations.
I1.02 NOTE
A. Landscape contractor shall be responsible for cleaning the sidewalks and parking lot areas of dirt
I
and debris specifically caused by their portion of this work.
PART II-PRODUCTS
INOT APPLICABLE
PART III-EXECUTION
INOT APPLICABLE
I END OF
SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
I
1
1
I
1
I
1
I
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
Page 1
IPART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
I
A. Formwork for cast-in place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage.
IB. Openings for other work.
C. Form accessories.
1 D. Form stripping.
1.02 PRODUCTS INSTALLED BUT NOT FURNISHED UNDER THIS SECTION
IA. Cast-In-Place Concrete: Supply of concrete accessories for placement by this section.
B. Supply of masonry accessories for placement by this section.
IC. Metal Fabrications: Supply of metal fabrications for placement by this section.
I1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Concrete Reinforcement: SECTION 03200
IB. Cast-in-Place Concrete: SECTION 03300
C. Concrete Curing: SECTION 03370
1 1.04 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301 -Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. ACI 318-Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
C. ACI 347-Recommended Practice For Concrete Formwork.
D. PS 1 -Construction and Industrial Plywood.
I1.05 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. Design, engineer and construct formwork, shoring and bracing to conform to design and code
requirements; resultant concrete to conform to required shape, line and dimension.
I
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
IA. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 347, 301, and 318.
1.07 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
IA. Conform to applicable code for design, fabrication, erection and removal of formwork.
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
Page 2
1.08 COORDINATION 1
A. Coordinate this Section with other Sections of work which require attachment of components to
formwork.
B. If formwork is placed after reinforcement resulting in insufficient concrete cover over reinforcement
before proceeding, request instructions from Architect/Engineer. ,
PART II- PRODUCTS
2.01 WOOD FORM MATERIALS '
A. Form Materials: At the discretion of the Contractor.
2.02 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES I
A. Form Release Agent: Colorless mineral oil which will not stain concrete, or absorb moisture, or
impair natural bonding or color characteristics of coating intended for use on concrete.
B. Nails, Spikes, Lag Bolts,Through Bolts,Anchorages: Sized as required, of sufficient strength and
character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete.
C. Beam void forms"VOIDCO"or equal, as required under pier supported grade beams.
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify lines, levels and centers before proceeding with formwork. Ensure that dimensions agree
with drawings.
3.02 EARTH FORMS I
A. Earth forms are not permitted for exposed concrete surfaces.
B. For non-exposed surfaces, hand trim sides and bottom of earth forms. Remove loose soil prior to 111
placing concrete.
3.03 ERECTION - FORMWORK I
A. Erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in accordance with
requirements of ACI 301.
B. Provide bracing to ensure stability of formwork. Shore or strengthen formwork subject to over
stressing by construction loads.
C. Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping. Do not damage concrete I
during stripping. Permit removal of remaining principal shores.
D. Align joints and make watertight. Keep form joints to a minimum. I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
JSECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
Page 3
IE. Obtain approval before framing openings in structural members which are not indicated on
Drawings.
IF. Provide chamfer strips on external corners of beams.
G. Install void forms in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Protect forms from
Imoisture or crushing.
3.04 APPLICATION- FORM RELEASE AGENT
IA. Apply form release agent on formwork in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
B. Apply prior to placement of reinforcing steel, anchoring devices, and embedded items.
IC. Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive applied coverings which are
effected by agent. Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water. Keep surfaces coated
prior to placement of concrete.
1 3.05 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PARTS,AND OPENINGS
A. Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in passing through concrete
I work.
B. Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete.
IC. Coordinate with work of other sections in forming and placing openings, slots, reglets, recesses,
sleeves, bolts, anchors, other inserts, and components of other Work.
I D. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, straight, level, and plumb.
Ensure items are not disturbed during concrete placement.
RE. Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and
inspection. Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain.
F. Close temporary openings with tight fitting panels, flush with inside face of forms, and neatly fitted
Iso joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces.
3.06 FORM CLEANING
IA. Clean forms as erection proceeds, to remove foreign matter within forms.
B. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to placing concrete.
IC. Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter. Ensure that water and
debris drain to exterior through clean-out ports.
ID. During cold weather, remove ice and snow from within forms. Do not use de-icing salts. Do not
use water to clean out forms, unless formwork and concrete construction proceed within heated
enclosure. Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter.
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 03100
CONCRETE FORMWORK
Page 4
3.07 FORMWORK TOLERANCES
A. Construct formwork to maintain tolerances required by ACI 301. 1
3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Inspect erected formwork, shoring, and bracing to ensure that work is in accordance with formwork I
design, and that supports, fastenings,wedges, ties, and items are secure.
3.09 FORM REMOVAL I
A. Do not remove forms or bracing until concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight
and imposed loads, and in any event, not earlier than two(2)days after concrete is placed.
B. Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against finish concrete surfaces
scheduled for exposure to view.
C. Store removed forms in manner that surfaces to be in contact with fresh concrete will not be
damaged. Discard damaged forms.
3.10 CLEAN-UP I
IA. Upon completion of the work of this Section, remove related debris from premises.
I
I
1
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 END OF SECTION
I
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES I
I
I
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Reinforcing steel bars, wire fabric and accessories for cast-in-place concrete.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Concrete Formwork: SECTION 03100
B. Cast-in-Place Concrete: SECTION 03300
C. Concrete Curing: SECTION 03370
1 1.03 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301 -Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. ACI 318-Building Code Requirements For Reinforced Concrete.
C. ACI SP-66-American Concrete Institute-Detailing Manual.
D. ANSI/ASTM A185-Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement.
E. ANSI/AWS D1.4-Structural Welding Code for Reinforcing Steel.
F. ASTM A615-Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.
G. AWS D12.1 -Welding Reinforcement Steel, Metal Inserts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete
Construction.
H. CRSI -Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute- Manual of Practice.
I. CRSI -Placing Reinforcing Bars.
1 1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Per Submittal Sections: Indicate bar sizes, spacings, locations, and quantities of reinforcing
steel and wire fabric, bending and cutting schedules, and supporting and spacing devices.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with CRSI -Manual of Standard Practice.
B. Submit certified copies of mill test report of reinforcement materials analysis.
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate with placement of formwork,formed openings and other Work.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 03200
CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT
Page 2
•
PART II- PRODUCTS I
2.01 REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615, 60 yield grade; deformed billet steel bars.
B. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A185 in flat sheets; unfinished.
2.02 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type. 1
B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports, Spacers: Sized and shaped for strength and support of
reinforcement during concrete placement conditions including load bearing pad on bottom to
prevent vapor barrier puncture.
2.03 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with CRSI Manual of Practice. I
B. Weld reinforcement in accordance with ANSI/AWS D1.4.
C. Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on drawings, at point of minimum stress.
PART III -EXECUTION I
3.01 PLACEMENT
A. Place, support and secure reinforcement against displacement. Do not deviate from required
position.
B. Do not displace or damage vapor barrier. I
C. Accommodate placement of formed openings.
D. Maintain concrete cover around reinforcing per plans. 1
E. Conform to applicable code for concrete cover over reinforcement, unless noted otherwise.
3.02 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, remove related debris from premises.
1
END OF SECTION
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 1
IPART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Cast-in-place concrete foundation walls and floorings.
B. Floors and slabs on grade.
1 C. Control, expansion and contraction joint devices associated with concrete work, including joint
sealants.
ID. Equipment pads.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
IA. Concrete Paving: SECTION 02505
B. Concrete Formwork: SECTION 03100
I
C. Concrete Reinforcement: SECTION 03200
ID. Concrete Curing: SECTION 03370
E. Stain finishing for Concrete: SECTION 09931
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301 -Structural Concrete for Buildings.
IB. ACI 302-Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.
C. ACI 304- Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting and Placing Concrete.
ID. ACI 305R- Hot Weather Concreting.
II E. ACI 306R-Cold Weather Concreting.
F. ACI 308-Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.
IG. ACI 318-Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.
H. ANSI/ASTM D994-Preformed Expansion Joint Filler for Concrete(Bituminous Type).
II. ANSI/ASTM D1190-Concrete Joint Sealer, Hot-Poured Elastic Type.
J. ANSI/ASTM D1751 -Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural
IConstruction (Non-extruding and Resilient Bituminous Types).
K. ANSI/ASTM D1752-Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete
I
Paving and Structural Construction.
L. ASTM C33-Concrete Aggregates.
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098 01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 2
M. ASTM C94-Ready-Mixed Concrete.
N. ASTM C150-Portland Cement. I
O. ASTM C260-Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.
1.04 SUBMITTALS '
A. Submit per SUBMITTALS Section.
1.05 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Submit under provisions of SUBMITTALS Section.
B. Accurately record actual locations of embedded utilities and components which are concealed from
view.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301.
B. Acquire cement and aggregate from same source for all work.
C. Conform to ACI 305R when concreting during hot weather. I
D. Conform to ACI 306R when concreting during cold weather.
1.07 COORDINATION I
A. Coordinate work under provisions of Coordination Section.
B. Coordinate the placement of joint devices with erection of concrete formwork and placement of I
form accessories.
PART II- PRODUCTS I
2.01 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cement: ASTM C150,Type I -Normal. I
B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33.
C. Water: Clean and not detrimental to concrete.
2.02 ADMIXTURES
A. Air Entrainment: ASTM C260.
2.03 ACCESSORIES I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
' SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 3
A. Vapor Barrier: 6 mil thick clear polyethylene film, type recommended for below grade application.
Sealing tape and sealant as recommended by the manufacturer.
B. Non-Shrink Grout: Premixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water
reducing and plasticizing agents.
C. Floor Leveling Compound: "DEX-O-TEX"-Crossfield Products Corporation, Compton, California.
D. Floor Sealing Compound: "Preco EA-Sealer WB"-Master Builders, Lexington, KY.
1 2.04 JOINT DEVICES AND FILLER MATERIALS
A. Joint Filler Asphalt impregnated fiberboard or felt, tongue and groove profile
1 2.05 CONCRETE MIX
A. Mix and deliver concrete in accordance with ASTM C94.
B. Select proportions for normal weight concrete in accordance with ACI 301.
1 C. Provide concrete as indicated on the plans. Slump-4 inches, plus or minus 1 inch.
D. Use accelerating admixtures in cold weather only when approved by Owner. Use of admixtures will
not relax cold weather placement requirements.
1 E. Do not use calcium chloride.
' F. Use set retarding admixtures during hot weather only when approved by Owner.
G. Add air entraining agent to normal weight concrete mix for work exposed to exterior.
_ PART III- EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify requirements for concrete cover over reinforcement.
B. Verify that anchors, seats, plates, reinforcement and other items to be cast into concrete are
accurately placed, positioned securely, and will not cause hardship in placing concrete.
3.02 PREPARATION
' A. Prepare previously placed concrete by cleaning with steel brush and applying bonding agent in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. In locations where new concrete is doweled to existing work, drill holes in existing concrete, insert
steel dowels and epoxy grout.
3.03 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 304, ACI 301, and ACI 318.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 4
B. Notify Owner minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of operations.
C. Ensure reinforcement, inserts, embedded parts, formed expansion and contraction joints are not
disturbed during concrete placement. I
D. Install vapor barrier under interior slabs on grade. Lap joints minimum 6 inches and seal watertight
by sealant applied between overlapping edges and ends or taping edges and ends.
E. Repair vapor barrier damaged during placement of concrete reinforcing. Repair with vapor barrier
material; lap over damaged areas minimum 6 inches and seal watertight.
F. Place joint filler in pattern indicated. Set top to required elevations. Secure to resist movement by I
wet concrete.
G. Install joint devices in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. ,
H. Place concrete continuously between predetermined expansion, control, and construction joints.
I. Saw cut joints within 24 hours after placing. Use 1/16 inch thick blade, cut to a 1/8 inch depth. 1
J. Screed floors and slabs on grade level, maintaining surface flatness of maximum 1/4 inch in 10
feet. I
3.04 CONCRETE FINISHING
A. Finish concrete floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 301. 1
B. Wood float all concrete surfaces.Areas scheduled to receive quarry or ceramic tile are to be
finished to a slightly gritty surface texture with straight continuous strokes with a stiff bristle push
broom. Do not steel trowel any areas to receive tile.
C. Areas exposed and receiving concrete stain shall be steel troweled not less than two passes.
Begin with power trowel as soon as little to no concrete sticks to blades. Do not dust with cement or
aggregate to absorb moisture or to stiffen mix. Provide penetrable surface for concrete stain with
"Fuzz"finish. Do not polish or burn-in with trowel machine. Do not use concrete curing compound
in these areas. I
D. In areas with floor drains, maintain floor elevation; pitch surfaces uniformly to drains at 1/4 inch per
foot nominal as indicated on drawings.
3.05 PROTECTION
A. Immediately after placement, protect concrete from premature drying, excessively hot or cold
temperatures, and mechanical injury.
3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection and testing will be performed in accordance with ACI 301.
B. Provide free access to Work and cooperate with appointed firm.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 5
IC. Submit proposed mix design of each class of concrete to inspection and testing firm for review prior
to commencement of Work.
I D. Tests of cement and aggregates may be performed to ensure conformance with specified require-
ments.
1 E. Three concrete test cylinders will be taken for every 75 or less cu yds of each class of concrete
placed.
F. One additional test cylinder will be taken during cold weather concreting, cured on job site under
I
same conditions as concrete it represents.
G. One slump test will be taken for each set of test cylinders taken.
I3.07 PATCHING
A. Allow Owner to inspect concrete surfaces immediately upon removal of forms.
IB. Honeycomb or embedded debris in concrete is not acceptable. Notify Owner upon discovery.
IC. Patch imperfections in accordance with ACI 301.
3.08 DEFECTIVE CONCRETE
IA. Defective Concrete: Concrete not conforming to required lines, details, dimensions, tolerances or
specified requirements.
B. Repair or replacement of defective concrete will be determined by the Owner.
I
C. Do not patch,fill, touch-up, repair, or replace exposed concrete except upon express direction of
Owner for each individual area.
I3.09 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, remove related debris from premises.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
1
1 MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
1 September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 03300
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
Page 6
1
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
1
1
1
I
1
i
1
1
I
1
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture 1
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES 1
I
ISECTION 03356
GROOVED SURFACE CONCRETE (SAWCUT)
Page 1
IPART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
I
A. Sawcutting decorative pattern in concrete floors.
' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Cast-In-Place Concrete: SECTION 03300
I
B. Stain Finishing concrete floors: SECTION 09931
1.03 QUALIFICATIONS OF WORKMEN
IA. Employ skilled workmen, experienced in sawing concrete.
1.04 SCHEDULING
IA. Sawcut,within 24 to 48 hours after slab has been poured and prior to staining concrete or framing
adjacent walls and partitions, to allow continuous cuts to walls.
IPART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
1 A. Not part of the work of this Section.
I2.02 EQUIPMENT
A. Power saws with blades suited for purpose intended. Maintain equipment in good operating
conditions.
•
I PART III- EXECUTION
I3.01 SAWCUTTING
A. Cut uniform in width and depth to dimensions and spacing pattern shown on drawings. Make trial
cut, approximately 4'-0"in length,for acceptance prior to final cut. Finish cuts straight and true with
I
clean neat edges. Ragged cuts will not be acceptable.
3.02 CLEAN-UP
IA. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from premises.
1 END OF SECTION
I
1 MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 03356
GROOVED SURFACE CONCRETE(SAWCUT)
Page 2
1
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
1
r
I
1
I
1
I
I
1
I
1
r
MulvannvG2 Architecture 1
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES 1
1
SECTION 03370
CONCRETE CURING
Page 1
PARTI -GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Initial and final curing of horizontal and vertical concrete surfaces.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Concrete Formwork: SECTION 03100
B. Concrete Reinforcing: SECTION 03200
C. Cast in Place Concrete: SECTION 03300
1.03 REFERENCES
A. ACI 301 -Structural Concrete for Buildings.
B. ACI 302- Recommended Practice for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.
1 C. ACI 308-Standard Practice for Curing Concrete.
D. ASTM C171 -Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete.
E. ASTM C309-Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete.
F. ASTM D2103-Polyethylene Film and Sheeting.
1 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 302.
1 1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Deliver curing materials in manufacturer's packaging including application instructions.
PART II- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Polyethylene Film.
B. Water: Potable, not detrimental to concrete.
C. Curing Compound: Master Builders Technologies, "Masterkure 200W"water based wax emulsion
' concrete curing compound.
D. Burlap(for moist curing): Standard Grade Burlap; FS CCC-C-467.
I
1 MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
i
I
SECTION 03370
CONCRETE CURING
Page 2
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that substrate surfaces are ready to be cured. 1
3.02 EXECUTION -HORIZONTAL SURFACES
A. Cure floor surfaces in accordance with ACI 308. ,
B Spraying: Cover surface with wet burlap and spray water over floor slab areas and maintain wet for
7 days.
C. Membrane Curing Compound: Apply compound in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Completely strip all curing compounds before installation of any floor finish; and after concrete has
achieved specified strength. Do not apply curing compound in areas to receive concrete stains or
coloring agents.
3.03 EXECUTION -VERTICAL SURFACES I
A. Cure surfaces in accordance with ACI 308.
B. Spraying: Spray water over surfaces and maintain wet for 7 days. 1
3.04 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK
A. Do not permit traffic over unprotected floor surface. I
3.05 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, remove related debris from premises.
1
END OF SECTION
I
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
SECTION 04220
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
Page 1
' PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
1 A. Concrete unit masonry
' B. Horizontal masonry wall reinforcement.
C. Building in bolts, anchors, nailers, angles, inserts, conduits, piping,flashings, etc. furnished and
located by other trades.
1 1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
B. International Masonry Industry All-Weather Council (IMIAC)
1 1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit for acceptance:
' 1. Anchors and ties: Two of each type proposed for use.
2. Concrete masonry units: Two of each type.
3. Joint reinforcement: Two pieces of each type of reinforcement, including corner and wall
intersection pieces, showing at least two cross joints.
iPART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and portions of this specification written on the basis of using the
products of specific manufacturers. It is not the intent to limit competitive.bidding. Products with
' equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these
specifications.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Masonry Units: High pressure steam cured (air dried units will NOT be acceptable), load bearing,
hollow units conforming to ASTM C90, Type I, medium weight; load bearing solid units conforming
to ASTM C90, Type 1, medium weight. Testing of lightweight aggregates for drying shrinkage shall
be as stipulated in ASTM C331. Units shall be of dimensions that will lay up to 8-inch modules.
Units shall include special shapes and sizes shown on the drawings and/or required to complete the
work.
' B. Masonry Unit Sizes: Standard 8 x 8 x 16 inch and 4 x 8 x 16 inch units as shown on the drawings.
Face scored to produce 8 x 8 appearance if required on the drawings.
1 2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Joint Reinforcement: Hohmann& Bernard, Inc., Fort Worth, Texas, "Lox-All truss mesh", 3/16"
side rods and galvanized No. 9 cross rods. Provide special shapes as required for intersections.
Widths shall be 2"less than total masonry thickness.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 04220
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
Page 2
B. Miscellaneous: As shown on the drawings or as required to provide masonry installations which are I
well tied (anchored)to building frame. Consult with Architect prior to bidding if clarification of this
requirement is needed.
2.04 MORTAR
A. Type: ASTM C270 with minimum compressive strength of 1800 p.s.i.,Type M or S; color-
I
standard gray to match block. Masonry cement will not be allowed.
B. Materials:
I
1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150,Type 1, one brand only.
2. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207,Type S
3. Sand: Well screened, clean, hard, siliceous particles free from loam, alkali, salt, organic matter
and other impurities and shall be composed of grains of varying sizes, all of which shall pass an
I
eight mesh screen, and shall be uniformly graded from coarse to fine.
4. Water: City tap water.
2.05 GROUT(if shown on the drawings) I
A. Grout Mix for reinforced masonry: ASTM C476 with minimum compressive strength of 3000 psi at
28 days. provide coarse aggregate conforming to ASTM C404(max. size 3/8")for coarse grout
I
mix. Grout shall have slump of 10-1/2 to 11 inches at the time of placement.
PART III -EXECUTION
3.01 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING I
A. Store mortar materials on dunnage in a dry place. Masonry units stores above ground on level
platforms. Cover and protect units and accessories as necessary from elements.
3.02 CONDITIONS
A. Hot-Weather Installation: Masonry erected when the ambient air has a temperature of more than I
90 F., in the shade, and has a relative humidity of less than 50 percent shall be protected from
direct exposure to wind and sun for 48 hours after installation, and rain for 12 hours after
installation. Masonry surfaces shall be kept moist with water gently spraying the surface, covering111
work with burlap which is kept wet, or by other approved means. Such protection shall be .
continued until mortar has set for 3 days or until lowering temperatures or increased humidity in the
air make such protection unnecessary. I
B. Cold-Weather Installation: No frozen work shall be built upon. Before erecting masonry during
temperatures below 40° F., a written statement shall be submitted and approval received of the
methods proposed to heat the masonry materials and protect the masonry from freezing as
required below. No masonry shall be laid at temperatures below 35° F. unless authorized in writing.
Cold-weather installation shall be in accordance with IMIAC recommended practices and guide
specifications for masonry construction. I
3.03 PREPARATION (MORTAR)
A. Mortar materials shall be accurately measured and mixed with as much water as may be necessary I
to produce the wettest workable consistency possible. Mortar shall be placed in final position within
2-1/2 hours after mixing. Mortar not used or that has started to set within this time interval shall be
MulvannvG2 Architecture 1
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 04220
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
Page 3
discarded. Mortar that has stiffened within the above time interval, because of evaporation of
moisture from the mortar, shall be re-tempered to restore its workability.
1 3.04 SCAFFOLDING
A. Provide scaffolding necessary for masonry work and make same available to other trades required
' to execute work in conjunction with masonry work.
B. Design and engineering of formwork and scaffolding as well as its construction shall be the
responsibility of the Contractor. Adequately shore block beams, and similar members to safely
' support all loads and lateral pressures liable to come on the construction. Provide clean-out
openings at each vertical bar at bottom course or in foundation wall when wall is erected in more
than 5-foot lifts.
1 3.05 MASONRY CONSTRUCTION
A. General: No unit having film of water or frost on its surfaces shall be laid. Masonry shall be laid
plumb, true to line, with level courses accurately spaced. Bond pattern shall be kept plumb
throughout. Corners and reveals shall be plumb and true. Vertical joints shall be shoved tight.
Each unit shall be adjusted to final position while mortar is still soft and plastic. Any unit that is
' disturbed after mortar has stiffened shall be removed and relaid with fresh mortar.
B. Laving Units: Do not wet before laying. Cut units with power masonry saws, either dry or wet cut.
Lay units in a 1/2 running bond so that vertical joints between units will be located over the center of
' the units in the next course below and in alignment from bottom to top of wall. Units shall be full
bedded in mortar under both face shells. Fill all headjoints solidly with mortar for a distance in from
the face of the unit or wall not less than the thickness of the longitudinal face shell. No cells shall
be left open in the face surfaces.
C. Grouting(if shown on the drawings): Where shown on the drawings, pour interior grout spaces,
except those blocked out with wood in order to provide the openings through wall,full of grout.
Grout lifts shall not exceed 4'0". Slushing with mortar is not permitted. Grout shall be caused to
flow into all voids and surround rebar. Puddle with sticks-not trowel blades. Except at finishing
course, stop all grout pours approximately 1"below top of the last course. Where it is necessary,
for construction purposes to stop a longitudinal run of masonry, stop by racking back according to
' bond. Provide a suitable dam to retain grout. After grout has set, remove wood blocking at
openings.
D. Cutting and Fitting: Wherever possible, full units of the proper size shall be used in lieu of cut units.
Cut edges shall be clean, true, and sharp. Openings shall be carefully cut, formed, or otherwise
neatly made by masonry mechanic for recessed items and for electrical, plumbing, or other
mechanical installations so that wall plates, cover plates, or escutcheons required by the installation
will completely conceal the openings and will have bottoms in alignment with lower edge of masonry
joints.
E. Reinforcement:
1. All CMU walls shall be reinforced horizontally with reinforcing spaced 16"o.c.vertically, maxi-
mum. Lay reinforcing on wall and cover with mortar, then bed unit as herein specified. At
corners, reinforcing is to be provided in every horizontal course, with inside rod cut and bent to
' form corner. Provide reinforcing one course above and below all openings. Reinforcement
placed as to assure a 5/8" mortar cover measured from the outside face of the joint. Side rods
shall be lapped at least 6"at splices.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
r
I
SECTION 04220
CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
Page 4
2. Intersecting and butting walls shall be bonded together by metal anchors spaced 2'-0"o.c. I
vertically. Interlocking of units not permitted.
F. Control Joints: Make adequate provisions throughout the masonry work for expansion and
111
contraction. Install control joint filler as required, extending from top of bearing surface to top of
wall, reinforcing shall not run through. Control joints shall be watertight at exterior joints.
G. Embedded Items: Openings around flush-mounted electrical outlet boxes in wet locations shall be
I
pointed flush with mortar including flush joint above the box. Anchors, ties, wall plugs, accessories,
flashings, pipe sleeves, and other items required to be built in shall be built in as the masonry work
progresses. Anchors, ties and joint reinforcement shall be fully embedded in mortar. I
H. Stopping and Resuming Work: Step back% masonry unit length in each course; DO NOT TOOTH.
Clean exposed surfaces of set masonry, and remove loose masonry units and mortar prior to laying
fresh masonry. 111
I. Jointing:
1. Type: Tool slightly concave; mortar thoroughly compacted and pressed against edges of units.
Tool when mortar is thumbprint hard. Finish tooled joints to uniformly straight and true lines
and surfaces, smooth and free of tool marks.
2. Width: Equal to the difference between the actual and nominal dimensions of the units in either
I
height or length, but in no case shall the average width of any three adjacent joints be less than
1/4 nor more than 1/2 inch. Vertical joints shall be of the same width except for inconspicuous
variations required to maintain bond.
3.06 POINTING AND CLEANING I
A. Completely remove mortar daubs or splashings from masonry surfaces that will be exposed before
setting or hardening. All defects in joints of masonry to be exposed shall be raked out as necesI
-
sary, filled with mortar,and tooled concave. Masonry surfaces shall not be cleaned, other than
removing excess surface mortar, until mortar in joints has hardened. Leave masonry surfaces
clean,free of mortar daubs and dirt, and with tight mortar joints throughout. 1
3.07 PROTECTION OF WORK
A. Protect surfaces of masonry not being worked on at all times. When rain or snow is imminent,
cover the tops of exposed masonry with a strong non-staining waterproof membrane well secured
in place and in a manner that will prevent moisture from accumulating within the unfinished wall.
Make adequate provisions during construction to prevent damage by wind.
III
3.07 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises. 1
END OF SECTION
1
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture 111
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 04451
MANUFACTURED STONE VENEER
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Manufactured stone veneer work and thin brick veneer, including furnishing and installation of the
stone veneer system.
' B. Building in bolts, anchors, nailers, angles, inserts, conduits, piping,flashings, etc.furnished and
located by other trades.
1.02 NOTE
' 1.03 SUBMITTALS:
A. Submit for acceptance:
1. Stone Veneer/Thin Brick Two of each type and Color.
PART Il- PRODUCTS
2.01 Stone Veneer
A. Manufacturer
1. Lone Star Stone, Whitney, Texas 888.377.8663
2 See the"Finish Schedule"on the drawings for product and color
2.02 Thin Brick
A. Manufacturer
1. Lone Star Stone, Whitney, Texas 888.377.8663
2. See the"Finish Schedule"on the drawings for product and color
' 2.03 MORTAR
A. Provide mortar required by manufacturer.
PART III- EXECUTION
3.01 General
A. Ship, store, handle, and install Stone Veneer/Thin Brick per the manufacturer's written
Instructions.
' B. Provide a copy of the installation instructions on the site.
3.02. Clean-Up
A. Stone Veneer/Thin Brick contractor shall be responsible for cleaning the sidewalks and
parking lot areas of dirt and debris specifically caused by their portion of this work.
END OF SECTION
MulvannnG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 04451 IIMANUFACTURED STONE VENEER(NIC)
Page 2
I
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture I MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
SECTION 05120
STRUCTURAL STEEL
Page 1
' PARTI-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
1 A. Structural steel framing members, support members.
' B. Base plates.
C. Grouting under base plates.
1 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Steel Joists. SECTION 05210
B. Steel Roof Deck: SECTION 05311
C. Metal Fabrications: SECTION 05500, Steel fabrications affecting structural steel work.
1.03 REFERENCES
' A. AISC-Code of Standard Practice-Manual of Steel Construction-Allowable Stress Design.
B. ASTM A36/A36M -Structural Steel.
' C. ASTM A53- Hot-Dipped, Zinc-coated Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe.
D. ASTM A307-Carbon Steel Externally Threaded Standard Fasteners.
E. ASTM A325- High Strength Bolts for Structural Steel Joints.
F. ASTM A490-Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts for Structural Steel Joints.
' G. ASTM A500-Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and
Shapes.
' H. AWS D1.1 -Structural Welding Code.
I. AWS A2.0-Standard Welding Symbols.
' J. SSPC(Steel Structures Painting Council)-Painting Manual.
' K. UL- Fire Resistance Directory.
1.04 SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW
' A. Submit per SUBMITTALS Section:
1. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, locations of structural members, openings, attachments, and
fasteners.
' 2. All Connections.
3. Cambers.
4. For welded connections indicate welds with AWS A2.0 welding symbols. Indicate net weld
lengths.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
111September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 05120
STRUCTURAL STEEL
Page 2
1.05 SUBMITTALS FOR INFORMATION
I
A. Manufacturer's Mill Certificate: Certify that Products meet or exceed specified requirements.
B. Mill Test Reports: Submit indicating structural strength, destructive and non-destructive test
I
analysis.
C. Welders Certificates: Certify welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within the
I
previous 12 months.
1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC Code of Standard Practice.
B. Perform Work in accordance with AISC Section 10.
I
C. Fabricator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years
documented experience.
D. Erector: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum five years
documented experience.
E. Design connections not detailed on the Drawings under direct supervision of a registered
I
Professional Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed at the place where the
Project is located. I PART Il -PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Structural Steel Members: ASTM A36/A36M.
B. Structural Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B.
I
C. Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B.
D. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307 ASTM A325 bolts,ASTM A490 bolts I
E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307.
F. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1;type required for materials being welded. I
G. Grout: Non-shrink type, pre-mixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement,water I reducing and plasticizing additives, capable of developing a minimum compressive strength of
7,000 psi at 28 days.
H. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC 15,Type 1, red oxide.
I
2.02 FABRICATION
A. Develop required camber for members.
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture 111MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
' SECTION 05120
STRUCTURAL STEEL
Page 3
2.03 FINISH
1 A. Prepare structural component surfaces in accordance with SSPC.
B. Shop prime structural steel members. Do not prime surfaces that will be fireproofed, field welded,
' or in contact with concrete.
C. Zinc Coating: When galvanizing steel is required, the zinc-coating shall conform to ASTM Specifi-
cation A123 and A143. Zinc-coating for threaded products shall conform to ASTM Specifications
A153.
PART III-EXECUTION
' 3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Coordination and Meetings: Verification of existing conditions prior to beginning work.
3.02 ERECTION
' A. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and
in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing.
B. Field weld components indicated on Drawings and shop drawings.
C. Field connect members with threaded fasteners; torque to required resistance.
D. Do not field cut or alter structural members without approval of Owner.
E. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed except surfaces to be in
contact with concrete.
F. Grout under base plates. Trowel grouted surface smooth, splay neatly to 45 degrees.
3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES
I
A. Maximum Variation From Plumb: 1/4 inch per story, non-cumulative.
B. Maximum Offset From True Alignment: 1/4 inch.
3.04 CLEAN-UP
' A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 05120
STRUCTURAL STEEL
Page 4
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
1
I
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture ,
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES '
1
SECTION 05400
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING (ST FR)
Page 1
' PARTI -GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
1 A. Formed Steel Stud Framing
B. Formed Steel Joist Framing
C. Struts and Bracing •
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Structural Steel: SECTION 05120
'. B. Steel Roof Deck: SECTION 05311
C. Gypsum Board Systems: SECTION 09260
' 1.03 DESIGN AND FABRICATION
A. Fabricator is responsible for design of connections not specifically shown on the Drawings and for
member dimensions and fit.
1.04 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS AND STANDARDS
' A. American Society for Testing Materials(ASTM):
1. ASTM A90-Test Method for Weight of Coating on Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron or Steel
Articles.
2. ASTM A446-Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by Hot Dip Process, Physical (Structural)
Quality.
3. ASTM A570-Hot-Rolled Carbon Steel Sheet and Strip. Structural Quality.
' 4. ASTM A611 -Steel, Cold-Rolled Sheet, Carbon, Structural.
B. American Welding Society(AWS): "Structural Welding Code", AWS D1.1
1 C. Federal Specifications(FS): FS TT-P-645 Primer, Paint, Zinc-Chromate, Alkyd Type.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
1 A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in structural framing components with five years minimum
experience.
' B. Component Design: Compute structural properties of studs and joists in accord with AIS1
"Specification for Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members", 1980 Editions.
' C. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Where steel framing members are components of assemblies indicated for
a fire-resistance rating, including those required for compliance with governing regulations, provide
members which have been approved by governing authorities having jurisdiction.
' MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
SECTION 05400
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING (ST FR)
Page 2
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit per SUBMITTALS Section; Base on details shown on the Drawings. Show profiles, sizes,
spacing, and locations of members, connections, attachments, fasteners, cambers, loads, and
indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths.
Detail to serve as erection drawings. Owner's acceptance is required prior to start of fabrication.
B. Provide calculations for loadings and stresses of all work indicated on the Drawings sealed by a
Professional Engineer registered in the state in which this project is located.
1.07 SCHEDULING
A. Deliver light gage steel framing members and setting drawings to job site in ample time for
installation.
1.08 COORDINATION
A. Contractor is responsible for dimensions, detailing,fabrication,fitting and alignment of work of this I
Section.
PART II-PRODUCTS I
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The Drawings were prepared and this Specification written on the basis of using the products of 1
United States Gypsum Company, Chicago, IL. Such is intended to establish minimum quality
standards, not to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal or superior characteristics by other
manufacturers are acceptable under conditions of the Specifications.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Studs, Joists,Track: Manufacturer's standard structural steel studs of size, shape, and gage 1
indicated, with a 1.75 inch flange and 1/2 inch flange return lip.
B. Screws: Manufacturer's standard. ,
C. Specifics: Fabricate metal framing components of structural quality steel sheet with a minimum
yield point of 40,000 psi for studs and joist, and 33,000 psi for runners;ASTM A446. ,
D. Finish: Galvanized finish all framing components complying with ASTM A525, G60 coating.
2.03 ACCESSORIES ,
A. Bracing, furring, bridging: formed sheet steel, thickness determined for conditions encountered
(manufacturer's standard shapes), same finish as framing members.
B. Plates, gussets, clips:formed sheet steel,thickness determined for conditions encountered
(manufacturer's standard shapes), same finish as framing members.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
' SECTION 05400
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING (ST FR)
Page 3
' 2.04 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate assemblies of sizes and profiles required with members fitted, reinforced, and braced per
1
design requirements. Fit and preassemble in largest practical sections for delivery to site, ready for
installation.
PART III-EXECUTION
' 3.01 HANDLING
' A. Perform in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting or other damage.
3.02 STORAGE
A. Structural Members: Store above ground on suitable supports.
B. Connection Devices: Store in a dry,weather-tight place.
3.03 ERECTION
A. General: Erect structural steel in accord with AISC Specification. Make provision for erection
' loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and in true alignment
until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing. Install components in accord
with manufacturer's written instructions.
' B. Runner Tracks: Install continuous floor and ceiling tracks aligned accurately to layout at base and
tops of studs. Secure tracks as recommended by stud manufacturer for type of construction
involved or as noted on Drawings.
' C. Studs: Install studs spaced as noted on Drawings not more than 2 inches from abutting walls and
at each side of openings. Connect studs to tracks per manufacturer's recommendations or as
noted on Drawings. -
' D. Joists: Install joists spaced as noted on Drawings not more than 2 inches from abutting walls.
Connect joists as noted on Drawings. Provide temporary alignment, braces and supports to protect
' workmen.
E. Miscellaneous: Erect load bearing studs in one piece full length. Splicing is not permitted.
F. Field Touch-Up:After erection, touch-up field welds and damaged galvanized surfaces with primer.
3.04 PROTECTION OF WORK IN PROGRESS
A. Do not apply construction loads before joists and bridging have been anchored. Do not permit
erection of decking until joists are braced and bridged. Install and secure permanent decking
before applying full design loads.
3.05 CLEAN-UP
' A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
'
MG2#04-0098-01 MulvannvG2 Architecture
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1
SECTION 05400
COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING (ST FR)
Page 4
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
1
I
1
1
i
1
II
i
I
1
i
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES i
1
' SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS (MISC. METAL)
Page 1
' PARTI-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Miscellaneous steel framing as indicated on the drawings for the support of the work of other
trades.
' B. Steel lintels, clip angles, etc.
C. Steel railings.
' D. Steel ladders
1.02 DESIGN AND FABRICATION
' A. Fabricator shall be responsible for design of connections not specifically shown on the drawings
and for member dimensions and fit.
' 1.03 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS AND STANDARDS
A. American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
' B. American Welding Society(AWS):
1. "Structural Welding Code"AWS D1.1
2. "Standard Welding Symbols"AWS A2.0
C. American Society for Testing Materials(ASTM)
' D. Governing Authority: All applicable federal, state and local ordinances and directions.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
' A. Submit per SUBMITTALS Section to Owner for acceptance prior to the start of fabrication. Shop
drawings shall include complete materials lists and erection, placing and detail drawings of all
items, checked before submittal.
' B. Design Criteria: Handrails or other protective enclosures shall be designed to withstand stresses to
which they would be normally subjected and to withstand a load of 200 lbs. applied in any direction
at any point on the top rail. Connections other than those already listed shall be designed to safely
support design load (dead load plus live load)of not less than 100 psi without exceeding working
stresses permitted for materials.
1.05 SCHEDULING
A. Deliver bolts, embedded items, etc. along with setting drawings to the job site in ample time for
installation in the work of other trades.
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Contractor shall be responsible for dimensions, detailing, fabrication, fitting and alignment of the
work of this section.
'
MG2#04-0098-01 MulvannVG2 Architecture
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS(MISC. METAL)
Page 2
PART Il - PRODUCTS ,
2.01 STEEL
A. Shapes and Plates: ASTM A36 I
B. Tubing: ASTM A501
2.02 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307, regular hexagon-bolt type. '
B. Washers: American Standard B27.2,Type B.
2.03 WELDING ELECTRODES ,
A. As recommended by AWS for the conditions of use.
2.04 GALVANIZING (WHERE REQUIRED IN THE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS): 1
A. ASTM A123, A163, or A386, as applicable.
2.05 SHOP PAINTING
A. Shop paint all items included in this section. Thoroughly clean steel after fabrication and before
leaving the shop, of all loose mill scale, rust, oil, grease, and other foreign matter. Apply one shop
coat of primer to all surfaces except those to be field welded.
B. Dissimilar Materials Contract: Where any metal is shown contacting other dissimilar metal, keep
metal from direct contact with the dissimilar materials by a coat of bituminous paint applied to a
thickness of 15 mils.
C. Shop Paint: '
1. Concealed Use: Rust inhibiting primer which will not support combustion.
2. Exposed Steel: Primer compatible with finish paint specified in PAINTING.
2.06 FABRICATION
A. General: Shear and punch parts without leaving ragged or torn edges. Surfaces and edges to be
welded shall be smooth, clean, uniform and free from loose scale,fins, tears, cracks and other
defects. Provide holes or other provisions for attachment of other materials as required. Fabricate
and assemble parts in shop to the greatest extent possible. Assembled pieces shall be taken apart,
if necessary, for the removal of any burrs and shavings. Parts not completely assembled in the
shop shall be secured by bolts, insofar as practicable, to prevent damage in shipment and handling.
B. Measurements: Verify all measurements and make all field measurements before fabrication.
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 05500
' METAL FABRICATIONS (MISC. METAL)
Page 3
' PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Provide all anchors, supports, braces, connections, sleeves, inserts, bolts, etc. required in conjunc-
tion with items of work included under this section and under other trades where necessary for
securing work in place. Sizes, kinds and spacing of bolts and/or anchors not indicated or specified
' shall be as directed.
3.02 STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Perform in a manner to prevent bending,warping, twisting or other damage.
3.03 INSTALLATION
' A. Field Assembly: Properly locate and build into connecting work. Bolts and anchors shall be preset
to locate anchors and anchor bolts accurately. Align and adjust all parts accurately before
fastening.
' 3.04 CONNECTIONS
A. Welding: Insofar as is possible weld all connections unless shown otherwise on the drawings.
' Defective or unsound welds or base metal shall be corrected as provided for under AWS D1.0 at no
additional cost to the owner. Welding to or on structural steel shall be in accord with the Code for
Welding in Building Construction of the American Welding Society.
B. Miscellaneous: Fastenings shall be concealed where practicable. Thickness of metal and details
of assembly and supports shall give ample strength and stiffness. Exposed fastenings shall be
compatible materials, shall generally match in color and finish, and shall harmonize with the
material to which fastenings are applied. Materials and parts necessary to complete each item,
even though such work is not definitely shown or specified, shall be included. Where dissimilar
metals are in contact, the surfaces shall be protected with a coat of bituminous paint to prevent
' galvanic or corrosive action.
3.05 SUPPLEMENTARY FRAMING
' A. Provide 3 x 3 x 1/4 angle frame for openings through roof larger than 6 inches, unless otherwise
shown on the drawings.
3.06 FIELD TOUCH-UP
A. After installation,field connections, including welds, bolts, and all abraded places on the shop paint,
' shall be painted with same material specified for shop painting.
3.07 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098 01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 05500
METAL FABRICATIONS (MISC. METAL)
Page 4
I
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
111
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES i
I
' SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Framing Lumber: Studs, plates,joists, bucks, nailers, blocking,furring, stripping, etc.
B. Plywood: Decking, etc.
C. Sheathing
D. Wood Decking
E. Building Wrap
' F. Rough Hardware: Nails, clips, spikes, bolts, nuts, washers, lag screws, wood screws, anchors,
angles, etc.
G. Metal Shapes and Connections: Joist hangers, plates, connections, etc.
H. Painting: Refer to Painting Section
' 1.03 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Concrete formwork:SECTION 03100
' B. Trusses: SECTIONS 06194 and 06196
' C. Finish carpentry and millwork: SECTION 06200
D. Lumber treatment: SECTION 06311
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. General: Grading shall comply with latest editions and supplements of the American Lumber
Standards and the Lumber Associations or agencies which are applicable, including but not limited
to the West Coast Lumberman's Association, Western Wood Products Association, Douglas Fir
Plywood Association, and Southern Pine Inspection Bureau.
' B. Federal Specifications (FS)
PART Il-PRODUCTS
' 2.01 GRADE MARKS
A. Lumber and plywood shall be identified by the official grade marks, except where grade mark will
interfere with the natural finish.
1
MulvanniG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
' September 10,2004'-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
Page 2
2.02 BASIC MATERIALS 1
A. Framing Lumber:
1. Grades and Species: Grades and species of lumber shall be as follows except where
otherwise noted or specified. Contractor may, at his option, substitute No. 3 Fir Lumber for
grades and species shown,for non-load bearing and non-structural framing conditions only.
a. Joists: #2 MG or better Southern Yellow Pine or #2 Douglas Fir or Larch, f=900 psi. Refer
to local building codes for minimum variance and to structural notes for exposed framing
requirements.
b. Studs: #2 MG or better Southern Yellow Pine or #2 Douglas Fir or Larch,f=900 psi. Refer
to local building codes for minimum variance.
c. All Other Uses: #2 MG or better Southern Yellow Pine or#2 Douglas Fir or Larch,f=900
psi-refer to local building codes for minimum variance.
d. Exposed Heavy Timber: #2 Select Structural, Douglas Fir; the West Coast Lumber
Inspection Bureau, graded, stamped and mill certified, surfaced dried.
2. Moisture Content: Not to exceed 19%.
3. Treatment: Preservative treated lumber is required for all rough carpentry items to remain in
place in contact with ground, concrete, masonry or roofing. Wood used for temporary carpentry
work need not be treated. 111
B. Plywood:
1. General Use: CD Grade APA fir or Yellow Pine plywood, thickness as noted or indicated on the
drawings.
2. Exterior and Adiacent to Roofing Work: APA rated, Structural 1 Exterior Grade APA fir or
Yellow Pine plywood, thickness as noted or indicated on the drawings.
3. Exposed soffits: APA 303 plywood siding panels, texture T-111, smooth sawn, grooves 8"
O.C., thickness as noted on the drawings.
C. Sheathing:
1. Plywood: APA structural 1 rated sheathing, exterior plywood or oriented strand board (OSB),
thickness as indicated on the Drawings.
2. Refer to structural general notes for sheathing system requirements.
D. Building Wrap: ,
1. At EIFS or Stucco: Tyvek"Stucco Wrap,"by DuPont Company,Wilmington, Delaware.
2. At all other locations: Tyvek"Commercial Wrap," by DuPont Company,Wilmington, Delaware.
2.03 METAL SHAPES AND CONNECTORS
A. Joist Hangers: Standard "U"or as noted and/or detailed on the drawings. '
B. Beam Hangers: As noted and/or detailed on the drawings.
C. Column Bases, Connectors, etc.: As noted and/or detailed on the drawings.
D. Finish of Exposed Metal Shapes and Connectors: Refer to Painting Section.
2.04 ROUGH HARDWARE 1
A. Nails: Size and type best suited for the purpose, in accord with FS FF-N-105 when applicable to
the type to be used. Nails shall be galvanized at roof and other applications where exposed to the
weather or for use with treated lumber.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
i
SECTION 06100
ROUGH CARPENTRY
Page 3
B. Anchors: As required or as noted on the drawings.
C. Anchor Bolts: Galvanized steel, complete with nuts and washers, size and spacing as shown on
the drawings.
D. Bolts: Lag, toggle, and miscellaneous bolts, and screws:Type, size best suited for the intended
use, galvanized where exposed to weather or treated lumber.
E. Expansion Shields: Type and size best suited for the intended use.
F. Finish of Exposed Rough Hardware: Refer to Painting Section
PART III -EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Cut framing square at bearings,fit closely, set accurately to required lines and levels and anchor
securely in place at bearings and connections. Set all walls plumb and straight. Do all cutting and
framing of rough work, finish work, partition work, etc. as required for the work of other trades when
same comes in contact with carpentry work. Install framing to allow passage of pipes and ducts.
Members shall not be cut, notched, or bored more than 1/4 of their depth without adequate and
approved reinforcing. Fastener sizes and spacing shall be sufficient to develop maximum strength
of connections without splitting members.
3.02 WALL AND PARTITION FRAMING
A. Sole Plates: Treated, size indicated on the drawings (match studs)set flat on concrete. Anchor
plates to concrete with anchor bolts at exterior wall conditions and with machine driven fasteners,
spaced as recommended by the manufacturer, at interior conditions. Omit sole plate at all
openings.
B. Studs: Size indicated on the drawings spaced at 16"o.c. Double studs at all openings.
C. Top Plates: Double member top plates, unless shown otherwise on the drawings. Sizes as
indicated on the drawings(match studs)splice over studs. Stagger splices of members.
D. Opening Headers: Two pieces of stud material and solid plywood spacer, or as noted on the
drawings. Set on edge and bear on stud(s).
E. Corners and T's: Construct of not less than three full stud members.
F. Fire Stops: Install fire-stops(continuous blocking between studs) in all partitions. Space rows at 8'
0"o.c. vertically starting at floor line.
3.03 CEILING AND ROOF FRAMING
A. Size and spacing indicated on the drawings. Tops of rafters and joists shall form true planes and
shall be well spiked to plates. Frame openings in ceilings and roofs with headers and trimmers.
3.04 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 06100 t
ROUGH CARPENTRY
Page 4
A. Blocking: Provide blocking or suitable edge support between framing members where necessary to I
support edges of finish materials, applied moldings, etc.
B. Furring: Size as indicated on the drawings. Install at sixteen (16) inches on center unless
otherwise shown, run in lengths as long as practicable, butt jointed and rigidly secured in place.
3.05 SHEATHING
A. Install full height of walls as shown on the drawings. Secure in place with nails as required to hold in
position or as noted on structural drawings.
B. Install building wrap full height of wall, secured in place with fasteners per manufacturer's written
installation instructions.
3.06 PLYWOOD DECKS I
A. Apply with face grain at right angles to supports, end joints over supports and staggered. Edges
shall be 1/8 inch apart at side joints and 1/16 inch apart at end joints and nailed at supported edges
at six(6) inches on center and at intermediate supports at twelve(12) inches on center. Nailing of
edges shall be 3/8 inch from edge.
3.07 NAILING I
A. Where driving of nails causes splitting, holes for nails shall be subdrilled. The following is the
minimum schedule for common wire nails:
1. Built-up beams: As noted on the drawings
2. Double top and sole plates: Lower member to studs-2- 16d; upper member to lower,
staggered - 16d at 12"; at intersection-3- 16d.
3. Blocking between studs: End nail, each end-2- 16d
4. Blocking between studs: Toe nail, each end-2-8d
5. Ribbons to studs: 1"-2-8d
6. Wood stripping: 1 -8d each bearing(use concrete nails at concrete)
7. Multiple studs: For widths over 4", stagger- 16d at 12"
8. Studs to bearings: Toe nails, each side-2-8d
9. Joists at all bearings: Toe nail each side-2-8d
10. Rafters and trusses at all bearings: Toe nail each side-2-8d
11. Blocking between foists and rafters: Toe nails, each side, each end -3-8d or splice through
using 2- 16d. No staples will be permitted as a substitute for nails.
3.08 CLEAN-UP I
A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from premises.
III
END OF SECTION I
I
•
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I SECTION 06188
GLUED-LAMINATED STRUCTURAL UNITS
Page 1
IPART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
IA. Glued-laminated wood structural units
IB. Hardware and connectors
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
IA. Other framing and structural units
B. Decking
I1.03 WORK SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED
A. Anchor bolts embedded in concrete
IB. Setting plates
C. Items field welded to structural steel
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A. Manufacturer: Materials, manufacture and quality control; conform with PS 56-73, "Structural Glued
Laminated Timber"(ANSI A190.1); mark with quality mark indicating conformance.
Il
B. Workmen: Use skilled and experienced personnel. Damaged units with evident field repair are
unacceptable. Acceptability of repairs rests with the Architect.
1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
IA. American Institute of Timber Construction(AITC)
B. American National Standards Institute(ANSI)
C. American Wood Preservers Association (AWPA)
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submiter SUBMITTALS Section for acceptance p p ce prior to start of fabrication. Show lumber
combinations(AITC and AWPA combination symbols for identification), details, methods and
I sequences of assembly, erection diagrams and instructions for use in field.
PART II -PRODUCTS
1 2.01 MATERIALS
A. Glued-Laminated Members:
1. Lumber: Kiln-dried and stress graded Southern Pine, Douglas fir, or larch, select structural per
requirements for Structural Glued Laminated Timber;AITC 117.
2. Grade: "Industrial"or better.
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 06188
GLUED-LAMINATED STRUCTURAL UNITS
Page 2
B. Hardware: Furnish connections for joining members to each other and/or supports.
I
C. Adhesives: Per requirements for dry condition of service.
2.02 FABRICATION I
A. Laminating Combinations: Per requirements of PS 56-73. Provide design values shown on the
drawings.
11
B. Minimum Design Requirements: Laminating combinations shall meet the requirements of
ANSI/AITC A190.1-1983, "Structural Glued Laminated Timber". Douglas Fir(Coastal Region).
Members shall provide allowable design values as follows:
Fb = 2400 psi
Fv = 165 psi
Fc = 650 psi
E = 1800 psi
Members designed for dry condition of Service(moisture content at or below 16%).
C. Preservative Treatment: Pressure treat members or portions of members in contact with concrete
or exterior to conform to AWPA standard C-28; retention 0 .3 lb/cu ft. of wood.
D. Protection: Individually wrap each member.
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS
A. Contractor receive, unload and store materials. Place members on blocks, off ground, and
separate with wood strips to allow air circulation around each member. Cover top and bottom with
moisture resistant paper.
3.02 ERECTION 1
A. General: Handle with non-marking slings. Erect in accord with accepted shop drawings.
1. Minor Misfits: Correction of minor misfits by moderate use of drift pins, and moderate amount i
of reaming, chipping or cutting is considered part of erection. Immediately report errors which
prevent proper assembly of parts by these measures to Owner for authorization of corrective
measures prior to assembly.
2. Shortages: Report shortages to Owner within 10 days of delivery.
3.03 PROTECTION OF COMPLETED WORK
ii
A. Keep protective wrappings in place until members are enclosed within building. Gradually bring
initial building heat or cooling to desired level. To minimize checking, do not reduce relative
humidity of building rapidly.
3.04 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from premises.
1
END OF SECTION
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 06194
PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Wood trusses
B. Bridging
C. Temporary and permanent bracing
D. Related hardware(as required)
1. Metal hangers
2. Anchors
3. Special metal shapes
1.02 WORK.SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED
A. All other joist and truss types
B. Rough Carpentry: SECTION 06100
1.03 ENGINEERING DESIGN
A. Trusses shall be custom designed to fit dimensions and loads indicated on the Drawings. Design
shall be in accord with allowable values assigned by the most restrictive governing code. Complete
design calculation showing internal layout member forces and stress control points are to be made
available to the Owner upon request for each design. Design shall be under the supervision of a
registered professional engineer licensed in the state of this project.
1.04 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS AND STANDARDS
A. National Forest Products Association(NFPA): "National Design Specifications for Stress Grade
Lumber and Its Fastenings."
B. American Institute of Timber Construction (AITC): "Timber Construction Standards"
C. Truss Plate Institute(TPI): "Design Specifications for Light Metal Plate Connected Wood Trusses"
D. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM):
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings per SUBMITTALS Section to Owner for acceptance prior to the start of fabri-
cation. Drawings shall show pitch, span, dimensions and spacing of truss. Truss bearing sizes and
locations. Design loading of truss and allowable stress increase. Axial forces in each truss mem-
ber. Nominal sizes and location of connector plates at all joints. Size, species and stress of grade
of lumber for all truss members. Camber. Permanent lateral bracing as required by design to
reduce buckling length of individual truss members only. Handling and erection recommendations.
Drawings shall bear the seal of a professional engineer. Refer to structural drawings for exposed
truss, member layout; no exceptions are allowed.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
U
SECTION 06194
PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES
Page 2
1.07 APPROVAL OF MANUFACTURER I
A. Joists shall be manufactured in a plant approved for fabrication by the Owner.
PART II- PRODUCTS
2.01 FABRICATION
A. General: Components shall be fabricated in a properly equipped manufacturing facility of a
permanent nature. They shall be manufactured by experienced workmen, using precision cutting
and truss fabricating equipment, under the direct supervision of a qualified foreman. All trusses
shall be fabricated under strict rules of inspection and quality control required by governing
authority.
B. Cutting Members: Accurately cut to length, angle and true to line to assure tight joints for finished 1
truss.
C. Connections: Properly place members and connectors in special jigs and tightly clamp members in
place until the connector plates have been pressed into the lumber simultaneously on both sides of
the joint.
D. Camber: As noted on accepted shop drawings by properly positioning the members in the 1
fabricating jig.
2.04 MATERIALS
A. Lumber: Conform to the published stress ratings for the species and grades set out in the official
grading rules of the appropriate lumber association or as listed in the reference specifications.
Wherever this Specification, or notes on the plans or truss engineering design calls for lumber
which exceed the minimum set forth therein, the Specifications, plans, and/or truss engineering
designs shall be applicable, and information stated or shown in one shall be applicable the same as
if in all of them. All lumber shall conform to the species and fully recognized nominal sizes shown
on the plans or truss engineering designs. All members shall be cut from lumber which bear the
proper grade mark stamps of a recognized grading association or licensed lumber inspection
agency. No lumber shall be used which does not appear to conform to the proper dimensions
and/or grades. At the time of fabrication, the moisture content of all lumber shall be within limits
stated in reference specifications.
B. Connectors:
1. General: ASTM A446-72 Grade A prime commercial quality galvanized sheet steel of no less
than 20 gauge thickness which has a minimum yield of 33,000 psi and a minimum ultimate
tensile strength of 45,000 psi. Connectors shall have a series of nail-like projections which are
designed to separate the fibers of the wood into which they are pressed, in accordance with
accepted nailing practices. All connector plated truss joints shall be designed using the net
area plating method as set forth in TPI Standards.
2. Field Connectors: Where field assembly of truss sub-components is necessary, connections
shall be in accord with details shown on accepted shop drawings.
C. Bracing: As required by accepted shop drawings.
D. Hardware: As required by accepted shop drawings. I
MulvannvG2 Architecture .
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 06194
PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES
Page 3
JPART III -EXECUTION
3.01 HANDLING
A. Perform in a manner to prevent bending, warping, twisting or other damage.
3.02 STORAGE
A. Store in vertical position above ground on suitable supports and braced to prevent bending and/or
tipping over.
3.03 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS
A. Protect from damage when stored at the job site. Finished members shall be free of bends, twists
or open joints. Replace warped, bowed or damaged trusses at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.04 WORKMANSHIP
A. Use only skilled and experienced personnel.
3.05 ERECTION
A. Erect in complete accord with the plans and accepted shop drawings. Provide erection bracing in
addition to specified bridging to keep trusses straight and plumb and to assure adequate lateral
support for the individual trusses and entire system until decking material has been applied.
3.06 FIELD LOADS/CONNECTIONS
A. Any product specified elsewhere in these Specifications designed to be suspended by any means
from prefabricated wood trusses shall be suspended form top chord of truss only. No loads may be
applied to bottom chord of truss. -
3.07 PROTECTION OF WORK IN PROGRESS
A. Apply no construction loads before trusses and bridging have been anchored. Install and secure
permanent decking before applying full design loads.
3.08 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04 009&01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1
SECTION 06194
PREFABRICATED WOOD TRUSSES
Page 4
(This Page IntentionallyLeft Blank I
)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 06196
I PLYWOOD WEB JOISTS
Page 1
PARTI -GENERAL
I1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Plywood web joists
B. Bridging, bracing and anchorage
IC. Framing for openings
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
IA. Other framing types
B. Decking
1 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of plywood web joists with 3 years minimum
Iexperience.
B. Design: Under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in structural framing
Idesign. Verification of design of joists by complete calculations to be submitted as required herein.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
IA. American Lumber Standards Committee(ALSC)
B. American Plywood Association (APA)
IC. Douglas Fir Plywood Association (DFPA)
1.05 SUBMITTALS
IA. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section to the Owner for acceptance. Indicate framing
system, sizes and spacing of joists, loads and joist cambers, bearing and anchor details, bridging
I and bracing, and framed openings.
B. Instructions: Submit manufacturer's installation instructions.
IPART Il-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
I A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of the
Trus Joist Corporation, Boise, Idaho. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products with
equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these
Ispecifications.
2.02 BASIC MATERIALS
IA. "TJI"Joists:
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098 01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 06196
PLYWOOD WEB JOISTS
Page 2
1. Flanges: Machine stress rated lumber only, no substitutions allowed. Note that top and bottom
flanges shall be of consistent size throughout project, regardless of span.
2. Webs: DFPA Structural 1 grade plywood.
3. Glue: Waterproof.
B. Bridging: Type, size and spacing required by joist manufacturer.
2.03 WOOD BLOCKING AND FRAMING FOR OPENINGS
A. As specified for ROUGH CARPENTRY framing.
9
2.04 ANCHORS AND CONNECTORS I
A. Galvanized steel; type to suit application.
2.05 FABRICATION I
A. Install webs in flanges with grain running in vertical direction of joist and butt jointed to form
continuous web. Pressure form web and fit into a groove in center of wide face of flange members
so as to form a pressured glue joint at that junction.
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Transport and store joists in vertical position resting on bearing ends. Protect joists from moisture,
warpage, and distortion during transit and when site stored.
3.02 INSPECTION
A. Verify that supports and openings are ready to receive joists. Beginning of installation means
acceptance of existing conditions.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install joists in accord with manufacturer's instructions;true to line and level. Provide temporary
bracing to position joists in place until permanently secured. Place permanent bridging, bracing and
anchors to maintain joists straight and in correct position before installation of decking.
B. Any product specified elsewhere in these Specifications designed to be suspended by any means
from plywood web joist shall be suspended from top flange of joist only. No loads may be applied to
bottom flange of joist.
3.04 PROTECTION OF WORK IN PROGRESS I
A. Temporary construction loads which cause member stresses beyond design limits are not
permitted. I
3.05 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
I SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
I
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
IA. Wood Trim
B. Millwork(cabinets, shelving, etc.)
IC. Installation of:
1. Doors
2. Hardware
I 3. Weather stripping and Seals
4. Millwork
a. Cabinets
I
b. Counters and counter tops
1) laminated plastic and Granite counter tops.
c. Shelving
d. Interior finishes and etc.
ID. Laminated plastic assemblies
I E. Nails, Screws, bolts,fasteners,glue, etc.
1.02 SUBCONTRACTORS QUALIFICATIONS
I A. Millwork must be fabricated and assembled by a millwork subcontractor equipped and experienced
to do work equal to the "Quality Standards"of the Architectural Woodwork Institute for fabricating
quality millwork.
1 1.03 MILLWORK DESIGN AND FABRICATION
A. Details shown on drawings are outline requirements and are not intended to interfere with
I fabricator's standard shop procedures and practices. Where important differences occur between
details and fabricator's standards,flag such differences on shop drawings. The standards of AWI
shall apply and by reference are part of this specification
I1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Federal Specifications (FS)
I, B. Western Wood Products Association (WWPA)
C. American Woodwork Institute(AWI)
I1.05 SUBMITTALS
1 A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section to the Owner for acceptance prior to fabrication.
Include material lists and drawings showing fabrication of typical units, unit assemblies, locations
and installation setting details. List cabinet hardware proposed; suited to use or function of item.
Identify materials required to complete work; ready for installation
IB. Samples: Submit two samples of each of the following items:
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 06200 •
FINISH CARPENTRY
Page 2
1. 12"x 12"samples of each type of plywood.
2. 12 inch long sample of each type of wood trim
3. Laminated plastic sample chips showing texture, finish and color indicated on the drawings.
PART II- PRODUCTS I
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and portions of his specification written on the basis of using the I
products of specific manufactures. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products with
equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these
specifications.
111
2.02 MATERIALS
A. General Use: ,r
1. General: Work solid stock to patterns shown. Standard shape materials shall confo3rm to
patterns indicated in current grading rules for the species.
2. Interior Wood Trim, Siding and Poles:
a. See"Finish Schedule"on drawings for material description and finish.
3. Interior Finish Plywood: I
a. 3/4"(inch) paint grade, lumber core, Red Oak veneer Plywood
b. Verify with"Finish Schedule"on drawings.
4. Exterior Wood Trim:
a. Contractor's option: Redwood S4S#1 or Cedar S4S#1.
5. Frames: Same as for exterior wood trim. 1
6. Exterior Arbor:
a. Rough Sawn Cedar or Douglas Fir. I
7. Shelving:
a. 3/4"(inch)AB Grade Red Oak veneer plywood with"C"Select Grade Red Oak edge
trim.
8. Nails: FS FF-N-103c and FF-N-105a. Stainless Steel for Redwood.
9. Screws: FS FF-S-11 lb.
10. Lag Screws and Bolts: FS FF-B-561, type and grade best suited for purpose used.
11. Toggle bolts: FS-FF-B-588b.
B. Display Cabinets. I
1. Doors, Panels, Ends, Etc.: 3/4"(inch)tongue and grooved Knotty Pine
2. Stiles, rails, etc.: 3/4"(inch)"C"Select Grade, White Pine and Tongue and Grooved Knotty
Pine. I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
I SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY
Page 3
I 3. Shelving and Dividers: 3/4"(inch)4B Grade, Group 3, Ponderosa Pine; exposed edges
banded.
4. Backs: 1/4"(inch)tempered hardboard.
I 5. Framing, blocking, Nailers, Etc.: Pine
6. Filler Strips: Match face materials.
7. Hardware: Knap and Vogt, Garcy, Stanley, Hafele; to suit functions. Standards of Quality:
I a. Hinges: Continuous Stainless steel piano hinges, concealed, complete with guides and
template for installation.
b. Catches: "Hafele" pressure catch No. 245.54.710.
c. Shelf Standards and brackets: Noted on drawings.
Id. Locks: Noted on drawings.
C. Office Cabinets and Counters:
I 1. Doors, Panels, Ends, Etc.: 3/4"(inch)AB Grade clear White Pine plywood, exposed edges
banded.
2. Stiles, rails, etc.: 3/4"(inch)"C"Select Grade, solid clear White Pine.
I 3. Shelving and Dividers: 3/4"(inch)4B Grade clear White Pine plywood; exposed edges
banded.
4. Backs: 1/4"(inch)tempered hardboard.
5. Framing, blocking, Nailers, Etc.: Pine
I 6. Filler Strips: Match face materials.
7. Hinges: Continuous Stainless steel piano hinges, concealed, complete with guides and
template for installation.
I 8. Hardware: Hager, Knape and Vogt, Stanley;to suit functions.
9. Catches: "Hafele" pressure catch No. 245.54.710.
10. Shelf Standards and brackets: Noted on drawings.
11. Locks: Noted on drawings.
ID. Laminated Plastic Assemblies
1. NEMA Standard LD-1 Class 1, High Pressure decorative laminates: color shown on the
drawings:
a. Surface Sheet: .05 inch thick
b. Backing Sheet .02 inch thick phenolic backing sheet.
I c. Edging:0.28 inch thick.
d. Adhesive: Fire resistant, Acceptable to laminate manufacturer.
e. Backing: 3/4"(inch)AB Group 1, exterior grade, APA fir plywood.
IE. Granite Counter Top
1. See the Finish Schedule—Natural Stoner, "Oba Tuba"for granite type and color and supplier.
I 2. Manufacture granite top in one piece. If one piece installation is not possible co-ordinate on site
with contractor and owner on location of seam.
3. Measure on site for exact dimensions.
4. Manufacturer to provide installation. All connections.And other installation details per
Imanufacturer's published instructions.
I2.03 MOISTURE CONTENT
A. Trim lumber; 12% maximum at time of delivery.
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY
Page 4
2.04 GRADING AND MARKING
A. Softwood Lumber: FS MM-L-00751f. I
B. Hardwood Lumber: FS MM-L-00736a.
2.05 FABRICATION
•
A. Fabricate in shop of millwork subcontractor and assemble in single and complete units to the
greatest extent that requirements of delivery and installation in building will permit. I
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 TRIM CARPENTRY I
A. Install true and square. Blind nail finish surfaces wherever possible; set surface nails. Use
commercially long lengths;jointed at solid fastenings. Butt joint square members, cope internal
corners, and miter external corners.
3.02 MILLWORK AND LAMINATED PLASTIC ASSEMBLIES
A. Delivery, Storage and Conditions: Deliver when weather is favorable and store in building at time
temperature of 65 degrees F to 75 degrees F can be maintained.
B. Workmanship: Fabricate in shops having record of production of quality work;wood with fine, I
smooth surfaces and joints tight. Shop joints with water resistant glue or hot-glued under pressure.
C. Installation: Fit in proper location and securely anchor to walls and floor; plumb, true and square.
Drill holes in wood when required. Provide blocking, nailers,fillers, trim, etc.
3.03 DOORS HARDWARE,ANDWEATHERSTRIPPINGSEALS I
A. General: Install doors, frames and trim, including hardware and weather stripping;fit, adjust and
place in operating condition. Remove doors and hardware for finishing doors and frames and re-
install after finishing; re-adjust and place in operating condition. All door hardware and mounting
requirement shall meet Federal "ADA" requirements.
B. Installation of Doors and Hardware: Accurately fit hardware in accord with manufacturer's
instructions and adjust to smooth quiet operation.fit and hand doors plumb and true; uniform 1/8"
(inch)space around edges and 1/2"(inch)clearance at floor, unless otherwise shown on the
drawings. Active edge of door in contact with stop from top to bottom. Match door hardware to
frame hardware. Hardware locations, Unless shown otherwise on drawings: I
1. Top Butts: 5 inches down t o top of butt from head of frame section.
2 Bottom Butts: 10 inches up from floor to bottom of butt.
3. Middle butts: 3'-2"to centerline from floor.
4. Knobs: 3'-2"to centerline from floor.
5. Pulls: 3'-6"to centerline from floor.
6. Pushes: 4'-2"to centerline from floor.
7. Locks: 3'-2"to centerline from floor.
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY
Page 5
C. Installation of Weather stripping and seals:Accurately fit per manufacturer's instructions.
3.04 SANDING
A. After installation, hand-sand and steel-wool millwork, trim, and finished woodwork to produce fine,
smooth, uniform clean surfaces;free of defects. Ease square edges with sandpaper.
3.05 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
I
1
1
I
I
1
1
I
r
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
SECTION 06200
FINISH CARPENTRY
Page 6
(This page intentionally left blank) I
I
I
I
I
i
I
1
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture ,I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 06311
PRESERVATIVE TREATED LUMBER
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Labor, materials, services, equipment and appliances for preservative treatment of lumber.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Rough Carpentry: SECTION 06100
1 B. Wood Doors: SECTION 0216
C. Wood Windows: SECTION 8613
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Wood Preservative Institute(AWPI)
B. American Wood Preservative Association(AWPA)
C. American Wood Preservative Bureau (AWPB)
PART II-PRODUCTS
1 2.01 PRESERVATION MATERIALS
A. As recommended by AWPI for protection against decay and wood destroying insects.
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 REQUIREMENT
A. Pressure treat all lumber designated "treated"on the drawings and/or other sections of these
specifications to conform to AWPA Standard C2. The presence of AWPB quality mark LP2 shall be
accepted as evidence of conformance to this specification.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Not part of the work of this section.
END OF SECTION
I
r
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank) I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I SECTION 06321
FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED LUMBER (WD FR)
Page 1
IPART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
IA. Furnish all labor, materials, services, equipment and appliances required for fire-retardant treatment
of lumber.
I1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Society for Testing Materials(ASTM):
B. Underwriters Laboratories(UL):
IPART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 TREATMENT MATERIALS
IA. Requirement; Part III of this specification.
PART III-EXECUTION
I3.01 REQUIREMENT
A. Treat lumber used for construction of exterior walls and lumber noted "Fire-Retardant"(FRT) on the
1 drawings. Treated lumber shall bear label (of an accepted agency) certifying that fire-hazard
classification is less than 25 for flame spread, fuel contributed, and smoke generated, when tested;
ASTM E84. UL designation FR-S is acceptable in lieu of numerical ratings. Following treatment,
I dry treat lumber to moisture content no greater than 19%.
3.02 INSTALLATION
IA. Not part of the work of this section.I END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
SECTION 06321
FIRE-RETARDANT TREATED LUMBER(WD FR)
Page 2
I
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
1
1
I
I
I
i
I
1
1
1
1
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 •
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I SECTION 06473
WOOD SHUTTERS (STATIONARY LVIRI
Page 1
IPART I-GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDES
IA. Stationary louvered wood shutters.
IIB. Hardware(if required on the drawings)
1.02 SUBMITTALS
I A. Prepare and submit per SUBMITTALS Section, shop drawings of shutters based on details shown
on drawings. Develop drawings to serve as working drawings for installation. Owner's approval is
required prior to fabrication.
# 1.04 SAMPLES
A. One full size corner sample 12 by 12 inches in size indicating shutter construction.
I1.05 GUARANTEE
A. Shutters shall be guaranteed by the Contractor for a period of two years(from date of acceptance
of the project by the Owner)against defects in materials and workmanship. Defective shutters shall
be replaced, without additional cost to the Owner, including all charges for removal, installation and
finishing.
1 PART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
I
A. The drawings were preparedared and this specification
written on the basis of using the products of
Grand Openings, Flower Mound, Texas. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products
1 with equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these
specifications.
2.02 SHUTTERS
IA. Frame: 3 x 1-1/8 inch stiles and top rail, 3-1/4 x 1-1/8 inch bottom rail, 2 x 1-1/8 inch center lock rail
and division mutton.
IB. Slats: 1-1/2 inch x 1/4 inch fix wood slats
C. Material: B&BTR-Cypress
IIID. Sizes: As shown on drawings.
I2.03 HARDWARE (If shown "Operable"on the Drawings)
A. Manufacturer's standard exterior paintrade hinges, as required for shutter size and operation I
9 P
required on the drawings.
I
IIIMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 06473
WOOD SHUTTERS (STATIONARY LVR)
Page 2
PART III-EXECUTION I
3.01 CONSTRUCTION
A. Fabricate to size, pre-fit for openings and properly bevel. Pre-fit clearances shall be 1/8"at the top, I
bottom and sides. Pin and glue all joints and connections. Shop apply one (1)coat primer prior to
site delivery.
3.02 SCHEDULING
A. Deliver to job site at least two weeks prior to date scheduled for installation and finishing. Store
inside and away from exposure to weather.
3.03 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Crate or package shutters to protect them during delivery. Remove from cartons and store under
cover in well ventilated building.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF SHUTTERS I
A. Installation is specified in FINISH CARPENTRY.
111 3.05 CLEANUP
A. Upon completion of the work of this section, remove all debris relating to the conduct of this portion
of the work from the premises.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 06620
SOLID NON-POROUS SHEET AND SHAPE PRODUCTS
Page 1
PARTI -GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDES
A. Countertops, Hostess Area, Service Areas, and Toilet Room Vanities
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Rough Carpentry: Section 06100
B. Finish Carpentry: Section 06200
C. Sealants and Caulking: Section 07920
D. Plumbing: Division 16
1.03 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS AND STANDARDS
A American Society of Testing materials(ASTM): ASTM E84
B. Underwriter's Laboratories(UL)
1.04 ENGINEERING DESIGN
l A. Design items with sufficient strength to handle stresses.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section: Base on details shown on the Drawings. Show
design load parameters, dimensions, adjacent construction, materials,thicknesses,fabrication
details, required clearances, tolerances, colors,finishes, methods of support, integration of
components, and anchorages. Detail to serve as installation drawings. Architect's acceptance is
required prior to start of fabrication and/or shipment. Submit two samples representative of
countertops, 12 x 12 inches in size illustrating color, texture, and finish.
1.06 WARRANTY
A. Provide manufacturer's standard ten-year warranty against manufacturing defects.
1.07 COORDINATION
A. Contractor is responsible for dimensions, detailing,fabrication, fitting, and alignment of work of this
section.
PART II - PRODUCTS
' 2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of
various manufactures. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal
characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these Specifications.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1 •
I
SECTION 0620
SOLID NON-POROUS SHEET AND SHAPE PRODUCTS
Page 2
2.02 MATERIALS I
A. Sheet Products (countertops): Manufacturer noted on Color and Material Legend in drawings; 1/2"
(inch)thick sheets, continuous length with bull-nose edge, and 3/4"(inch)exterior grade APA Fir
plywood backing
B. Patterns and Colors: As noted on Color and Material Legend in drawings.
PART III- EXECUTION
3.01 DELIVERY AND STORAGE I
A. Protect components during shipping and delivery by appropriate boxing, crating, etc. Protect
components from storage damage by retaining shipping protection in place until installation.
3.02 INSTPCTION AND CONDITIONS
A. Verify that substrate is ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated on the Drawings prior
to fabrication. Beginning of fabrication means dimensions have been verified and acceptance of
substrates.
3.03 INSTALLATION I
A. Install fabrications in accord with accepted shop drawings and fabricator's instructions.
3.04 CLEANUP I
A. Upon completion of the work of this section, remove all debris relating to the conduct of this portion
of the work from the premises.
END OF SECTION
I
I
1
I
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 07211
BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION
Page 1
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Thermal insulation for exterior walls.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Federal Specifications (FS)
B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
PART II- PRODUCTS
1 2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products and
the specifications of Johns Manville, Building Insulation Division, Plano, Texas. It is not the intent
to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal characteristics by other manufacturers are
acceptable under the conditions of these specifications.
1 2.02 EXTERIOR WALL INSULATION
A. "Thermal-Shield" kraft-faced ASTM C-665, Type II, Class C, 6 inch thick(R-19) for 2x6 walls and
3-1/2 inches thick (R-13) for 2x4 walls, fiberglass with stapling flanges, Perm Rating of 1.0; HH-I-
521 F. R-Value designations in accord with ASTM C518.
PART III - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Insulate in framing spaces, including areas behind electrical outlets, around structural
obstructions,jambs, sills, etc. Cover plates and headers with vapor barrier paper. Provide
complete insulation envelope for entire building whether specifically shown or not.
3.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
' A. Deliver in original unopened packages and store in enclosed shelter; protect from damage and
exposure to elements. Remove damaged or deteriorated materials from premises.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Exterior Walls: Install between framing members, Kraft-facing placed inward and recessed from
face of framing, flanges stapled to sides of framing members at each end of blanket and along
length of flanges. Staple flanges 6 inches o.c. maximum; 9/16 inch staples. If required by local
code, staple flanges on vapor barrier side to faces of framing members; flat, without laps, bulges
or
3.04 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises.
folds.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 07211
BATT AND BLANKET INSULATION
Page 2
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
1.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES I
I
ISECTION 07212
BOARD INSULATION
Page 1
IPART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
IA. Thermal Insulation for exterior foundations.
1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS
IA. Federal Specifications (FS)
IPART II - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
I A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products and
the specifications of UC Industries (A Joint Venture of United States Gypsum Company and
Condec Corporation), Chicago, Illinois. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products
I with equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these
specifications.
I 2.02 INSULATION
A. "FOAMULAR"polystyrene extruded foam panels, 2 inch thick, (R-10.8); FS HH-1-524B, Type II,
Class B.
IPART III - EXECUTION
I3.01 GENERAL
A. Insulate interior face of exterior concrete foundation beams, including returns under floor slab as
shown on the drawings. Provide complete insulation membrane around entire building whether
Ispecifically shown or not.
3.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
IA. Deliver in original unopened packages and store in enclosed shelter; protect from damage and
exposure to direct sunlight. Remove damaged or deteriorated materials from premises.
1 3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install after building embankment and granular cushion have been completed and vapor barrier is
I in place. Lay insulation in place, edges closely pressed together, against inside face of foundation
beam excavation; returned under floor slab as shown on the drawings. Pour concrete to cover
insulation.
3.04 CLEAN-UP
IA. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from premises.
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 07212
BOARD INSULATION
Page 2
END OF SECTION
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
i
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL ill
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I SECTION 07220
ROOF AND DECK INSULATION
Page 1
IPART I - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
I
A. Roof and Deck Insulation
IB. Coordination with roofing work
C. Guaranty
1 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Modified Bitumen Roofing: Section 07525
B. Flashing and Sheetmetal: Section 07600
IC. Sealants and Caulking: Section 07920
1.03 REGULATOR REQUIREMENTS
IA. Conform to applicable codes for roof assembly fire hazard requirements, except where more
restrictive requirements are shown on the drawings and/or required by these specifications.
1 1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data per SUBMITTALS Section; show products for complete system. Include
Imanufacturer's installation instructions. Owner's acceptance is required prior to shipment.
1.05 COORDINATION OF WORK
IA. Roof and deck insulation work in conjunction with roofing shall be installed by the roofing
contractor or by a subcontractor employed by him. In either case, roofing contractor is
responsible for coordinating its installation with roofing work and other contractors.
1 1.06 GUARANTEE
IA. Part of Roofing Guarantee.
PART II- PRODUCTS
I2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of
1 various manufacturers. Such is intended to establish minimum quality standards, not to limit
competitive bidding. Products with equal or superior characteristics by other manufacturers are
acceptable under conditions of the Specifications.
1 2.02 MATERIALS
A. Insulation:
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 07220
ROOF AND DECK INSULATION
Page 2
1. Type 1 (at modified bitumen roofing): Two layers of 1-1/2 inch thick"USiso" roof insulation,
glass fiber reinforced polyisocyanurate foam roof insulation (R-20), by U. S. Intec, Inc., Port
Arthur, Texas. Run second layer perpendicular to first. Provide tapered insulation to form
counter slopes indicated on Drawings.
2. Type 2 (at asphalt shingle, preformed metal or tile roofing): 3.0 inch thick"Hy-Therm Nail-
Line" roof insulation, polyisocyanurate foam core bonded to 7/16 inch oriented structural board
(R-19).
B. Base, Felts. Joint Tape, and Fasteners: As recommended by manufacturer.
PART III- EXECUTION '
3.01 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Deliver products in manufacturer's original containers, dry, undamaged, with seals and labels 1
intact. Store products in weather protected environment, clear of ground and moisture.
3.02 INSPECTION I
A. Verify deck is supported and secured, clean and smooth, free of depressions, waves or
projections and properly sloped. Verify deck surfaces are dry and free of snow or ice. Confirm
dry deck by moisture meter with 12 percent moisture maximum. Beginning of installation means
installer accepts existing substrate.
3.03 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS I
A. Do not apply materials during inclement weather or to damp or frozen deck surface.
3.04 PREPARATION I
A. Verify flatness and tight joints of wood decking. Fill knotholes with latex filler. i
3.05 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT SURFACES
A. Protect adjacent building surfaces against damage from insulation work. I
3.06 APPLICATION
A. Flat Roof Insulation (Type 1): '
1. Install all wood nailers in conjunction with the application of the roof insulation. Do not
commence installation of roof insulation until all wood nailers have been installed for that area
of work. Horizontal nailers shall be secured 24" on center, vertical nailers 12" on center.
2. Verify properly installed deck. Mechanically fasten one layer of USiso polyisocyanurate
insulation to deck:
a. Fasten insulation with disc/plates at corners.
b. All fasteners shall be a minimum of three (3) inches at all corners or maximum of six(6)
inches.
3. Over a properly installed insulation base layer, mechanically fasten second layer of USiso
polyisocyanurate insulation, with first layer of Ultrabase, base sheet, as specified in Section
07525, Modified Bitumen Roofing, to deck.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
I SECTION 07220
ROOF AND DECK INSULATION
Page 3
Ia. Fasten insulation with disc/plates at corners.
b. All fasteners shall be a minimum of three (3) inches at all corners or a maximum of six(6)
inches.
IIIc. Stagger end and side joints to avoid lap alignment with underlying joints.
4. No more roof insulation shall be applied in one day than can be covered with a completed
roofing system on the same day.
I 5. Any insulation that becomes wet, for any reason, shall be removed from the project. Perlite
cants shall be installed at all intersections of the roof at vertical surfaces. The intersection
between cants and the roof insulation shall be taped. Cants shall be nailed 12"on center into
I the wood.
6. Any insulation board which can be easily lifted without extreme manual effort will be
considered improperly attached.
7. Workmen shall physically check each board of roof insulation to ensure that proper
Iattachment has been achieved.
8. Insulation shall be installed in strict accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions.
I B. Slope Roof Insulation (Type 2): Install rigid roof insulation over entire sloping roof area with vent
strips parallel to roof in accord with manufacturer's installation instructions. Allow 1/8" spacing
between units. Use manufacturer's recommended fasteners, AnchorBond insulation Fasteners of
sufficient length to penetrate a minimum 1-1/4" into substrate and at applicable intervals to
Iachieve FM-I-90 rating or as required by local codes.
3.07 CLEANING
IA. In areas where finished surfaces are soiled by any source of soiling caused by work of this
Section, consult manufacturer of surfaces for cleaning advise and conform to their documented
Iinstructions. Repair or replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by work of this Section.
3.08 CLEAN-UP
IA. Upon completion,of work of this Section, remove related debris from premises.
I
END OF SECTION
111
1
I
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 07220
ROOF AND DECK INSULATION
Page 4
(This s P age Intentionally Left Blank)
I
1
1
I
I
i
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
SECTION 07240
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
' A. Insulation and applied finish, reinforcing and coating.
B. Adhesives
C. Sealing joints
1 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Rough Carpentry: SECTION 06100
' B. Batt and Blanket Insulation: SECTION 07211
C. Sealants and Caulking: SECTION 07920
1 1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C578 preformed cellular polystyrene thermal insulation.
B. UL723-test for surface burning characteristics of building materials.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
' A. Provide sample of applied finish coating materials for color selection per SUBMITTALS Section.
B. Product Data: Provide data on system materials, product characteristics, performance criteria and
limitations.
PART Il- PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products
various manufacturers. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal
characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these specifications.
1 2.02 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable code of system fire resistance and flame/smoke ratings for finish system.
2.03 FINISH MATERIALS
A. Insulation: Extruded polystyrene insulation board shall meet ASTM C578, Type VI, and Federal
Specifications#HH-1-524-B, Type 1, Class A, with a flame spread of less than 25 according to
Underwriters Laboratory Test Method UL-723. Polystyrene board shall have a density of 1.0 lbs.
Per cu. Ft. and a K value equal to 0.23 per inch. Thickness shall be as shown on drawings. In
addition, all insulation board shall be aged (air dried)for a period of six weeks before use.
Insulation board shall be square to within 1/32"per ft.,with a thickness tolerance of+1/16". Size,
2'-0"x 4'-0".
rB. Mechanical Fasteners: As recommended by manufacturer, provide wind plates used in conjunction
with corrosion resistant fasteners appropriate to bond EPS foam board to substrate system.
' C. Portland Cement: ASTM C-150, Type 1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
SECTION 07240
EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEMS
Page 2
D. Reinforcing Fabric: Manufacturer's standard, balanced open weave glass fiber fabric made from I
twisted multi-end strands, specifically treated for compatibility with finish materials.
E. High Impact Reinforcing: Manufacturer's standard, heavy duty glass fiber reinforcing mesh. ,
F. Finish: 100 percent, acrylic based coating, integral color, "Pure White", as approved by Owner.
2.04 JOINT SEALER 1
A. As specified in SEALANTS AND CAULKING
PART III -EXECUTION I
3.01 FINISH APPLICATION Install all materials in complete accord with system manufacturer's printed
specifications and/or recommendations.
A. Job Conditions
1. The General Contractor shall provide access to electric power and clean potable water.
2. Do not apply during precipitation and do not start work if there is a probability of precipitation
during the application unless protective covering has been provided.
3. The ambient air temperature during the application shall be a minimum of 40 F (4 C)and be
stable or rising during the entire installation and for a minimum of 24 hours after completion of
the installation.
4. Materials shall not be stored or applied to substrates which are less than 40 F(4 C).
B. Insulation: Apply insulating board to backing surface with mechanical fasteners in a running bond ,
pattern. Insulation shall be applied in largest pieces possible, run horizontally, with mechanical
fasteners spaced per manufacturer's design standards.
C. High Impact Reinforcing Fabric: Embed high impact reinforcing fabric in a 1/8 inch bed coat of
adhesive fully, so mesh pattern is concealed. Apply high impact fabric throughout work to all areas
below 8'-0". I
D. Reinforcing Fabric: Wait a minimum of 24 hours after completing high impact fabric,then embed
reinforcing fabric in a bedding coat of adhesive applied to all insulation board and over previously
installed high impact reinforcing areas. Apply adhesive thick enough to ensure no fabric is
exposed.
E. Finish Coating: Apply the finish coating over reinforcing fabric. Finish shall be troweled tight and
floated to approved finish as noted on drawings.
3.02 SEALING JOINTS
A. Seal all joints as specified in JOINT SEALANTS.
3.03 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove all debris relating to the conduct of this portion of
the work from the premises.
END OF SECTION '
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
' SECTION 07321
CLAY ROOFING TILES
Page 1
PARTI -GENERAL
' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Formed clay roofing tiles
' B. Accessory tiles
C. Underlayment
' D. Nailers
' E. Flashing
F. Nails and Fasteners
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Other roofing types
' B. Other flashing types
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM):
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit per SUBMITTALS Section for acceptance prior to beginning work of this section.
l 1. Product data: Include tile properties, configurations, jointing methods and locations, fastening
methods and locations, and manufacturer's storage and installation instructions.
2. Samples: Two representative samples, actual materials, of manufacturer's standard colors for
Owner's selection.
1.05 GUARANTEE
' A. Along with manufacturer's standard warranty, Contractor and roofing subcontractor jointly and
unconditionally guarantee clay tile roofing for a period of two years from the date of substantial
completion, against defective materials and workmanship, and against leaks (except leaks caused
by abuse, lightning, hurricane, tornado, hail storm and other unusual climatic phenomena of the
elements). During the guarantee period, the contractor and roofing subcontractor jointly agree
that within 24 hours of receipt of notice from the Owner, the defects in the roofing, within the
meaning of the guarantee, will be immediately repaired and within 10 working days after the
receipt of notice from the Owner, the defective roofing will be restored to the standard of the
original specifications without cost to the Owner, including all labor, materials and other costs
incidental to the work.
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 07321
CLAY ROOFING TILES
Page 2
PART II- PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER I
A. The Drawings were prepared and this Specification written on the basis of using the products of
various manufacturers. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal
characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these
•
Specifications.
B. Approved Manufacturers
1. Monier Life Tile, Irvine, CA
2.02 MATERIALS ,
A. Tile type—See"Clay Roof Tile"on Finish Schedule on Drawings for exact tile description.
B. Roofing Tiles: I
1. Field Tiles: Interlocking formed clay roofing tiles (freeze-proof); manufacturer, product and
blend as noted on finish schedule of the drawings.
2. Accessory Tiles: Special shapes to suit valley, ridge, eave closure, and other conditions, all to
match field tiles.
3. Color: Selected by Owner and noted on the Drawings.
C. Underlayment: One layer of"RTU 100" SBS (Styrene Butadyne Styrene) Modified Bitumen, .125
inches (.91 mm)thick, as manufactured by Northern Elastomeric, Inc., Brentwood, NH (603/778-
8899). Underlayment to be mechanically applied. Comply strictly with manufacturer's instructions
for installation.
D. Nailers: Preservative-treated softwood lumber.
E. Flashing: Cold-rolled, 16 oz/sq. Ft. sheet copper; ASTM B370.
F. Nails . Fasteners, and Mastic, etc.: Types recommended by tile manufacturer. I
2.03 FLASHING FABRICATION
A. Form to protect roof assembly and shed water; sections square, true, and accurate to profile, in ,
max possible lengths, free from distortion and other defects detrimental to appearance or perform-
ance. Hem exposed edges 1/4 inch min on underside. Apply bituminous paint on concealed
surfaces of flashings.
PART III - EXECUTION
3.01 STORAGE
A. Protect tiles from damage in accord with manufacturer's storage instructions. I
3.02 INSPECTION
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I SECTION 07321
CLAY ROOFING TILES
Page 3
IA. Verify that roof deck surfaces are dry, sound, flat, and of sufficient thickness to accept fasteners.
Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate.
1 3.03 PREPARATION
A. Seal roof deck joints wider than 1/16 inch with deck tape. Coordinate installation of roof mounted
I components, or work projecting or penetrating through roof. Verify roof openings are prepared
prior to installing work of this section.
3.04 INSTALLATION
I A. Install entire roofing system in accord with manufacture's printed instructions to provide watertight
service.
I
1 END OF SECTION
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I _
i
SECTION 07321
CLAY ROOFING TILES
Page 4
1
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
' SECTION 07525
MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
Page 1
' PARTI -GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Membrane roofing, and base flashings
B. Coordination of work of other trades
' C. Guarantee
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Roof and Deck Insulation: SECTION 07220
' B. Flashing and Sheet Metal: SECTION 07600
C. Sealants and Caulking: SECTION 07920
1 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE
' A. Qualifications of Applicator: Prior to start of roofing work, submit to Owner a written certificate of
endorsement attesting to:
1. Roofing subcontractor is established by manufacturer as an approved applicator of
manufacturer's bondable systems.
' 2. Drawings and Specifications have been carefully reviewed with the manufacturer.
3. Proposed manufacturer's materials and systems are proper for use on project in conjunction
with the details, roof deck systems, vapor barrier, roof insulation, flashings, and related work.
B. Approval of Subcontractor: Submit to Owner, as soon as possible after signing Contract, a
request for approval of roofing subcontractor, with a copy of materials manufacturer's
' endorsement of subcontractor proposed.
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
' A. American Society for Testing Materials:
1. ASTM D 4601 - Asphalt coated glass fiber base sheets
2. ASTM D 5147- Sampling and testing modified bitumen sheet materials
tB. U. S. Intec, Inc.: "Modified Bitumen Roofing Systems Specification Manual," latest edition.
1.04 COORDINATION
A. Roof Insulation: Roofing subcontractor shall be responsible for coordination of proper installation,
compatibility, and timing of installation of roof deck or insulation, specified herein, which will
receive roofing. Contractor note that direct torching of modified bitumen roofing to roof
insulation may present a fire hazard. A properly installed base sheet must be in place prior to
surface sheet installation.
1 B. Flashing and Roof Sheet Metal: Flashing and sheet metal work in conjunction with roofing,
specified in FLASHING AND SHEET METAL, shall be installed by roofing subcontractor who
applies roofing or by a subcontractor approved in writing or employed by him. In the latter case,
' MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 07525
MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
Page 2
roofing subcontractor shall be responsible for adequate and expeditious performance of sheet
metal work and for coordinating its installation with roofing work and other subcontractors.
C. Certification: Contractor shall contact manufacturer's national accounts office, (800) 231-4631, ,
ext. 429, to secure subcontractor approval as a certified national accounts subcontract. Submit
acknowledgment to Owner's construction manager before commencement of work under this
section. '
D. Notice of Award: Contractor shall submit a"Notice of Award"to U. S. Intec prior to beginning of
roof application. Submit acknowledgment to Owner's Construction Manager before
commencement of work under this section.
1.05 GUARANTEE
A. Contractor and roofing subcontractor jointly and unconditionally guarantee modified bitumen
roofing for period of two years from date of Substantial Completion, against defective materials
and workmanship, and against leaks (except leaks caused by abuse, lightning, hurricane, tornado,
hail storm, and other unusual climatic phenomena of the elements). During guarantee period,
Contractor and roofing subcontractor jointly agree that within 24 hours of receipt of notice from
Owner, defects in roofing, within meaning of guarantee, will be immediately repaired and within 10
working days after receipt of notice to Owner, including labor, materials and other incidental to
work.
B. Provide U. S. Intec, twelve year full value, non-prorated, no dollar limit guarantee, labor and ,
materials.
PART II - PRODUCTS I
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The Drawings were prepared and this Specification written on the basis of using the products and '
specifications of U. S. Intec, Inc., Port Arthur, Texas, contact Shawn Walker (800) 231-4631.
Substitutions will not be allowed for the work under this section.
2.02 ROOFING MATERIALS
A. System: U. S. Intec specification "GBFR-2B-RI," two ply roofing system, insulation and base
sheet mechanically attached, with heat welded atactic polypropylene (APP) Modified Bitumen Cap
Sheet; UL Class A rating and Factory Mutual 1-90 wind classification.
B. Cap Sheet: APP Modified Bitumen Cap Sheet: Intec GBSP-4FR, White granular surface, heat I
weld applied.
1. Compound: Atactic Polypropylene (APP) Modified Asphalt.
2. Reinforcement: Non-woven polyester; one hundred seventy (170) grams per square meter.
3. Weight: One hundred five (105) pounds per one hundred (100) square feet.
4. Thickness: One hundred seventy seven (177) mils.
5. Application: Torch.
6. Surfacing: Mineral.
C. Glass Fiber Base Sheet: Intec/Permaglas Ultra Base:
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I SECTION 07525
MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
Page 3
I1. Asphalt saturated glass mat conforming to ASTM D 4601 Type II.
2. Underwriters Laboratories Type G-2.
3. Weight: Twenty-three (23) pounds per one hundred (100) square feet. (Approximately).
I4. Application: Mechanically fastened.
I D. Flexible Flashing: Intec SP-4
1. Modified bitumen flashing membrane.
2. Compound: Atactic Polypropylene (APP) Modified Asphalt.
I 3. Reinforcement: Non-woven polyester; one hundred (170) grams per square meter.
4. Weight: Eighty-eight(88) pounds per one hundred (100) square feet.
5. Thickness: One hundred fifty-seven (157) mils.
6. Application: Torch.
I7. Surfacing: Smooth.
E. Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 41.
IF. Flashing Membrane: Intec GBSP-4FR.
G. Flashing Strip In: Intec SP-4
IH. Cant Strips: ASTM D517, Permalite rigid insulation board, cut into 4 inch cross section as
detailed.
I2.03 ACCESSORIES
I A. Mechanical Fasteners:
1. U. S. Intec, #12 coated drill point (CDP), alloy steel fasteners.
2. U. S. Intec, 3-inch metal stress plates, 26 gauge, galvalume.
IB. Vents: Adjustable Mvent: Point zero six four (.064) spun aluminum vent with santoprene boot,
primed and pre-flashed with App modified bitumen membrane, manufactured by MWeld, Inc.
I C. Pitch Pans: M-curb System, structural urethane outer shell, bonded to roof surface, filled with 2
inch thick urethane rubber sealant, as manufactured by MWeld, Inc.
IPART III - EXECUTION
3.01 CONDITIONS
I A. Inspection: Deck and roof insulation board shall be inspected and approved by representative of
roofing material manufacturer as smooth, dry, properly installed and ready to receive roofing.
Beginning of installation indicates acceptance of substrate surface.
IB. Application Temperatures: Atmosphere shall be at least 40° F with rising thermometer.
1 C. Suspend all application and installation activities during inclement weather.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
SECTION 07525
MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
Page 4
D. Protect roof deck from moisture by providing water cut-offs at the end of each day's work or when 1
the weather is threatening. Failure to protect the deck and roofing from moisture will result in the
removal of damaged materials or materials containing excessive moisture. Remove water cut-offs
prior to start of new work.
1. Water cut-off shall consist of two plies using heat welding. Install one (1) ply twelve (12)
inches wide equally placed onto applied membrane and adjoining area. Install one (1) ply
eighteen (18) inches wide equally placed onto applied membrane and adjoining area. '
E. Do not permit traffic or material storage on completed roof surfaces.
3.02 SUBSTRATE PREPARATION
A. Decks must be adequately smooth and level to provide support and maximum contact surface for ,
roofing materials. The deck must be dry, clean, free of debris, sharp projections and depressions.
B. Complete all openings or projections through the deck prior to roof system installation. ,
3.03 APPLICATION OF ROOFING
A. System Installation: Install complete roofing system in accord with manufacturer's written '
instructions, with appropriate methods. Should discrepancies exist between this specification and
manufacturer's instruction, use the most restrictive requirement.
B. Composition Flashings: Construct flashings in accord with details shown in manufacturer's "APP
Modified Bitumen Technical Specifications" manual.
C. Sheet Metal Work: Install roof sheet metal work with roofing work. I
D. Priming: Prime all masonry and metal surfaces with ASTM D41 asphalt primer and allow to dry.
111
E. Base Sheet Installation:
1. Install base sheet using manufacturer's disc plates and Fasteners: The base sheet shall be
mechanically attached along with top layer of roof insulation, 12" o.c. in the side laps and 18"
o.c. in staggered rows in the field of the sheet. Each row shall be 12" (approx.) in from the
sides of the base sheet.
2. Base Sheets shall be lapped a minimum 2"for side laps and 4" for end laps. In all cases, an
offset between the side and end laps of the base sheet and the membrane of 6" minimum
shall be maintained.
F. Surfacing Sheet Installation: Start at the low point of the roof surface, set the roll of cap sheet '
membrane in the course to be followed and unroll 10 feet of the roll where practical. Position the
Membrane to provide a three (3) inch side lap and a six (6) inch end lap. Using a propane torch,
apply flame to surface of the coiled portion of the roll until surface reaches proper application
temperature. Move flame from side to side and slowly unroll membrane while pressing onto the
underlying surface. When secure, reroll the remaining membrane and install in the same manner.
Do not allow flame to aim at roof deck or insulation. Note that insulation when exposed to a flame
will emit toxic gases, avoid all contact.
G. Parapet Wall Roofing Installation:
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
' SECTION 07525
MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
Page 5
' 1. At parapet walls over 18 inches vertically above roof surface, extend base sheet up parapet
wall 18 inches and fasten using manufacturer's disc plates and fasteners. Continue
installation of base sheet up parapet wall using same method, limiting base sheet to three (3)
foot vertical strips, mechanically fastened at top edge, overlapping fasteners of lower rows.
Continue in 3-foot increments and extend base sheet up and over parapet cap framing.
2. Following installation of base sheet, surfacing sheet shall be torch applied over base, limiting
sheet size to three (3)foot vertical strips. Torch apply surfacing as required above for
surfacing sheet installation.
H. Flashings: Install flashings in accordance with U. S. Intec specifications and instruction, and
regulatory requirements.
I. Accessories: Install Mweld accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
' J. Rain Stoppage: In the event of rain during application of roofing, before all surfaces are covered,
assume portions exposed to rain to be wet, and do not continue on such surfaces until dry.
' K. Ponding: Ponded water shall not occur anywhere on the installed roof. Water shall dissipate
within 48 hours after a rainfall.
3.03 NOTIFICATION
A. Contractor shall notify U. S. Intec that he is ready for final roof inspection seven days prior to
' completion.
3.04 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from the premises.
END OF SECTION
1
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 07525
MODIFIED BITUMEN ROOFING
Page 6
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank) '
I
1
1
1
I
1 1
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 07600
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
Page 1
' PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Sheetmetal flashings in contact with roofing.
' B. Mechanical equipment support curb sheetmetal caps and flashings.
C. Other metal flashings indicated on the drawings.
D. Flexible flashing for walls, doors and windows.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Modified Bitumen Roofing: SECTION 07525
B. Sealants and Caulking: SECTION 07920
C. Painting: SECTION 09900
1.03 APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTOR
A. Sheetmetal subcontractor for work in contact with roofing shall be approved in writing by roofing
' subcontractor. Approval must be submitted at same time list of subcontractors is submitted to
Architect for approval.
1.04 REFERENCES
A. Publications: Perform sheetmetal work in accord with recommendations in the latest edition of the
Architectural Sheet Metal Manual, as published by the Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning National
Contractor's Association.
B. Standards:
' 1. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
2. Federal Specifications (FS)
1.05 COORDINATION
A. Flashing and sheetmetal work in contact with roofing shall be installed by the roofing contractor
who applies the roofing or by a subcontractor approved by or employed by him. In either case, the
roofing contractor shall be responsible for adequate and expeditious performance of the sheet-
metal work and for coordinating its installation with roofing work and other contractors.
1.06 GUARANTEE
A. In addition to the requirements specified, sheetmetal work shall be completely watertight. The
' Contractor shall furnish in writing guarantees providing for repairs to sheetmetal work at no
additional cost to the Owner. Guarantee shall include repair of all leaks or defects in sheetmetal
materials and workmanship appearing within two years of date of acceptance by the Owner.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 07600
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
Page 2
I
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and portions of this specification written on the basis of using the
products of specific manufacturers. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products with
equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these specifi-
cations.
2.02 BASIC MATERIALS
A. Sheetmetal: '
1. "PAINTLOK", "ZINC-GRIP"; ASTM A525, galvanized, approved for painting where concealed.
2. All exposed sheetmetal edges shall be hemmed 1/2 inch on underside.
B. Flexible Flashing: Grace Construction Products, Campbridge, MA., "Vycor Plus"self-adhered
flexible flashing.
C. Stucco/EIFS Parapet Waterproofing: Grace Construction Products, Campbridge, MA., "Bituthene
System 4000", self-adhered waterproofing membrane.
2.03 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Screws and Bolts: Galvanized, plated or non-ferrous metal.
B. Solder: Composition 40% lead and 60%tin for use with galvanized sheet. 111
C. Soldering Flux: Federal Specification O-F-506, Type I, Form A or B or equal commercial product
as approved on job.
D. Mastic: Flashing cement, equal to BESTILE, Manville Products Corporation.
E. Bituminous Paint: ASTM C1187, NA-TAZ, Pure Asphalt Company, Chicago, Illinois, or equal.
2.04 SHEETMETAL MINIMUM GAUGES
A. Gauges are based on galvanized sheetmetal. Where other metal is used, use equivalent weights
in tables in Sheet Metal Manual. Based on galvanized sheetmetal. Following are minimum
weights for work specified herein:
ITEMS GAUGE
1. Hook strips 22 '
2. Joint covers 22
3. Cap flashing 22
4. Special flashing 22
5. Pitch pans 24
6. Window sill flashing 22
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 07600
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
Page 3
7. Gravel Stops 24
8. Downspouts 24
9. Scuppers 24
2.05 DISSIMILAR MATERIALS CONTRACT
' A. Where sheetmetal is shown contacting concrete, masonry materials, steel, other dissimilar metal,
or is contacting wood, keep sheetmetal from direct contact with the dissimilar materials by a coat
of bituminous paint applied to a thickness of 15 mils.
2.06 JOINT SEALANT
A. As specified in SEALANTS AND CAULKING.
' PART III- EXECUTION
1 3.01 GENERAL
A. Conform to recognized commercial standards.
3.02 SHEETMETAL INSTALLATION
A. General:
1. Surfaces to which sheetmetal will be applied shall be true, smooth, clean, dry and free from
defects which might lead to distortion of metal work. Install all sheetmetal work in accordance
with approved standards in reference manual, and coordinate with work of other trades,
particularly the roofing trade for proper sequence of flashing work.
2. Proper and adequate provisions shall be made in fabrication, installing and fastening sheet-
metal work for expansion and contraction of metal and other materials entering into the work
Iso that pulling, splitting, opening of joints, warpage or other failure of the work shall be
I
prevented. Expansion joints in sheet metal placed not farther than 40 feet apart.
B. Sheetmetal Parapet Underlayment: Install flexible flashing under all sheetmetal covering over
wood nailers or blocking. Lap joints 3 inches and mechanically fasten membrane at all vertical
terminations with smooth shank fasterers
C. Stucco/EIFS Parapet Underlayment: Install waterproofing membrane under all Stucco or EIFS
systems covering over wood nailers or blocking. Lap joints 21".
D. Seams: Finish seams neatly with lines trimmed true and sharp. Number of joints shall be as few
as is consistent with commercial sizes of materials.
1. Flat seams, not less than 1/2" in width, shall be either single locked and sweated with solder, or
double locked and malleted flat.
' 2. Loose locked seams shall be single locked.
3. Cross joints shall be loose locked and filled with elastomeric sealant.
E. Cleats: When applied as an exposed covering, fasten sheet metal to wood nailers with 2" X 3"
cleats of same kind and weight of metal, spaced not over 12" center to center along hems, with
'
MG2#04-0098-01 MulvannvG2 Architecture
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 07600
FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
Page 4
one end of cleat turned into hem and opposite end secured with two fasteners and turned back I
over fasteners.
F. Coping: Coping constructed in lengths not exceeding 10 feet. Joints between sections shall be 1
tight and lay flat over splice plates. Coping shall be mechanically fastened at 12" o.c. over 45-mil
neoprene sheet. Bent, crimped or warped sections are not permitted. Coping at corners shall be
soldered. '
G. Counter flashing: Counter flashing constructed in lengths not exceeding 10 feet and installed in
receiver so that flashing lays tightly against base flashing and overlaps base flashings a minimum
of 4 inches. Joints between sections shall be tight and lay flat. Metal at corners continuous.
Bent, crimped or warped sections are not permitted.
H. Sheet Metal Penetration Cover: Install Sheet metal penetration cover at pipes, conduits and other ,
items penetrating roof. Bed flanges with plastic cement(Fed. Spec. SS-C-153, Type II) on top of
roofing. Caulk around penetrations. Fill cover with expanding foam.
I. Soldering: Remove foreign materials and surface oxides prior to soldering, and solder as soon as
possible after cleaning with degreasing solvents. Type of flux shall be compatible with solder
used.
3.03 FLEXIBLE FLASHING INSTALLATION
A. General: Install where shown on the drawings and at all locations normally considered good I
practice. Trim cut flashings clean with edges of trim, etc., to provide a finished installation where
no flashing surfaces are visible.
B. Wall Flashing: Install where shown on the drawings, 1/2" inward from outside face of wall and '
extend up and through wall as indicated,joints lapped 3 inches.
C. Door and Window Flashing: Install at all sills and heads, whether or not shown on the drawings. I
Install 1/2" inward from outside face of wall and extend 6" on each side of opening, up and through
wall as indicated. Dam ends of flashing to prevent water penetration at ends. Sheeting shall not
be allowed to hang free prior to completion of wall finish, but shall be nailed to framing (behind
sheathing) with smooth shank nails and discs.
3.04 CLEAN-UP I
A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 07920
I SEALANTS AND CAULKING
Page 1
IPART I -GENERAL I
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
1 A. Exterior sealing; waterproofing and visual requirements.
B. Interior sealing; painting requirements.
IC. Interior mildew-resistant sealant.
ID. Fire-resistant joint sealant.
E. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces.
IF. Sealant and backing.
1.02 INTENT
IA. Requirements of this Section control the kinds and quality of sealing work of the Technical
Sections of these Specifications unless specifically directed otherwise in other Sections and/or on
Ithe Drawings.
B. Provide sealant required to close joints that would allow moisture or air to enter structure between
fixed materials as shown on the drawings and as herein specified including but not limited to:
I1. Sealing of interior perimeter joints of window framing, door frames, and other openings in
walls.
2. Setting of thresholds in sealant.
I 3. Sealing of joints between countertops and wall surfaces for a sanitary joint.
4. Sealing of joints of every nature and description that would allow moisture or air penetration.
5. Sealing of joints indicated to be caulked or sealed whether specifically mentioned herein or
not.
6. Sealing around all pipe, duct and vent penetrations.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
IA. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this Section with
minimum three years documented experience.
IB. Applicator: Company specializing in applying work of this Section with minimum three years
documented experience.
I1.04 REFERENCES
A. Publications: Sealing and Waterproofing Institute (SWI), "Sealant and Caulking Guide
ISpecification".
B. Standards:
I 1. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
2. Federal Specifications (FS)
3. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1
SECTION 07920
SEALANTS AND CAULKING
Page 2
1.05 COORDINATION �.
A. Coordinate work of this Section with all Sections referencing this Section and/or requiring sealing
work.
PART II- PRODUCTS 111
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The Drawings were prepared and this Specification written on the basis of using the products of
Pecora Corporation, Harleysville, Pennsylvania. Such is intended to establish minimum quality
standards, not to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal or superior characteristics by
other manufacturers are acceptable under conditions of the Specifications.
2.02 MATERIALS ,
A. Exterior Sealant: Compound used throughout job; either:
1. "Synthacalk GC-9", one-part polysulfide base synthetic rubber sealant; ASTM-C920,
Type S, ANSI-A-116.1.
2. "DYNATROL I"one-part polyurethane sealant; ASTM-C920, Type S.
B. Interior Sealant: Compound used throughout job; either:
1. "BC-158" one-part butyl rubber sealant; FS TT-S-001657, Type 1.
2. "AC-20" one-part acrylic latex caulk; ASTM C834-76.
C. Interior Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: (Restrooms, Kitchen, and Food Service Areas)
One part mildew-resistant silicone sealant formulated with fungicide, intended for sealing joints
with substrates subject to in-service exposure to conditions of high humidity and temperature
extremes.
1. "SCS 1702 Sanitary" manufactured by General Electric Co.
2. "863" manufactured by Pecora Corp.
D. Fire-resistant Joint Sealant: (if required by building codes or authorities): One part fire-stopping
sealant system formulated for use in through-penetration sealing of openings, cables, conduit,
pipes, and penetrations through walls and floors.
1. "3M Fire Barrier Caulk CP-25" by Electrical Products Division, 3M Company.
2. "Dow Corning Fire-Stop" by Dow Corning Corporation.
E. Kitchen Exhaust Hoods to Stainless Steel Wall Panels: One of the following: '
1. 3M "Fire Barrier" 2000
2. International Protective Coatings "Flamesafe" FS 1900.
3. Fyrewrap "Fyreputty" Firestop
4. Hilti "FS One"
F. Primer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer, to suit application.
G. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining; recommended by sealant manufacturer;
compatible with joint forming materials.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
i
' SECTION 07920
SEALANTS AND CAULKING
Page 3
H. Joint Backing: Where required, non-absorbent and non-staining foam rod, compatible with
sealant used. Diameter required to form friction surface at sides of open joint.
I. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.
J. Masking Tape: FS UU-T-106.
' 2.03 COLORS
A. To be selected by Owner
PART III- EXECUTION
1 3.01 GENERAL
A. Do not use interior sealant for exterior conditions. Gun apply compound with nozzle of proper size
to fit width of joint indicated; force sealant into joint with sufficient pressure to expel air and fill
groove solidly.
' 3.02 INSPECTION
A. Verify that surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work and field measurements are as
shown on Drawings and recommended by sealant manufacturer. Beginning of installation means
installer accepts existing conditions as appropriate for work.
3.03 CONDITIONS
A. Exterior: Apply sealants when temperature is between 40°and 100° F.
B. Interior: Do not install solvent curing sealants in enclosed building spaces. Maintain temperature
and humidity recommended by sealant manufacturer during and after installation.
3.04 PREPARATION
A. Perform in accord with ASTM C804 for solvent release and C790 for latex base sealants.
Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant. Clean and
' prime joints in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Verify that joint backing and release tapes
are compatible with sealant. Protect elements surrounding work of this Section from damage or
disfiguration.
1 3.05 FIELD SAMPLE
A. Construct field sample joints, 4 feet long, illustrating sealant type, color, and tooled surface.
Locate where directed. Accepted sample may remain as part of the Work.
3.06 INSTALLATION
tA. General: Conform to SWI requirements for installation and with manufacturer's instructions.
Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 07920
SEALANTS AND CAULKING
Page 4
B. Joint Backing: Install to achieve neck dimension no greater than 1/3 joint width. 1
C. Bond Breaker: Install where joint backing is not used.
D. Masking Tape: Place on finish surface on one or both sides of joint cavity to protect adjacent
finish surfaces from compound smears. Remove within 10 minutes after joint has been filled and
tooled. 1
E. Primer: Use in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Test for staining on samples of actual
surfaces to be sealed prior to application.
F. Sealants: Use fresh compounds from previously unopened containers bearing manufacturer's
seal. Install sealant from bottom of joint upward and outward, using sufficient force to fill joint; free
of air pockets, foreign matter, ridges and sags. Draw nozzle of applicator device across joint
during installation to leave flush surface.
3.07 FINISHING
A. Tool joints slightly concave unless shown otherwise on the Drawings. When tooling white or light I
color sealant, use dry or water wet tool.
3.08 CLEANING AND REPAIRING '
A. Remove masking tapes and clean adjacent soiled surfaces. Repair or replace defaced or
disfigured finishes caused by work of this Section.
3.09 PROTECTION OF COMPLETED WORK
A. Protect sealants until cured. I
3.10 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from premises.
1
END OF SECTION
1
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
' SECTION 07921
FOAM SEALANT
Page 1
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Foam sealant.
' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Sealants and Caulking: SECTION 07920
' 1.03 QUALITY STANDARDS
' A. All materials shall be furnished by one manufacturer only.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
' A. Submit samples per SUBMITTALS Section. Provide 12 inch sample of material to be supplied for
acceptance.
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of
Illbruck, Minneapolis, MN. Such is intended to establish minimum quality standards, not to limit
competitive bidding. Products with equal or superior characteristics by other manufacturers are
acceptable under conditions of the Specifications.
2.02 MATERIALS
' A. Foam Sealant: "Willseal" self-expanding polyurethane foam tape, one side acrylic pressure-
sensitive, No. 1504, 1/8 " x 1"wide.
PART III - EXECUTION
3.01 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
Delivery materials in original unopened packages and store in enclosed shelter providing
protection from damage and exposure to the elements. Remove damaged or deteriorated
materials from premises.
3.02 INSTALLATION
Place foam sealant tape on top of dry, clean concrete slab with pressure-sensitive side down for
all exterior sill plates (wood or metal) only. Locate 1 inch from edge of exterior plate (edge of
slab). Placement shall be continuous with no gaps. Place only enough tape that will be covered
that day. Remove and replace any tape left exposed.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 07921
FOAM SEALANT
Page 2
3.03 CLEAN-UP 1
Upon completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from premises. i
END OF SECTION 1
i
i
1
r
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 08112
STANDARD STEEL DOORS
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Heavy duty steel doors
B. Extra heavy duty steel doors
C. Hardware preparation
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
rA. Standard Steel Frames: SECTION 08113
B. Finish Hardware: SECTION 08710
C. Painting: SECTION 09900
1 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of SD1-100.
B. Doors noted to have a specific hourly label shall be Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., labeled
construction and shall bear the UL label.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Steel Door Institute(SDI)
' B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
C. Door Hardware Institute(DHI)
D. American National Standards Institute(ANSI)
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section; Base on details shown on the Drawings. Show
elevations of each door type, door construction details and methods of assembling sections, hard-
ware locations, reinforcement, opening sizes, dimensions, and shapes of materials, and finish
requirements. Use SDI-111D, "Recommended Door, Frame and Hardware Schedule for Standard
Steel Doors and Frames,"and SDI-106, "Recommended Standard Door Type Nomenclature"as
guide in development. Include manufacturer's installation instructions, if other than standard
' procedure. Detail to serve as installation drawings. Owner's acceptance is required prior to start of
fabrication and/or shipment.
B. Manufacturer shall furnish a certificate to the Owner evidencing that materials delivered meet the
labeled and/or fire resistive construction requirements.
1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate frame and door installation with wall construction for anchor placement and tolerances.
Coordinate installation of glass and glazing, where and if shown on the Drawings.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 08112
STANDARD STEEL DOORS
Page 2
PART II- PRODUCTS ,
2.01 DOOR TYPES
A. Heavy Duty Doors(Interior Use): SDI-Grade II, Model 4, seamless-composite construction.
B. Extra Heavy Duty Doors (Exterior Use): SDI-Grade III, Model 4, seamless-composite construction.
2.03 DOOR MATERIALS
A. Face Sheets: Cold rolled steel,with stretcher level degree of flatness;ASTM A366; doors for
exterior openings shall be galvanized using a hot-dip coating of zinc; minimum gauges:
1. Heavy duty doors: 18 gauge
2. Extra duty doors: 16 gauge
B. Cores:
1. Flush Doors: Rigid polystyrene foam slab bonded to face sheets by thermosetting adhesive.
2. Hardware Reinforcing Gauges: Minimum recommended by SDI-100. 1
2.04 PRIME PAINTING
A. Thoroughly clean, phosphate treat and prime surfaces with rust inhibiting primer; either air dried or
baked on; ANSI A224.1.
2.05 FABRICATION I
A. Fabricate with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. Close top edge of exterior doors
flush with inverted steel channel closure. Seal joints watertight.
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 STORAGE I
A. Store doors at building site under cover. Place units on at least 4 inch wood sills or on floors in
manner that will prevent rust and damage. Do not use non-vented plastic or canvas shelters.
Remove wet cartons immediately. Provide 1/4 inch space between doors to promote air circulation.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accord with DHI. I
B. Install doors in accord with SDI.
3.03 PROTECTION OF COMPLETED WORK
A. Protect doors from damage of any kind, replace damaged doors with new doors at no additional
cost to Owner.
3.04 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1 SECTION 08113
STANDARD STEEL FRAMES
Page 1
' PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Welded frames
B. Frame anchors
C. Hardware Preparation
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Standard Steel Doors: SECTION 08112
B. Finish Hardware: SECTION 08710
C. Painting: SECTION 09900
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of SD1-100.
B. Frames noted to have a specific hourly label shall be Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc., labeled
construction and shall bear the required UL label.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
' A. Steel Door Institute(SDI)
B. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
C. Door Hardware Institute(DHI)
D. American National Standards Institute(ANSI)
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section; Base on details shown on the Drawings. Show
elevations of each frame type, frame construction details and methods of assembling sections,
hardware locations, dimensions, and shapes of materials, and finish requirements. Use SDI-111D,
"Recommended Door, Frame and Hardware Schedule for Standard Steel Doors and Frames,"and
SDI-111A, "Recommended Steel Door and Frame Details"as guide in development. Include
manufacturer's installation instructions, if other than standard procedure. Detail to serve as
installation drawings. Owner's acceptance is required prior to start of fabrication and/or shipment.
B. Manufacturer shall furnish a certificate to the Owner evidencing that materials delivered meet the
labeled and/or fire resistive construction requirements.
1 1.06 COORDINATION
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 08113
STANDARD STEEL FRAMES
Page 2
A. Coordinate frame and door installation with wall construction for anchor placement and tolerances. ,
PART II-PRODUCTS 1112.01 FRAME TYPE
A. General: Pressed steel combination buck and trim type frames for doors, transoms, sidelites,
111
mullions, interior glazed panels and other openings, where indicated.
B. Welded Frames: Corners secured either by internal welding of faces or by welded splice plates.
Secure jambs and header joints at rabbet either by tack welding on inside of profile or by
mechanical interlock.
2.02 MATERIALS I
A. Frames: Cold rolled galvanized steel, using a hot-dip coating of zinc,with stretcher level degree of
flatness; ASTM A366; 16 gauge; in depth and profiles indicated,furnished with 2 inch face and 3/8
inch studs. Provide UL ratings required.
B. Anchors and Hardware Reinforcing: Gauge and/or diameter and type recommended by SDI-100,
and UL anchors as required. I
C. Silencers: Resilient Rubber.
D. High Frequency Hinge Preparation: Steelcraft, No. 136, High frequency hinge preparation for front I
entry and vestibule door frames, shop fabricated with frame to consist of 10 gauge steel auxiliary
hinge reinforcement internal to frame. Combined with No. 168, 8 gauge door panel reinforcement
plate with 10 gauge auxiliary reinforcement high frequency hinge preparation is required at top
hinge only.
2.03 PRIME PAINTING I
A. Thoroughly clean, phosphate treat and prime surfaces with rust inhibiting primer; either air dried or
baked on;ANSI A224.1.
2.04 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. Provide mortar guard boxes. Rein-
force frames wider than 48 inches with roll formed steel channels fitted tightly into frame head,flush
with top. Prepare frame for silencers. Provide three single rubber silencers for single doors and
mullions of double doors on strike side, and two single silencers on frame head at double doors
without mullions.
PART III- EXECUTION
3.01 STORAGE
A. Store frames at building site under cover. Place units on at least 4 inch wood sills or on floors in
manner that will prevent rust and damage. Do not use non-vented plastic or canvas shelters.
Remove wet cartons immediately.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
' SECTION 08113
STANDARD STEEL FRAMES
Page 3
' 3.02 INSTALLATION
' A. Install in accord with SDI-105. All exterior door frames to be grouted solid.
3.03 PROTECTION OF COMPLETED WORK
A. Protect frames from damage of any kind, replace damaged frames with new frames at no additional
cost to Owner.
END OF SECTION
I
1
I
1
I
t
I
'
MG2#040098-01 MulvannvG2 Architecture
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 08113
STANDARD STEEL FRAMES
Page 4
i
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank) i
1 '.
111
I
I
I
I
1
1
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture '
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES i
1
SECTION 08114
STILE AND RAIL STEEL DOORS
Page 1
fPART I-GENERAL
' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Extra heavy duty stile and rail steel doors
B. Hardware preparation
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
' A. Standard Steel Frames: SECTION 08113
B. Finish Hardware: SECTION 08710
C. Painting: SECTION 09900
D. Finish carpentry: SECTION 06200
E. Glass: SECTION 08811
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Conform to requirements of SD1-100
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Steel Door Institute(SDI)
' B. American Society for Testing Materials(ASTM)
C. Door Hardware Institute(DHI)
' D. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section; Base on details shown on the Drawings. Show
elevations of each door type, door construction details and methods of assembling sections, hard-
'
ware locations, reinforcement, opening sizes, dimensions, and shapes of materials, and finish
requirements. Use SDI-111D, "Recommended Door, Frame and Hardware Schedule for Standard
Steel Doors and Frames,"and SDI-106, "Recommended Standard Door Type Nomenclature"as
' guide in development. Include manufacturer's installation instructions, if other than standard
procedure. Detail to serve as installation drawings. Owner's acceptance is required prior to start of
fabrication and/or shipment.
111 1.06 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate frame and door installation with walln
co struction for anchor placement and tolerances.
Coordinate installation of glass and glazing, where and if shown on the Drawings.
PART II-PRODUCTS
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 08114
STILE AND RAIL STEEL DOORS
Page 2
2.01 DOOR TYPES
A. Extra Heavy Duty Doors: SDI-Grade III, Model 4, seamless-composite construction.
2.03 DOOR MATERIALS '
A. Tubular Stile and Rails: Cold rolled steel; ASTM A366; doors for exterior openings shall be
galvanized using a hot-dip coating of zinc; minimum gauges:
1. Extra duty doors: 16 gauge
B. Cores:
1. Stile and Rail Doors: Rigid polystyrene foam bonded to steel by thermosetting adhesive.
2. Hardware Reinforcing Gauges: Minimum recommended by SDI-100.
2.04 PRIME PAINTING
A. Thoroughly clean, phosphate treat and prime surfaces with rust inhibiting primer; either air dried or
baked on;ANSI A224.1.
2.05 FABRICATION I
A. Fabricate with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place. Close top edge of exterior doors
flush with inverted steel channel closure. Seal joints watertight.
B. Wood mullions and stiles to receive glass shall be shaped as profiled on the drawings.
PART III-EXECUTION I
3.01 STORAGE
A. Store doors at building site under cover. Place units on at least 4 inch wood sills or on floors in
manner that will prevent rust and damage. Do not use non-vented plastic or canvas shelters.
Remove wet cartons immediately. Provide 1/4 inch space between doors to promote air circulation. '
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accord with DHI. I
B. Install doors in accord with SDI.
C. Install wood mullion, stiles and glass into stile and rail steel doors. I
3.03 PROTECTION OF COMPLETED WORK
A. Protect doors from damage of any kind, replace damaged doors with new doors at no additional
cost to Owner.
3.04 CLEAN-UP 1
A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
' SECTION 08211
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Flush solid core wood doors
' B. Hardware preparation
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Finish Carpentry: SECTION 06200
B. Finish Hardware: SECTION 08710
' C. Weatherstripping and Seals: SECTION 08730
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
' A. National Woodwork Manufacturers Association (NWMA)
B. Architectural Woodwork Institute(AWI1
C. U.S. Dept. of Commerce, Commercial Standards (CS)
1.04 SCHEDULING
A. Deliver to job site after building is enclosed and proper conditions of temperature and humidity are
' being maintained. Store inside and away from exposure to weather.
B. Doors shall be delivered in manufacturer's name and identifying symbol on covering.
' G. Doors shall be stored flat with protective coverings.
1.05 WARRANTY
l A. Furnish written warranties for all doors specified as part of the work of this section for life of original
installation.
' PART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 DOOR MATERIALS
1 A. General: Furnish doors which meet or exceed NWMA Industry Standard I.S. 1-78 Series and AWI
Section 1300-G-3 for Type PC or SLC-5.
B Core: 1-3/4 inch thick, staved, low density, bonded wood.
C. Fire Ratings: Doors noted to have specific hourly label shall be of Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc.,
labeled constructipn and shall bear the U.L. label.
D. Face Veneer: Refer to Door Schedule on drawings for specific door's face veneer.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 08211
FLUSH WOOD DOORS
Page 2
E. Crossband: Hardwood veneer. I
F. Side Edges: Hardwood.
G. Top and Bottom Edges: Hardwood or softwood. I
H. Adhesives:
1. Core Assembly: Type II (water-resistant).
2. Face Assembly: Type I (waterproof).
2.02 FABRICATION '
A. General:
1. Fabricate to size and design indicated on the drawings, prefit for the openings and properly
bevel. Prefit clearances shall be 1/8"at the top and both hinge and lock edge of door,with %"
clearance at the bottom.
2. Provide flush edgings for wood doors receiving panic devices.
B. Hardware Preparation: Make all cutouts required for hardware at the factory from hardware '
manufacturer's templates and physical samples furnished by the contractor. Comply with the
tolerance requirements of NWMA for prefitting.
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 DELIVERY AND STORAGE I
A. Crate or package doors to protect them during transit, delivery and storage, each door marked or
tagged with corresponding door number as it appears on door schedule.
3.02 INSTALLATION OF DOORS
A. Installation is specified in FINISH CARPENTRY. Weather-stripping is specified in WEATHER-
STRIPPING
AND SEALS. Hardware is specified in FINISH HARDWARE.
B. Clearances:
1. Allow maximum of 3/16"at jamb and head.
2. Allow maximum of 3/16"over threshold or saddle.
3. Allow maximum of 1/2'over decorative floor coverings.
C. Fire Rated Doors: Install in accordance with NFPA recommendations. Maximum clearances:
111
1. 1/8"between door and frame.
2. 3/8" between door bottoms and decorative floor finish.
3. 1/8"between doors for pairs of doors. ,
3.03 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises. '
END OF SECTION
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 08212
' PLASTIC FACED FLUSH WOOD DOORS
Page 1
' PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
' A. Plastic faced flush solid wood doors
B. Hardware for doors specified
1 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Finish Carpentry: SECTION 06200
' B. Finish Hardware: SECTION 08710
' C. Weatherstripping and Seals: SECTION 08730
1.03 SUBMITTALS
' A. General: Submit per SUBMITTALS Section
B. Shop Drawings: Show configuration and dimensions of door components, hardware types and
' locations and finishes. Include product data and manufacturer's installation instructions. Detail to
serve as installation drawings. Owner's acceptance is required prior to start of fabrication and/or
shipment.
C. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements,
and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance.
1.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
' A. Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component
along with maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component manufacturer.
' 1.05 COORDINATION OF WORK
A. After acceptance of Shop Drawings,furnish Contractor with templates required for preparation of
' frames at place of manufacture.
1.06 WARRANTY
' A. Manufacturer's standard one year warranty.
PART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
' A. The Drawings were prepared and this Specification written on the basis of using the products of
Eliason Corporation, Easy Swing Door Division, Kalamazoo, Michigan. Such is intended to estab-
lish minimum quality standards, not to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal or superior
characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under conditions of the Specifications.
'
MG2#04-0098-01 MulvannvG2 Architecture
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 08212
PLASTIC FACED FLUSH WOOD DOORS
Page 2
2.02 DOOR TYPE ,
A. Easy Swing, Model SCP8, medium weight, decorative doors.
2.03 MATERIALS
A. Core: Manufacturer's standard solid core
B.Face Finish: Decorative high impact plastic laminate; color as indicated on the drawings.
C. Edge Caps and Base Plates: 18 gauge; 304#4 stainless steel ,
D. Hardware: Manufacturer's standard
E. Windows: 3/16 inch thick clear acrylic plastic in black rubber molding, 9 inches wide by 14 inches 1
high.
PART III-EXECUTION ,
3.01 DELIVERY AND STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Scheduling: Deliver to job site at least two weeks prior to date scheduled for installation, but not ,
before building is enclosed and proper conditions of temperature and humidity are being
maintained.
B. Packaging: Crate or package doors and hardware to protect them during transit, delivery and '
storage, each package marked or tagged with corresponding door number as it appears on Door
Schedule.
C. Storage: Store doors and hardware at building site under cover. Place doors on at least 4 inch
wood sills or on floors in manner that will prevent damage. Do not use non-vented plastic or canvas
shelters. Remove wet cartons immediately. Provide 1/4 inch space between doors to promote air
circulation.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Conform to AWI requirements for fit tolerances.
3.03 ADJUSTING
A. Adjust for smooth and balanced door movement.
3.04 CLEAN-UP
111
A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION 1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 08216
STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS
Page 1
' PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
' A. Stile and rail glazed wood doors
B. Stile and rail glazed wood sidelights
' C. Wood frame
D. Hardware preparation
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
' A. Finish Carpentry: SECTION 06200
B. Finish Hardware: SECTION 08710
' C. Weatherstripping and Seals: SECTION 08730
D. Glazing: SECTION 08800
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings per SUBMITTALS Section based on details shown on drawings. Owner's
1 acceptance is required prior to fabrication.
1.04 SCHEDULING
' A. Deliver to job site after building is enclosed and proper conditions of temperature and humidity are
being maintained. Store inside and away from exposure to weather.
B. Doors shall be delivered in manufacturer's name and identifying symbol on covering.
C. Doors shall be stored flat with protective coverings.
' 1.05 GUARANTEE
A. Doors shall be guaranteed by the Contractor for a period of two years(from date of acceptance of
' the project by the Owner)against defects in materials and workmanship. Defective doors shall be
replaced,without additional cost to the Owner, including all charges for removal, installation, glazing
and finishing.
PART II- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
' A. Stiles, Rails and Sidelights: Clear, plain sawn, exterior grade, Hardwood as noted otherwise on
Door Schedule on drawings.
B. Panels and Glazing Stops (Mouldings): Same material as stiles and rails.
'
MG2#04-0098-01 MulvannvG2 Architecture
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 08216
STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS
Page 2
C. Glazing: Factory installed, 1/2 inch thick, clear tempered, twin pane, insulating glass. ,
D. Dowels: Hardwood,with glue grooves, minimum % inch diameter x 5 inches long.
E. Glue: Waterproof type. '
2.03 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate to size, and/or panel arrangement shown on drawings, prefit for openings and properly •
bevel. Prefit clearances shall be 1/8"at the top and both hinge and lock edge of door,with 1/2"
clearance at the bottom.
2.04 SEALING
A. After fabrication and prior to delivery to project site, moisture preservative treat by vacuum pressure '
method. Furnish certificate with doors attesting to treatment. Preservative must be suitable for
reception of paint finish.
PART III- EXECUTION 1
3.01 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Crate or package doors to protect them during delivery, each door marked or tagged with
corresponding door number as it appears on door schedule. Remove from cartons and store under
cover in well ventilated building. '
3.02 CONSTRUCTION
A. General: Fabricate stiles, rails panels and mouldings from solid stock to sizes and profiles shown
or indicated on the drawings. Fabricate to size, prefit for openings and properly bevel.
B. Dowels: Minimum number of dowels at each end of rails shall be:
1. Stiles 4-1/4"to 7"wide---2 dowels
2. Stiles over 7-1/4"wide---3 dowels plus on additional dowel for each additional width.
C Assembly: Bore stiles and rails, sized for"drive fit:for dowels, set dowels and stile ends in glue,
drive dowels to approximately one-half their length into each stile and rail. Assemble under
pressure.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Installation is specified in FINISH CARPENTRY. Weather-stripping is specified in
WEATHERSTRIPPING AND SEALS. Hardware is specified in FINISH HARDWARE.
3.04 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises. ,
END OF SECTIO
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
' SECTION 08306
ACCESS PANELS
Page 1
' PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Flush mounted U.L. rated access panels.
' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Metal Fabrications: SECTION 05500
' B. Acoustical Panel Ceilings: SECTION 09511
C. Gypsum Board Systems: SECTION 09260
' 1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section for Owner's approval prior to fabrication. Shop
drawings shall include manufacturer's brochures, details of construction, hardware, and anchors.
PART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The Drawings were prepared and this Specification written on the basis of using the products of
' J. L. Industries, Bloomington, Minnesota. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products
with equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these
Specifications.
2.02 ACCESS PANELS
A. Model"FD", flush mounted access panel, 24 x 24, UL 1-1/2 hour"B" label, completely assembled
1 -as follows:
1. Material:
' a. Door:20 gage steel
b. Frame: 16 gage steel
2. Hardware:
a. Hinges: Continuous hinges open to 175 with spring closure.
b. Locks: Recessed turn ring with interior latch release devise.
3. Anchors: Manufacturer's standard for use intended.
4. Finish: Phosphate dipped steel with factory prime coat.
B. Louver Access Door: 16 gauge steel frame with 14 gauge panel with louvered opening. Steel
chemically bonded with prime coat of baked-on electrostatic powder. Double acting concealed
spring hinges (175 swing), flush, screwdriver-operated steel cam lock. Door shall be Milcor"M"
louvered access door or approved equal.
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 08306
ACCESS PANELS
Page 2
A. Protect access panels from damage. Protect work of other trades during installation. Install access '
panels in locations indicated, complete in all details, securely anchored in place, plumb, level and
parallel with building lines. Finally installed access panels shall open and close freely.
3.02 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove all debris relating to the conduct of this portion of
the work from the premises.
END OF SECTION
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
' SECTION 08613
WOOD FIXED WINDOWS
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
' 1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. True divided lite wood windows
' B. Guarantee
C. Glass
' D. Hardware
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Rough Carpentry: SECTION 06100
B. Flashing and Sheet Metal: SECTION 07600
C. Glazing: SECTION 08800
' D. Glass: SECTION 08811
1.03 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS AND STANDARDS
A. Flat Glass Jobbers Association (FGJA): "Glazing Manual"latest edition
B. National Woodwork Manufacturers Association (NWMA)
C. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section of windows proposed. Base drawings on details
shown on drawings, and develop drawings to serve as working drawings for installation. Owner's
' approval is required prior to start of fabrication.
B. Submit manufacturer's certification and test reports that materials and systems meet specification
requirements and design criteria.
1.05 GUARANTEE
' A. Contractor shall guarantee his work against defective materials or workmanship for a period of two
(2)years following date of substantial completion.
' PART Il- PRODUCTS
2.01 WOOD MATERIALS
A. Select kiln dried Western Ponderosa Pine,water repellent preservative treated in accordance with
NWWDA I.S.4 and conforming with Commercial Standards 262, kiln dried to a moisture content of
6-12%.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
SECTION 08613
WOOD FIXED WINDOWS
Page 2
2.02 CLASSIFICATION (GRADE): NWMA CLASS A
A. Provide NWMA"Quality Certified"label on each unit.
B. Pre-glaze units, except do not preglaze light sides in excess of 100 united inches, unless specific-
ally recommended by manufacturer. Provide wood stops, glazed during assembly of sash rails.
1. Do not pre-glaze units which are to receive metal-bound or exposed sealant type insulation
glass, unless specifically recommended by manufacturer.
2. Pre-glaze with manufacturer's standard sealant and application method.
2.03 GLASS '
A. Exterior: '/z inch thick, clear,twin pane, metal edge, insulating glass.
B. Interior: 1/4 inch thick clear float(plate)glass. I
2.04 HARDWARE
A. Manufacturer's standard design. ,
2.05 TRIM
A. Provide undersill or nosing(where indicated),jamb extensions, integral mullions, exterior mullion
covers, watershed trim, stools and similar items of trim for each unit or group of units.
2.06 MUNTINS
A. Provide authentic divided lights with 1 1/8 inch wide Colonial profile muntin bar of wood with interior
wood glazing stops,factory primed on exterior side only.
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 DELIVERY AND STORAGE 1
A. Deliver windows to project site in undamaged condition.
B. Store window units out of contact with ground.
C. Keep windows under weathertight covering and protect against damage. I
3.02 ASSEMBLY
A. All joints of frame and sash members shall be neatly fitted, mechanically joined, and secured. '
Frame parts and joints shall be made watertight.
B. All members shall be furnished completely assembled in workman-like manner to perform
according to AAMA and ANSI specifications to assure neat weathertight construction.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install in accord with manufacturer's instructions and approved shop drawings. Securely anchor in I
place to a straight, plumb and level condition without distortion.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
' SECTION 08613
WOOD FIXED WINDOWS
Page 3
' 3.04 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. After installation,wood surfaces of the windows shall be cleaned on both interior and exterior of all
' mortar, plaster and other contaminants. After being cleaned, all work shall be protected against
damage until it is accepted by the general contractor for finishing. Thereafter, it shall be the
responsibility of the general contractor to maintain protection and provide final cleaning.
' 3.05 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of the work of this section, remove all debris relating to the conduct of this portion
' of the work from the premises.
END OF SECTION
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 08613
WOOD FIXED WINDOWS
Page 4
(This Page Intentionally '
Left Blank)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES '
I
I SECTION 08710
FINISH HARDWARE
Page 1
IPART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
IA. Hardware shown on the Hardware Schedule on the Drawings.
I1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Finish Carpentry: SECTION 06200
1 B. Weatherstripping and Seals: SECTION 08730
C. Toilet Partition Hardware: SECTION 10810
I1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturers: Companies specializing in manufacturing door hardware with minimum three years
Iexperience.
B. Hardware Supplier: Company specializing in supplying door hardware with three years documented
Iexperience approved by manufacturer.
C. All exterior locksets, latchsets and deadbolts shall be mortise style conforming to ANSI 156-13,
Series 1000, Grade 2.
ID. All interior locksets and latchsets shall be cylindrical type conforming to ANSI 156-2, Series 4000,
Grade 1.
I1.04 REGULATORY AGENCY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable codes for requirements applicable to fire rated doors and frames.
IB. All hardware items shall comply with ANSI specifications and the Americans with Disabilities Act.
1.05 REFERENCE STANDARDS
I
A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI)
IB. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
C. Door Hardware Institute(DHI)
ID. Americans with Disabilities Act(ADA)
1.06 SUBMITTALS
IA. General: Submit per SUBMITTALS Section.
B. Final Hardware Schedule: Six copies of a complete FINAL HARDWARE SCHEDULE, indicating
I
locations, quantities, types, numbers and/or sizes,functions and finishes for each item; conform to
Hardware Schedule on the Drawings. Owner's acceptance is required prior to start of fabrication
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 08710
FINISH HARDWARE
Page 2
and/or shipment. Acceptance does not relieve Contractor of obligation to furnish hardware required '
to complete the Work.
C. Product Data:
1. Provide product data on hardware. Owner's acceptance is required prior to start of fabrication
and/or shipment.
2. Submit product data indicating conformance with ADA specifications.
D. Samples: One sample of each type; illustrating style, color, and finish. Samples may be
incorporated into the Work. Owner's acceptance is required prior to start of fabrication and/or
shipment. 1
E. Operation and Maintenance Data: Include data on operating hardware, lubrication requirements,
and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance. Data shall be submitted as part of
contract closeout.
1.07 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS
A. Provide special wrenches and tools applicable to each different or special hardware component I
along with maintenance tools and accessories supplied by hardware component manufacturer.
Materials shall be submitted as part of contract closeout.
1.08 COORDINATION OF WORK
A. After acceptance of the FINAL HARDWARE SCHEDULE, hardware supplier furnish Contractor with
copies of schedule with templates required for preparation of doors and frames at place of
manufacture.
PART Il- PRODUCTS I
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The Drawings were prepared and this Specification written on the basis of using the products of '
specific manufacturers. Substitutions will not be allowed.
2.02 MATERIALS I
A. Complete Sets: As scheduled in the Hardware Schedule on the Drawings. All doors required to be
rated shall be installed with UL rated hardware UL label.
B. Other Items: Quality standards equal or superior to product of other manufacturers in the Hardware
Schedule.
C. Finishes: As scheduled in the Hardware Schedule on the Drawings. ,
2.03 KEYING
A. As shown on the Hardware Schedule on the Drawings.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I SECTION 08710
FINISH HARDWARE
Page 3
IPART III -EXECUTION
3.01 PACKAGING
IA. Package items separately; complete with trim, screws, bolts, nuts, washers, etc. Label and identify
package with door opening number and corresponding hardware set number to match Door
ISchedule on the Drawings.
3.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
IA. General: Protect hardware from theft by cataloging and storing in secure area.
B. Keys: Deliver keys to Owner by security shipment direct from hardware supplier.
1 3.03 INSPECTION
A. Verify that doors and frames are ready to receive work and dimensions are as indicated on shop
I drawings. Verify that power supply is available to power operated devices(if shown on the Draw-
ings). Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.
I3.04 INSTALLATION
A. General: Install hardware in accord with manufacturer's instructions and requirements of
ANSI/NFPA 80 and DHI. Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer. Conform to
IANSI A117.1 and ADA for positioning requirements for the handicapped.
3.05 CLEAN-UP
I
A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from premises.
I - END OF SECTION
I
I
I
1
I
1 MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 08710
FINISH HARDWARE
Page 4
i
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
111
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
ISECTION 08730
WEATHERSTRIPPING AND SEALS
Page 1
IPARTI -GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
IA. Weatherstripping Exterior Doors: Head and jamb weatherstrips
I1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Finish Carpentry: SECTION 06200
IB. Standard Steel Frames: SECTION 08113
C. Finish Hardware: SECTION 08710
1 1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product literature per SUBMITTALS Section, to Owner for acceptance prior to shipping.
1 1.04 SCHEDULING
I A. Installation of materials in the section shall be started only after finish of doors and frames related to
the items herein specified is complete.
PART II - PRODUCTS
I2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products and
the specifications of the PEMKO Manufacturing Company, Ventura, California. It is not the intent to
limit competitive bidding. Products with equal characteristics are acceptable under the conditions of
these specifications.
1 2.02 MATERIALS
A. Jambs and Head: Pemko Q102D, kerf in weatherstrip, soft cell foam, at all exterior wood doors.
IPemko PK55D, pressure sensitive door gasketing at all other locations.
B. Meeting Stiles: Pemko 313DN vinyl inset astragal
IPART III-EXECUTION
3.01 PACKAGING AND DELIVERY
IA. Package weatherstripping and seals to protect them during transit, delivery and storage. Mark or
tag each package with corresponding door number as it appears on door schedule.
1 3.02 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS
A. Protect all materials from damage; any material which is scarred, dented or otherwise defaced shall
I
1 MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1
SECTION 08730
WEATHERSTRIPPING AND SEALS
Page 2
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. All the work of this section shall be installed as part of FINISH CARPENTRY. Install in accord with
manufacturer's instructions. Fit tightly at corners to maintain continuity around periphery of doors.
3.04 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 08800
I GLAZING
Page 1
IPART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
IA. Installation of glass in prepared openings.
B. Protection
IC. Cleaning
D. One way vision film and Solar film
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Wood Doors: SECTION 08216
B. Wood Fixed Windows: SECTION 08613
1 C. Glass:SECTION 08811
1.03 REFERENCE PUBLICATION AND STANDARDS
A. Flat Glass Jobbers Association, "Glazing Manual"latest edition (FGJA). Glazing subcontractor
shall determine and be responsible for actual system(s)and materials to be used in the work of this
section. In all instances, the FGJA"Glazing Manual"shall govern details and general conditions of
Isystems to be considered for use intended on the drawings.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
I A. Submit Shop Drawings per SUBMITTALS Section, of glazing system(s) proposed. Owner's
acceptance is required prior to start of glazing.
I1.05 SCHEDULING
A. Schedule the work of this section to coincide with delivery of glass to be installed as part of the work
of this section.
IPART II-PRODUCTS
�I
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and portions of this specification written on the basis of using the
products of Pecora Corporation, Harleysville, Pennsylvania. It is not the intent to limit competitive
I
bidding. Products with equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the
conditions of these specifications.
I2.02 BASIC MATERIALS
A. The following list of materials is submitted to establish minimum quality standards for the work of
this section. It is not intended to dictate or define systems to be used:
I
I MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 08800
I
GLAZING
Page 2
1. Glazing Compounds
I
a. "Synthacalk GC-9"one part polysulfide base synthetic rubber sealant
b. "862"one part architectural silicone sealant
c. "60+Unicrylic"one part acrylic polymeric sealant I
2. Glazing Tapes: "Extru-Seal"tapes, pre-shimmed, tapered, string, etc.
3. Primer:As recommended by compound and/or tape manufacturer for use intended.
4. Setting Blocks and Spacer Shims:Type and size recommended by FGJA for use intended.
5. Solar Film: 3M Products: LE30 Chart, Scotchtint Plus. Install per manufacturer's specifications
in all glazed openings only where shown on drawing.
6. One Way Vision Film: "Llumar" R-15 , gray-contact Alex Johnson at Sunproof Window I Tinting, 817-784-6869. Film to be installed per manufacturer's instructions on outside of office
window(s). Seal film around edges with white acrylic sealant.
PART III- EXECUTION I
3.01 AMBIENT CONDITIONS
A. Glazing shall not be commenced until outdoor temperature is above 40 F., on a rising ther- I
mometer, and when ventilation conditions are such within building as to prevent condensation of
moisture on units during glazing. I 3.02 PREPARATION
A. Clean all surfaces of all glazing units and materials to which glazing compound and/or tapes will be
applied and prime(if required)as recommended by glazing compound and/or tape manufacturer.
3.03 INSTALLATION (GLAZING)
A. Install all glazing units in complete accord with shop drawings and the FGJA"Glazing Manual"
recommendations, including but not limited to:
1. Handling of glazing units
2. Application of compounds, tapes, etc.
3. Installation of setting blocks and spacer shims
4. Final sealing
3.05 CLEANING 1
A. Clean all glazing units and remove all labels, protection markings, etc. prior to acceptance of build-
ing by Owner. Replace all cracked, broken, and improperly set glazing units at time of cleaning
without additional cost to the Owner.
3.06 PROTECTION
I
A. Clearly mark all installed transparent glazing units by means of tape"X"or other suitable means to
protect persons and materials. System used shall comply with any or all governing codes, ordi-
nances, regulations, etc.
3.07 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises. 1
END OF
MulvannvG2 Architecture t
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
' 1
I SECTION 08811
GLASS
Page 1
IPARTI-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Plate and Float Glass
IB. Tempered Glass
C. Insulating Glass
ID. Mirror Glass •
E. Wire Glass
IF. Laminated Glass
G. Opaque Glass
I1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
IA. Wood Doors: SECTION 08216
B. Wood Fixed Windows: SECTION 08613
IC. Glazing: SECTION 08800
1.03 INTENT(SAFETY OF PERSONS)
I A. It shall be the responsibility of the glazing subcontractor to comply with all safety laws, ordinances
and regulations, etc.which control type of glass related to safety of persons. The drawings and
specifications attempt to comply with all such laws, etc., but in case of failure to comply, the most
Irestrictive requirement shall govern the work of this section.
B. Design Criteria: Glass shall conform to Fed. Spec. DD-G-001 403 and tested to pass IGCC, CBA,
ASTM E-774-83.
I1.04 COORDINATION OF WORK
IA. Coordinate with the work of glazing subcontractor(s).
1.05 SUBMITTALS
I A. Submit samples per SUBMITTALS Section. Submit 6 inch square samples of all glass and glass
units.
IPART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
I A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of
PPG Industries, Inc., Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania unless noted otherwise. It is not the intent to limit
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 08811
GLASS
Page 2
competitive bidding. Products with equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable 1
under the conditions of these specifications.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. General: Glass sizes shown are approximate. Sizes and proper edge clearances shall be
determined by measuring the actual opening to receive glass. Labels shall not be removed until
final approval is obtained.
B. Float Glass: 1/4-inch thick, clear float(plate)glass
C. Tempered Glass: 1/4-inch thick, clear"Herculite"tempered safety glass 111
D. Insulating Glass:"Solarban 60(2)", 5/8 inch thick, clear(Low-E2), double glazed (tempered where
noted on drawings),
E. Mirror Glass: 1/4-inch thick quality polished plate glass, hermetically sealed with a uniform coating
of electrolytic copper plating; FS#DDM-411. 1
F. Wire Glass: Hordis Brothers, Inc., Pennsauken, New Jersey; 1/4 inch thick, "Misco" polished, clear
"Mississippi"wire glass(diamond mesh)
G. Laminated Glass: Two sheets 3/8 inch thick(each)"Solarban 580-20(2)"green float glass, heat
laminated by sandwiching a sheet of polyvinyl butyryl between sheets of glass.
H. Opaque Glass: 1/4 inch thick, opaque float(plate)glass '
PART III- EXECUTION
3.01 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS
A. Protect glass from damage of any kind, during packaging, transporting and storage. Do not move
partially unpacked cases of glass, as this is apt to cause glass damage or breakage.
3.02 GLAZING
A. Not part of the work of this section.
3.03 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
' SECTION 09111
METAL STUD FRAMING SYSTEM
Page 1
PARTI-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Formed metal stud framing
B. Framing accessories
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
•
A. Veneer Systems supported by Stud Wall Metal Framing
B. Section 05500: Metal Fabrications
C. Section 07211: Batt and Blanket Insulation
D. Section 09260: Gypsum Board Systems
1 1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM A525-Standard specification for general requirements for steel sheet, zinc-coated
' (galvanized) by the hot-dip process.
B. ASTM C645-Standard specification for non-load (axial) bearing steel studs, runners (track), and
' rigid furring channels for screw application of gypsum board.
C ASTM C754 Standard specification for installation of steel framing members to receive screw-
attached gypsum board.
D. ASTM C1002-Standard specification for steel drill screws for the application of gypsum board or
metal plaster bases.
1 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Maximum allowable deflection: 1:240 span.
' B. Wall system:
1. Design to provide for movement of components without damage, failure of joint seals, undue
stress on fasteners, or other detrimental effects when subject to seasonal or cyclic day/night
temperature ranges.
2. Design system to accommodate construction tolerances, deflection of building structural
members, and clearances of intended openings.
C. Section 01300-Submittals: Procedures for Submittals.
D. Shop drawings:
' 1. Indicate component details, stud layout,framed openings, anchorage to structure, type and
location of fasteners, and accessories or items required of other related work.
2. Describe method for securing studs or tracks, splicing and for blocking and reinforcement to
framing connections.
3. Provide calculations for loadings and stresses of exterior walls.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098 01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1
SECTION 09111
METAL STUD FRAMING SYSTEM
Page 2
E. Product data: Provide data describing standard framing member materials and finish, product I
criteria load charts, and limitations.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE I
A. Perform work in accordance with ASTM C754.
B. Installer qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum
five years experience.
C. Materials shall be furnished by one manufacturer only. I
PART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER ,
A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of
United States Gypsum Company, Chicago, Illinois. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding.
Products with equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of
these specifications.
2.02 STUD FRAMING MATERIALS ,
A. Framing System Components: ASTM C645.
B. Studs: ASTM A525, Coating Class G-90, non-load bearing rolled steel, channel shaped, punched '
for utility access, as follows:
1. Depth: 3-5/8 and 6 inches.
2. Thickness: 22 gauge unless noted otherwise.
C. Tracks and Headers: Same material and thickness as studs, bent leg retainer notched to receive
studs. ,
D. Furring and Bracing Members: Of same material as studs; thickness to suit purpose.
E. Fasteners: ASTM C1002, self-drilling, self tapping screws. I
F. Touch-up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC-Paint 20,Type II organic, zinc rich.
2.03 FINISHES I'
A. Studs: Galvanize to G90 coating class.
B. Tracks and Headers: Galvanize to G90 coating class. I
C. Accessories: Same finish as framing members.
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
' SECTION 09111
METAL STUD FRAMING SYSTEM
Page 3
' A. Deliver materials in original unopened packages and store in enclosed shelter providing protection
from damage and exposure to the elements. Remove damaged or deteriorated materials from
premises.
3.02 ERECTION
1 A. Align and secure top and bottom runners at 24 inches OC.
B. Install studs vertically at 24 inches OC.
' C. Align stud web openings horizontally.
D. Secure studs to tracks using fastener method. Do not weld.
E. Stud splicing is not permissible.
F. Fabricate corners using a minimum of three studs.
1 G. Double stud at wall openings, door and window jambs, not more than 2 inches from each side of
openings.
' H. Brace stud framing system rigid.
I. Coordinate erection of studs with requirements of door and window frames, install supports and
1 attachments.
J. Grouting: Spot grout frames at jamb anchor clips before panel erection.
K. Coordinate installation of wood bucks, anchors, and wood blocking with electrical and mechanical
work to be placed within or behind stud framing.
' L. Blocking: Secure wood blocking to studs. Install blocking for support of plumbing fixtures, toilet
partitions, wall cabinets, toilet accessories, hardware, and opening frames.
M. Refer to drawings for indication of partitions extending to finished ceiling only and for partitions
extending through the ceiling to the structure above. Maintain clearance under structural building
members to avoid deflection transfer to studs. Provide extended leg ceiling runners.
' N. Metal Framing Erection (Ceilings)
1. Small Areas: Attach runners at ceiling height, through gypsum panels, to each partition stud.
Insert steel studs in runner and attach each end. Install stud cross-bracing over stud framing
space 48 inches OC and attach to each framing stud. At openings that interrupt ceiling, install
' additional cross reinforcing to maintain structural integrity of framing.
2. Large Areas: Install hanger wires, carrying members, furring channels and reinforcing at
openings, in accord with systems manufacturer's specifications.
1 3.03 ERECTION TOLERANCES
A. Maximum variation from true position: '/4 inch in 10 feet.
IB. Maximum variation from plumb: % inch in 10 feet.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1 .
SECTION 09111
METAL STUD FRAMING SYSTEM
Page 4
3.04 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION 1
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
' SECTION 09215
VENEER PLASTER
Page 1
' PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Gypsum backing board
B. Veneer plaster finish coat
1 C. Accessories
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Rough Carpentry: SECTION 06100
B. Gypsum Board Systems: SECTION 09260
C. Painting: SECTION 09900
1.03 INTENT
A. This specification generally outlines requirements for veneer plaster construction, it is not intended
' to modify, amend or otherwise change system manufacturer's specifications for uses intended;
manufacturer's specifications govern.
' 1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Furnish materials by one manufacturer only.
l
B. Subcontractor's Qualifications: Minimum five years experience in similar work; approved by
materials manufacturer as qualified applicator.
- 1.05 REGULATORY AGENCY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to applicable codes and testing authority accepted by codes for systems selection.
1.06 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
B. American National Standards Institute(ANSI)
C. Federal Specifications(FS)
' D. Gypsum Association (GA)
1.07 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data, manufacturer's installation instructions and 24 inch x 24 inch sample panel
per SUBMITTALS Section. Owner's acceptance is required prior to start of fabrication and/or
' shipment.
1 MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
SECTION 09215 '
VENEER PLASTER
Page 2
1.08 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate with other trades in advance and make provisions for their work to avoid cutting and
patching.
PART II -PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The Drawings were prepared and this Specification written on the basis of using the products of
United States Gypsum Company, Chicago, Illinois. Such is intended to establish minimum quality
standards, not to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal or superior characteristics by other
manufacturers are acceptable under conditions of the Specifications.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Basic Materials: 1
1. Gypsum Backing Board: "Imperial"gypsum panels, 5/8 inches thick, 48 inches wide, square
edge, "Firecode", lengths as required.
2. Fasteners: As required by manufacturer and/or code for system used.
3. Finish Plaster: "Imperial"finish plaster.
4. Joint Treatment:
a. General: ASTM C475-64 and FS SS-J-570B, Type I for compounds, Type II for tape.
b. Taping and Finishing Compound: "Durabond"of contractor's choice
c. Tape: "Imperial Tape"Type S
B. Finish: Smooth texture with very subtle large randomly placed arch shaped trowel marks. ,
C. Accessories:
1. Metal Trim (casing beads): No. 200B, galvanized
2. Control Joints: No. 093, roll-formed zinc.
2.03 PLASTER MIX
A. Develop plaster mix in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Plaster shall be mechanically mixed
in accordance with manufacturer's directions and ANSI A42.2.1471 specifications.
B. Material that has partially set shall not be re-tempered or used. i
C. Do not use frozen, caked, or lumpy materials.
D. Thoroughly dry mix materials before adding water.
PART III - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Contractor select and be responsible for specific systems used related to attachment,fastener type
(length and spacing), etc. Requirements of governing laws, ordinances, codes and regulations
along with system manufacturer's specifications govern selection.
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 09215
VENEER PLASTER
Page 3
I
3.02 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
1 A. Deliver materials in original unopened packages and store in enclosed shelter to provide protection
from damage and exposure to elements. Remove damaged or deteriorated materials from
1premises.
3.03 INSPECTION
IA. Gypsum Backing Board: Verify gypsum backing board substrate is flat,joints are taped and
smooth, and surface is ready to receive work of this Section. Verify joint and surface perimeter
accessories are in place.
I
B. Acceptance: Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate.
3.04 TEMPERATURE CONDITIONS •
IA. Do not apply veneer plaster when substrate or ambient air temperature is less than 50 degrees F
nor more than 80 degrees F.
I
B. Do not use frozen materials in mixes.
C. Do not apply plaster to frozen surfaces or surfaces containing frost.
ID. Protect plaster from uneven and excessive evaporation during hot, dry weather.
3.05 PREPARATION
IA. General: Clean surfaces of dust or loose matter.
' ' 3.06 INSTALLATION
A. Gypsum Backing Board Erection:
I1. General: Erect in accord with ANSI/ASTM C844, GA216 and manufacturer's installation
instructions. Apply on ceilings first, perpendicular to framing, ends over framing. Use
maximum practical lengths to minimize end joints. Fit ends and edges closely, but not forced
' together. Cut to fit neatly around pipes, electrical outlets, etc. Remove loose face paper at cuts
and fill gaps or holes with plaster.
2. Joints: Stagger end joints in successive courses;joints on opposite sides of partition on
different studs. Float gypsum base at vertical interior angles by attaching the overlapping sheet
Ionly; at horizontal interior angles, attach both sheets no closer than 7 inches from angle.
3. Fasteners: Hold base in firm contact with framing while driving fasteners. Drive in field first;
work toward ends and edges. Space nails 7 inches oc on ceilings, 8 inches oc on walls, screws
I
12 inches oc; perimeter fasteners not less than 3/8 inches from ends or edges. Drive fastener
heads flush with surface of base; not dimpled, without breaking paper. Wherever base is not
tight against framing, drive another fastener within 1-1/2 inches of first fastener.
I
B. Accessories Installation:
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 09215
VENEER PLASTER
Page 4
1. Metal Trim: Install with fasteners spaced 9 inches oc,where shown on Drawings and where 1
base surfaces meet dissimilar materials.
1
C. Base Joint Treatment:
1. General: Apply over full length of joints, do not overlap at intersections.
2. Embedding Tape:Apply compound in thin uniform layer to joints and angles. Immediately
apply tape centered over joint and seat into compound. Maintain sufficient compound under
tape to provide bond. Follow immediately with skim coat to embed tape. Fold and embed tape
in interior angles; provide true angle.
D. Finish Veneer Plaster Application: Apply in accord with ANSI/ASTM C843 and manufacturer's
nstallation instructions. Refer to 2.02B for finish texture.
3.07 PATCHING 1
A. Point up around trim and other work. Cut out and patch defective and damaged plaster; match
existing work, at no additional cost to Owner.
3.08 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
1
•
i
1
1
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
' SECTION 09220
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER(STUCCO)
Page 1
' PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
1 A. Metal furring and lathing.
' B. Portland cement plaster system (Stucco)
C. Smooth and Special rendered surface finish.
' 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Rough Carpentry: SECTION 06100
B. Sealants and Caulking: SECTION 07920
C. Gypsum Board Systems: SECTION 09260
D. Ceramic Tile: SECTION 09310
' 1.03 REFERENCES
A. ASTM C150-Portland Cement.
' B. ASTM C206- Finishing Hydrated Lime.
C. ASTM C631 -Bonding Compounds for Interior Plastering.
D. ASTM C897-Aggregate for Job-Mixed Portland Cement Based Plasters.
E. PCA(Portland Cement Association)-Plaster(Stucco)Manual.
' 1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Fabricate vertical elements to limit finish surface to 1/180 deflection under lateral point load of
' 100 lbs.
B. Fabricate horizontal elements to limit finish surface to 1/240 deflection under superimposed dead
' load and wind uplift loads.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit under provisions SUBMITTALS Section.
B. Product Data: Provide data on plaster materials, characteristics and limitations of products
specified.
C. Samples: Submit two samples, 12 x 12 inch in size illustrating finish color and texture.
' 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform Work in accordance with PCA Plaster(Stucco) Manual.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 09220 111PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER(STUCCO)
Page 2
1.07 QUALIFICATIONS '
A. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years
experience and/or approved by manufacturer. ,
1.08 MOCKUP
A. Provide mockup of plaster system with accessories. ,
B. Construct mockup, 4 feet long by 4 feet wide, illustrating surface finish and color.
C. Locate where directed. 1
D. Mockup may remain as part of the Work.
1.09 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Do not apply plaster when substrate or ambient air temperature is less than 50° F or anticipated to
drop below 40° F within 48 hours after application, nor more than 80° F.
B. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50° F during installation of plaster and until cured.
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER 1
A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of
United States Gypsum Company, Chicago, Illinois. Such is intended to establish minimum quality
standards, not to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal or superior characteristics by other
manufacturers are acceptable under conditions of the Specifications.
2.02 PLASTER BASE MATERIALS 1
A. Cement: ASTM C150,Type 1 Portland.
B. Lime: Special finishing hydrated lime,ASTM C-206-68,Type S. ,
C. Aggregate: Natural or manufactured sand,ASTM C-144 graded in accordance with ANSI Spec.
A42-2 for Stucco. '
D. Water: Clean, fresh, potable and free of mineral or organic matter which can affect plaster.
E. Bonding Agent: ASTM C631;type recommended by manufacturer for bonding plaster to concrete '
masonry surfaces.
2.03 PLASTER FINISH MATERIALS I
A. Cement: As specified for plaster base coat, white color.
B. Lime: As specified for plaster base coat. '
C. Water: Clean,fresh, potable and free of mineral or organic matter which can affect plaster.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
' SECTION 09220
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER(STUCCO)
Page 3
' 2.04 FURRING AND LATHING
1
A. Metal Lath at Walls: ASTM C847;flat diamond self furring mesh, painted, 2.5 Ib/yd. of weight to
suit application.
B. Metal Lath at Soffits: ASTM C847; Flat Diamond non-furred and non-backed mesh, galvanized, 3.4
' Ib/yd.
C. Building Wrap: Tyvek"Stucco Wrap" by DuPont Company, Wilmington, Delaware.
' D. Casing Bead: Formed zinc; minimum 26 gage thick; depth governed by plaster thickness;
maximum possible lengths; expanded metal flanges,with square edges.
' E. Base Screed: Formed zinc; minimum 26 gage thick; depth governed by plaster thickness;
maximum possible lengths; expanded metal flanges,with beveled edge.
F. Corner Mesh: Formed zinc minimum 26 gage thick; expanded flanges shaped to permit complete
embedding in plaster; minimum 2 inches wide; galvanized finish.
G. Anchorage Methods: Nails, staples, or other approved metal supports, of type and size to suit
' application, galvanized to rigidly secure lath and associated metal accessories in place.
2.05 CEMENT PLASTER MIXES
' A. Mix and proportion cement plaster in accordance with PCA Plaster(Stucco) Manual and ANSI
A42-2-1971.
' B. Finish Coat: Premix in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
C. Mix only as much plaster as can be used prior to initial set.
' D. Add color pigments to finish coat in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Ensure uniformity
of mix and coloration.
E. Mix materials dry, to uniform color and consistency, before adding water.
F. Add air entrainment admixtures to all coats to provide 5-7 percent entrainment.
' G. Protect mixtures from freezing, frost, contamination, and evaporation.
H. Do not re-temper mixes after initial set has occurred.
PART III- EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Verify surfaces and site conditions are ready to receive work under this Section.
B. Masonry: Verify joints are cut flush and surface is ready to receive work of this Section. Verify no
bituminous or water repellent coatings exist on masonry surface.
3.02 PREPARATION
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 09220
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER(STUCCO)
Page 4
A. Dampen masonry surfaces to reduce excessive suction. ,
3.03 INSTALLATION -LATHING MATERIALS
A. Apply one ply of building wrap over substrate;weather lap edges 4 inches minimum. Fasten in
place.
B. Apply metal lath taut,with long dimension perpendicular to supports. '
C. Lap ends minimum 1 inch. Secure end laps with tie wire where they occur between supports.
D. Lap sides of diamond mesh lath minimum 1-1/2 inches.
E. Attach metal lath to supports using fastening method recommended by manufacturer to suit back-
up
material.
F. All openings, plaster edges or where plaster edges terminate against dissimilar materials, provide
plaster screeds. Use vented screed at perimeter. I
3.04 INSTALLATION -ACCESSORIES
A. Continuously reinforce internal angles with corner mesh, return metal lath 3 inches from corner to
form the angle reinforcement;fasten at perimeter edges only.
B. Place corner bead at external wall corners;fasten at outer edges of lath only. ,
C. Place strip mesh diagonally at corners of lathed openings. Secure rigidly in place.
D. Place 4 inch wide strips of metal lath centered over junctions of dissimilar backing materials. I
Secure rigidly in place.
E. Place casing beads at terminations of plaster finish. Butt and align ends. Secure rigidly in place. I
3.05 PLASTERING
A. Apply Portland cement plaster(stucco)in a three-coat application over metal lath with thickness not
less than 7/8" in locations as indicated on drawings. Scratch, brown and finish coat shall be applied
as follows:
1. First(Scratch)Coat: Shall be applied to metal reinforcement with sufficient material and
pressure so that it is shoved through the metal reinforcement to completely embed the
reinforcement.
a. Thickness of scratch coat shall be approximately 3/8". Before scratch coat has hardened, it
shall be evenly scratched with a standard scratcher to provide good mechanical key for the
second or brown coat.
b. Scratch coat shall be continuously moist cured for not less than 48 hours after application.
2. Second (Brown)Coat: Shall be applied not sooner than 48 hours after application of scratch
coat. Before applying the brown coat, the surfaces of scratch coat shall be dampened evenly to
obtain uniform suction.
a. Thickness of brown coat shall be a minimum of 3/8"total thickness and shall be applied in
two applications or coats, one immediately following the other.
b. Surface shall be brought to a true, even surface by floating or rodding and left rough, ready
to receive finish coat.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1SECTION 09220
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER(STUCCO)
Page 5
Ic. Brown coat shall be continuously moist for 48 hours after application and then allowed to
dry.
3. Finish coat of cement plaster work shall be laid out to permit completion of an entire surface in
I one operation. If this is impracticable, the plastering shall be carried to some natural breaking
point as approved by the Owner.
a. Finish coat shall be applied not sooner than 7 days after the application of preceding coat.
' Before applying finish coat, the surface of preceding coat shall be dampened evenly to
obtain uniform suction.
3.06 TOLERANCES
IA. Maximum Variation from True Flatness: 1/8 inch in 10 feet.
3.07 CLEAN-UP
I
A. Upon completion of the work of this Section, remove related debris from premises.
111 END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
I
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 09220
PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER(STUCCO)
Page 6
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank) ,
i
I
1
I
i
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture '
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
' SECTION 09260
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
Page 1
' PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Requirements of the Conditions of the Contract and of Division 1 of these Specifications apply to
all work of this section.
111 1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
1. Interior gypsum wallboard.
2. Exterior gypsum board panels for ceilings and soffits.
3. Tile backing panels.
1.03 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS
' A Rough Carpentry Section 06100
B. Thermal and Sound Insulation Section 07200
C. Metal Stud Framing System Section 09111
D. Painting of all exposed wallboard Section 09900
' 1.04 SUBMITTALS
' A. Product Data: For each product indicated.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
' A. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with fire-resistance ratings,
provide materials and construction identical to those tested in assembly indicated according to
ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
' jurisdiction.
B. Subcontractor to have a minimum of five years experience in drywall work and to be approved by
materials manufacturer as a qualified applicator.
C. Reference Standards:
' 1. American Society of Testing Materials(ASTM)
2. Underwriters Laboratories (UL)
3. Federal Specifications(FS)
' 1.06 PRODUCT HANDLING:
A. Protect stored wallboard from excessive and continuous exposure to moisture and extremes in
temperature.
1.07 COORDINATION
' A. Build Openings and chases for heating, plumbing, and electriecal ducts, pipes and conduits into
pertitions and ceilings. Consult other tredes in advance and make provisions for their work to
avoid cutting and patching.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
SECTION 09260
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
Page 2
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS '
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.
2.03 PANEL PRODUCTS
A. Panel Size, General: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in
each area and correspond with support system indicated.
B. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36. Use"Type X" in thickness indicated and with long
edges tapered. '
C. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: ASTM C 931/C 931 M, with core type and in thickness indicated,
with manufacturer's standard edges, and type appropriate for painted finish. i
D. Gypsum Board Trim Accessories
1. Trim for Interior Exposure: ASTM C 1047.
2. Trim for Exterior Exposure: ASTM C 1047, hot-dip galvanized steel sheet or rolled zinc.
E. Interior Wall Backing Panels:
1. Backing at Ceramic Tile: Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630/C 630M,
with core type and in thickness indicated.
2.04 JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS ,
A. General: Comply with ASTM C 475.
B. Joint Tape:
1. Interior Gypsum Wallboard: Paper.
2. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Paper.
3. Glass-Mat Gypsum Sheathing Board: 10-by-10 glass mesh.
4. Tile Backing Panels: As recommended by panel manufacturer.
C. Joint Compound for Interior Gypsum Wallboard: For each coat use formulation that is compatible
with other compounds applied on previous or for successive coats.
1. Prefilling: At open joints, and damaged surface areas, use setting-type taping compound.
2. Embedding and First Coat: For embedding tape and first coat on joints, flanges of trim
accessories, and fasteners, use setting-type or drying-type, all-purpose compound. Use
setting-type compound for installing paper-faced metal trim accessories.
3. Fill Coat: For second coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound or drying-type, all-
purpose compound.
4. Finish Coat: For third coat, use setting-type, sandable topping compound or drying-type, all-
purpose compound.
5. Skim Coat: For final coat of Level 5 finish, use drying-type, all-purpose compound.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 09260
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
Page 3
' D. Joint Compound for Exterior Applications:
1. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: Use setting-type taping and setting-type, sandable topping
compounds.
E. Joint Compound for Backing Panels:
I1. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: Use setting-type taping and setting-type, sandable
topping compounds.
2. Glass-Mat, Water-Resistant Backing Panel: As recommended by manufacturer.
3. Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by manufacturer.
2.05 AUXILIARY MATERIALS
' A. General: Provide auxiliary materials that comply with referenced installation standards and
manufacturer's written recommendations.
B. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining, latex
' sealant complying with ASTM C 834 that effectively reduces airborne sound transmission through
perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testing representative
assemblies according to ASTM E 90.
' 1. Available Products:
' a. Pecora Corp.;AC-20 FTR Acoustical and Insulation Sealant.
b. United States Gypsum Co., SHEETROCK Acoustical Sealant.
C. Steel Drill Screws: ASTM C 1002, unless otherwise indicated.
' 1. Use screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening panels to steel members from 0.033
(20 ga)to 0.112 inch(10 ga)thick.
' 2. For fastening cementitious backer units, use screws of type and size recommended by panel
manufacturer.
D. Isolation Strip at Exterior Walls:
' 1. Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226,Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), nonperforated.
2. Foam Gasket: Adhesive-backed, closed-cell vinyl foam strips that allow fastener penetration
without foam displacement, 1/8 inch thick, in width to suit steel stud size.
I
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PANEL PRODUCT INSTALLATION
A. Gypsum Board: Comply with ASTM C 840 and GA-216.
1. Space screws a maximum of twelve inches(12")o.c.for vertical applications.
' 2. Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of eight inches(8")o.c.
3. On ceilings, apply gypsum panels before wall/partition board application to the greatest
extent possible and at right angles to framing, unless otherwise indicated.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 09260
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
Page 4
4. On partitions/walls, apply gypsum panels either vertically(parallel to framing)or horizontally '
(perpendicular to framing), unless otherwise indicated or required by fire-resistance-rated
assembly, and minimize end joints.
a. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in alternate courses of
board.
b. Install control joints in partitions and wall furring runs exceeding thirty(30)feet.
c. Space control joints not more than thirty(30)feet o.c.
d. Install control joints in furred assemblies where control joints occur in base exterior wall.
5. On Z-furring members, apply gypsum panels vertically(parallel to framing)with no end joints.
Locate edge joints over furring members.
B. Exterior Ceilings and Soffits: Use at protected soffit and ceiling locations. Prepare surface to
receive paint, or other applied finish indicated on the Drawings. '
1. Apply exterior gypsum panels perpendicular to supports, with end joints staggered and
located over supports. Fasten with corrosion-resistant screws.
C. Interior Backing Panels for Tile and Stainless Steel Wall Lining Panels: Install with 1/4-inch gap
where panels abut other construction or penetrations.
D. In shear wall areas, attach wallboard with screws as called out in the Structural Notes. '
E. All ends and edges of all gypsum wallboard shall occur over framing members, except when joints
are at right angles to framing members as in horizontal application or when the end joints are to
be back-blocked.
F. End joints shall be staggered. Joints on opposite sides of a partition shall be so arranged as to
occur on different studs.
G. Reinforce inside corners in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Treat field joints and
screw heads in accordance with standard specifications. Protect external corners and exposed
edges with metal trim.
H. Metal trim shall be used where wallboard abuts all dissimilar materials.
3.02 FINISHING
A. Installing Trim Accessories: For trim with back flanges intended for fasteners, attach to framing
with same fasteners used for panels. Otherwise, attach trim according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
3.03 FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 1
A. General: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, edge trim, control joints, penetrations,
fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for
decoration. Promptly remove residual joint compound from adjacent surfaces.
B. Prefill open joints and damaged surface areas.
C. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim having flanges not intended for
tape.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 09260
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
Page 5
D. Gypsum Board Finish Levels: Finish panels to levels indicated below, according to ASTM C 840,
for locations indicated:
' 1. Level 1, at Concealed Locations: Embed tape at joints in ceiling plenum areas, concealed
areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level of finish is required for fire-resistance-rated
assemblies and sound-rated assemblies.
' 2. Level 2 as Substrate for tile: Embed tape and apply separate first coat of joint compound to
tape, fasteners, and trim flanges where panels are substrate for tile and where indicated.
3. Level 3, as First and Fill Coats: Embed tape and apply separate first and fill coats of joint
compound to tape,fasteners, and trim flanges.
4. Level 4 at Surfaces with Low Luster Finish: Embed tape and apply separate first,fill, and
finish coats of joint compound to tape,fasteners, and trim flanges at panel surfaces that will
be exposed to view, unless otherwise indicated.
' 5. Level 5 at Surfaces Receiving Gloss and Semigloss Enamels and surfaces subject to severe
lighting: Embed tape and apply separate first, fill, and finish coats of joint compound to tape,
fasteners, and trim flanges, and apply skim coat of joint compound over entire surface.
3.04 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION 09260
1
I
I
1
1
' MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 09260
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
Page 6
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank) '
1
I
I
I
1
1
1
I
I
I
I
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
ISECTION 09261
ACOUSTICAL PANELS
Page 1
IPART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
IA. Acoustical panels
I1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Batt and Blanket Insulation: SECTION 07211
IB. Sealants and Caulking: SECTION 07920
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
IA. Federal Specifications(FS):
B. American Society For Testing Materials (ASTM):
IPART II- PRODUCTS
I2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products and
specifications of various manufacturers. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Equivalent
I products of equal materials as manufactured by Owens Corning Fiberglass or Schuller
International, Inc. are acceptable under the conditions of these specifications.
I2.02 MATERIALS
A. Acoustical Panels: Tectum, Inc., Newark, Ohio, 1"thick, standard ceiling panel, sizes required for
work indicated on drawings, UL labeled, Class A finish, per FS SS-S-118B.
IPART III- EXECUTION
3.01 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
I
A. Deliver in original unopened packages and store in an enclosed shelter providing protection from
damage and exposure to the elements. Remove damaged or deteriorated materials from the
Ipremises.
3.02 INSTALLATION
IA. Panels: Install panels where shown on drawings per manufacturer's standard details. Field paint
as noted on drawings.
I3.04 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises.
IEND OF SECTION
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
SECTION 09261
ACOUSTICAL PANELS
Page 2
I
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
I
i
I
1
i
MulvannvG2 Architecture 1
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 09310
CERAMIC TILE
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Ceramic tile for floors,walls, and counter tops.
B. Setting adhesives and grout
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Cast-In-Place Concrete: SECTION 03300
B. Tile backer board: SECTION 09390
C. Gypsum Board Systems: SECTION 09260
1.03 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS
A. Tile Council of America(TCA): Most Current"Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation"
B. American National Standards Institute(ANSI)
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit two samples, per SUBMITTALS Section, of each material proposed to the Owner for
acceptance.
PART II- PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of
specific manufacturers.
2.02 CERTIFICATION
A. Submit master grade certificates for each delivery of each tile type signed by manufacturer and
installer.
2.03 MATERIALS
A. Ceramic Tile: Refer to Finish Schedule on Drawings for manufacturer, color, size, pattern and grout
color. Provide necessary caps, stops, coves, returns, trimmers and other shapes as required for a
complete installation.
B. Setting Adhesives:
1. Countertops: "Epoxy Mortar"conforming to ANSI A118.3
2. Walls, Base, and floors: As recommended by TCA for the particular conditions in which the tile
is being set.
C. Interior Grout:
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 09310
CERAMIC TILE
Page 2
1. Latex Portland cement grout conforming to ANSI A118.6; color(pigment additive)as shown on
drawings.
2. Floors-Acid resistant grout, color(pigment additive)as shown on drawings.
D. Exterior Grout: Custom Building Products"Satillo Mix A/R" grout(match color shown on Finish
Schedule)mixed with 100% solution of custom acrylic mix.
PART III -EXECUTION
3.01 DELIVERY
A. Deliver materials to the job site in the original containers with the manufacturer's identification on
each package.
3.02 INSPECTION
A. Examine all surfaces receiving ceramic tile for any defects that would impair installation and if any
are found, make such corrections. Contractor shall apply leveling coat of dry-set mortar over wall
and floor surfaces which vary more than 1/8"in 10 feet.
B. Installation constitutes acceptance of the substrate.
3.03 INSTALLATION I
A. Standard practice will be expected and accepted; poor or sloppy workmanship will be rejected.
B. Interior: Conform to manufacturer's printed specifications and instructions, and to"thin setting" I
instructions and sketches contained in"Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation"for each condition
encountered on the job.
C. Exterior: Conform to reinforced panel (backerboard) manufacturer's instructions (including
"limitations")for preparation of joints in panels and mortar coverage and to Method W244 in
"Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation".
3.04 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Close areas to traffic until tile has firmly set. Do not work on floors without use of kneeling boards.
B. Tile to be cleaned in accordance with ANSI specifications and tile manufacturer's
recommendations. I
C. Exposed surfaces of material to be sponged and washed down removing all dirt and muss of every
description. Material to be left thoroughly clean. Use of acid or acid cleaners is prohibited.
3.05 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
I SECTION 09330
QUARRY TILE
Page 1
IPART I- GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
IA. Quarry tile floor and base
I B. Setting adhesives and grout
C. Waterproofing Membrane
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Cast-In-Place Concrete: SECTION 03300
I1.03 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS
A. Tile Council of America (TCA): Most current"Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation"
IB. American National Standards Institute(ANSI)
1.04 SUBMITTALS
IA. Submit two samples, per SUBMITTALS Section, of each material proposed to the Owner for
acceptance.
IPART II- PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
IA. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of
specific manufacturers. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal charac-
Iteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of these specifications.
2.02 MATERIALS
IA. Quarry Tile: - For Manufacturer, style, and color see"FINISH SCHEDULE"on drawings.
B. Setting Adhesives: Mapei, "Ultra/Flex", one part polymer modified dry set mortar; conforming to
IANSI A118-4.
C. Grout:
1. Kitchen -Mapei, "Ultra/Color", polymer-modified grout, conforming to ANSI A118-6; color
I shown on the drawings.
2. Cooler-Mapei, "Kerapoxy", 100% solids epoxy grout system, conforming to ANSI A118-3;
color shown on drawings.
ID. Waterproofing—Laticrete 9235 Waterproofing System.
PART III- EXECUTION
1 3.01 DELIVERY
IMulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 09330
QUARRY TILE
Page 2
A. Deliver all materials to the job site in the original containers with the manufacturer's identification on I
each package.
3.02 INSPECTIONS
A. Examine all surfaces receiving quarry tile for any defects that would impair installation and if any are
found, make such corrections.
acceptance of the substrate.
B. Installation constitutes acce P
3.03 INSTALLATION I
A. Conform to manufacturers'printed specifications and instructions and to"cement mortar"instruc-
tions and sketches contained in"Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation"for each condition
encountered on the job. In general, standard practice will be expected and accepted and poor or
sloppy workmanship will be rejected. Surface to receive tile must be free of sealers, curing
compounds, coatings, oil, dust and must by dry.
B. Waterproofing Membrane: Conform to manufacturer's printed specifications and instructions.
Install waterproofing membrane six(6)inches out from wall at slab, and upwalls eight(8)inches
P 9 9
where indicated on the drawings, prior to installation of plastic wall paneling, quarry tile and base.
Apply a liberal coat of Laticrete 9235 Waterproof Membrane liquid to the floor or wall slightly wider
than the fabric width. Include joints and covers which have been previously reinforced. While the
surface is still wet, unroll a pre-cut piece of fabric into it. Use a brush to embed the fabric and
smooth out any wrinkles. As the fabric is embedded, the liquid must fully saturate fabric.
Immediately apply a coat of liquid to completely cover the fabric. Lap fabric 2"(5 cm)at seams.
Allow to dry(2-6 hours). Apply a final application of liquid to the entire area. Quarry tile and other
finishes may be installed directly over the membrane as soon as it is dry, usually 4-6 hours at 70° F.
3.04 CLEAN-UP 111
A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises. _ I
END OF SECTION
I
I
a
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 09390
TILE BACKER BOARD PANELS
Page 1
PART I- GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Backer board for ceramic tile
B. Fasteners
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
' A. Rough Carpentry: SECTION 06100
B. Gypsum Board Systems: SECTION 09260
C. Ceramic Tile: SECTION 09310
1.03 INTENT
A. This Specification generally outlines requirements for backer board work, it is not intended to
modify, amend or otherwise change manufacturer's specifications for uses intended;
manufacturer's specifications govern.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Society for Testing Materials(ASTM)
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit per SUBMITTALS Section; one sample of panel material. Include manufacturer's
descriptive literature. Owner's acceptance is required prior to shipment.
PART Il- PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The Drawings were prepared and this Specification written on the basis of using the products of
Georgia Pacific Corporation, Atlanta, Georgia. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Tile backer board panels: "Dens-Shield Firestop",type"X", 5/8"thick, non-structural,fiberglass-
faced, silicone treated gypsum core panel.
B. Joint Reinforcement: 2 inch wide, coated fiberglass mesh tape.
C. Fasteners: Screws, 1-1/4 inch corrosion resistant; type specified by panel manufacturer for system
used.
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 09390 I
TILE BACKER BOARD PANELS
Page 2
A. Deliver materials in original unopened packages. Store to provide protection from damage and I
exposure to elements. Remove damaged or deteriorated materials from premises.
3.02 PREPARATION I
A. Inspect substrate to insure it is flat(not cupped), dry and securely fastened to framing. Shim as
necessary to provide flat surface for panels.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install behind all ceramic tile walls and where indicated on the Drawings; in accord with
manufacturer's specifications for complete system of leveling, laminating,furring,fastening, and
joint treatment, as required for system indicated.
B. Use maximum lengths possible to minimize number of joints. Locate edge joints parallel to and on I
framing.
3.04 CLEAN-UP I
A. Upon completion of work of this Section remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION I
I
I
II
I
1
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
I SECTION 09511
ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
Page 1
;I PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
IA. Ceiling suspension system
I B. Ceiling panels
1.02 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS AND STANDARDS
IA. American Society for Testing Materials(ASTM)
B. Acoustical Materials Association (AMA); "Specifications for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panel
1 Ceiling Suspension System."
1.03 SUBMITTALS
I A. Prepare and submit shop and erection drawings, per Submittals Section, of mechanical
suspension system for Owner's acceptance.
I B. Submit two samples of each acoustical panel type for Owner's acceptance(if other than specified
item is intended for use).
1.04 COORDINATION OF WORK
IA. Coordinate all work with the installation of lighting and HVAC work.
IPART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products and
the specifications of the following manufacturers. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding.
Products with equal characteristics by other manufacturer's area acceptable under the conditions
1 of these specifications.
2.02 ACOUSTIC MATERIALS
1 A.. Acoustical Panel—Kitchen Area: 24 inch x 48 inch x 1/2 inch, square edge, vinyl faces,fine
textured, number 3270, "ClimaPlus" as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc. Chicago, Illinois.
Color: Manufacturer's standard White.
IB. Suspension System—Kitchen Area: USG Interiors, Inc., "Environmental ZXA" rolled,formed,
double webbed galvanized steel with aluminum mill finish cap.
IPART III EXECUTION
3.01 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
IA. Deliver materials in original unopened packages and store in an enclosed shelter providing
protection from damage and exposure to the elements. Remove damaged or deteriorated
materials from the premises. Immediately prior to installation, tile and panels to be stored for a
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 09511
ACOUSSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS
Page 2
sufficient time to stabilize at temperature and humidity conditions ambient during installation and
anticipated during occupancy. j
3.02 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. Installation of panels not to begin until building is enclosed and permanent heating and cooling
equipment is in operation.
3.03 SCAFFOLDING I
A. Furnish, erect, move, maintain and finally remove from premises all scaffolding and staging
required for erection of the work of this section. 1
3.04 INSTALLATION
A. Install system in full accord with manufacturer's recommendations and approved shop drawings,
in patterns and locations shown or indicated on the drawings.
B. Suspension systems installed by direct suspension from structural systems in accordance with
manufacturer's specification. Install additional hangers at ends of each suspension member, at
each end of light fixtures, and 6 inches from vertical surfaces. Do no splay wires more than 5
inches in a 4 foot drop. Bottom of surfaces shall be flush and level. Miter corners where wall
moldings intersect.
C. The plumbing and heating contractors to not utilize hangers or framing of suspension system.
The electrical contractor may utilize suspension system for lay-in fixture installation but shall
furnish two supplementary hangers per fixture for maintaining maximum load deflection.
Electrical contractor is not to utilize tile as sole support for any ceiling-mounted electrical device.
All ceiling mounted electrical devices to be supported with brackets attached to tees.
D. Ceilings laid out as shown on the drawings, however, it not specifically shown, ceiling laid out from
center of room in both directions so that cut tiles are equal at all edges. Place materials to have
full bearing on suspensions members. I
3.05 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from premises. I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 09545
REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Reinforced plastic paneling
B. Moldings
iC. Adhesives
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Gypsum Board Systems: SECTION 09260
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit two samples, per SUBMITTALS Section, of each material proposed to the Owner for
acceptance.
PART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and portions of this specification written on the basis of using the
products of The Marlite Corporation, Dover, Ohio. It is not the intent to limit competitive bidding.
Products with equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable under the conditions of
these Specifications.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Panels: "Marlite Brand FRP Panels", 3/32"thick,fiberglass reinforced panels,flame spread 200,
smoke development 450. Use Class C.
B. Moldings: Manufacturer's standard, types for conditions intended for use.
C. Adhesive: "C-551 Adhesive".
D. Sealant: "Marlite Brand"
E. Colors: Manufacturer's standard colors as noted on the drawings.
PART III - EXECUTION
1 3.01 HANDLING •
A. Handle with care to prevent damage of any sort. Scratched, damaged panels will not be accepted in
the finished work. Replace all defective panels at no additional cost to the Owner.
B. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original packaging. Remove from shipping skid and restack on
a solid, flat, dry surface a minimum of 24 hours prior to installation. Do not stack panels directly on
concrete floor.
C. Inspect panels for any defects or panels of unacceptable quality and remove from premises.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 09545
REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS
Page 2
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Panels: Back of panels shall be free of any foreign material or contaminants. I
B. Surfaces to be Covered: Surface shall be flat and true. Use a fast-setting underlayment to correct
any surface irregularities.The surface to be covered shall be free of dirt, dust, grease, loose scaling
paint, or other contaminants.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Install in complete accord with manufacturer's printed instructions. I
B. All edges and joints of panels shall receive molding. Use continuous 10 foot lengths of molding at
all panels. Piecing will not be acceptable.
3.04 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION 1
I
•
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I SECTION 09638
STONE PAVING &FLOORING
Page 1
IPART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
IA. Stone Flooring
I B. Thinset adhesive
•
C. Protection of completed work
1 1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. All other tile types
1 1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American National Standards Institute(ANSI) A136.1 Organic adhesives for installation of ceramic
I tile
B. American Society of Testing Materials(ASTM) ASTM C503 Marble building stone
IC. Tile Council of America (TCA) Handbook for ceramic tile installation
1.04 SUBMITTALS
IA. Submit two 12 inch x 12 inch samples of each stone flooring type, per SUBMITTALS Section,to the
Owner for acceptance.
IPART II- PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
IA. Stone Flooring: See"Finish Schedule" on drawings for complete description of stone flooring
materials.
IB. Adhesives: Water resistive type as recommended by marble supplier; thinset bond type.
C. Grout: Non-sanded, Latex-Portland Cement Group; color-Custom Building Products No. 10
IAntique White.
D. Sealer: Multi-Seal "Marble Sealer" as distributed by Dal-Tile Corporation, Richardson, Texas.
I E. Cleaning Solution: Type recommended by marble supplier which will not harm stone, sealer, or
adjacent surfaces.
IPART III - EXECUTION
3.01 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
I A. Maintain materials and surrounding air to a minimum 50 degrees F prior to, during, and 48 hours
after completion of work.
IMulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 09638
STONE PAVING &FLOORING
Page 2
3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION I
A. Use filler to patch cracks, small holes, and for minor leveling in substrate.
B. Apply conditioner/sealer to surfaces as recommended by adhesive manufacturer. I
3.03 EXAMINATION
A. Verify that surfaces are ready to receive work of this section. Beginning of installation means
acceptance of substrate.
3.04 INSTALLATION
A. Preparation: Establish lines, levels, and pattern; protect from disturbance.
B. Adhesive: Apply to prepared substrate in accord with manufacturer's instructions and the TCA
Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. Ensure full adhesive contact for permanent bond to
substrate. I
C. Stone: Clean stone prior to installation. Lay in patterns and/or directions shown on Drawings. Fit
neatly to vertical interruptions. Place units with 1/16 inch joints. Provide expansion space at walls
and other obstructions. Remove excessive adhesive from surface as work progresses. Joints must
be free of any debris or foreign matter before grouting. Joints shall be thoroughly filled and wiped
flush.
D Sealer: Allow tile to set 72 hours after grouting prior to application of sealant. Apply two coats of I
sealer in accord with manufacturer's printed specifications and instructions.
3.05 PROTECTION AND CLEANING I
A. Protect work, adjacent work, and materials by suitable covering. Upon completion of work, remove
spots from countertops and other surfaces. _
3.06 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
I
I
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 09680
I CARPETING
Page 1,
IPART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
I A. Section Includes:
1. Preparation of substrate surfaces.
2. ,Installation of Owner Furnished carpeting, carpet mat and floor transition strips.
I3. Contractor to furnish adhesives for installation of carpet, carpet tile and accessories.
1.02 RELATED ITEMS
IA. Contractor to furnish carpet,
B. Contractor to furnish seam sealer and floor transition strips.
IC. Section 03300-Cast-In-Place Concrete;for concrete floor finish and sealer.
1.03 REFERENCES
IA. American Society for Testing and Materials, (ASTM):
I B. ASTM E 648, "Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems Using a
Radiant Heat Energy Source".
C. Carpet and Rug Institute, (CRI):
ID. CRI 104, Standard for Installation of Commercial Textile Floor covering Materials.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
I
A. Shop Drawings:
1. Submit Shop Drawings indicating material quantities, cutting patterns and location of seams.
I 2. Prior to preparation of Drawings, coordinate with Owner's Project Architect to determine if
estimate and recommended cutting patterns have previously been prepared and are available
for use.
I B. Site Conditions
1. Do not commence carpet installation until painting and finishing work is complete and ceiling
and other overhead work has been tested, approved and completed.
I 2. Install carpet after lighting system is operational.
3. Survey existing conditions and notify OSR of conditions preventing completion of work.
C. Extra Stock
I 1. Save scraps larger than 2 feet in length and width for Owner's maintenance purposes.
2. Wrap carpet for long term storage. Mark each roll to indicate material and color.
IPART 2—PRODUCTS
2.01 CARPET MATERIALS
IA. Contractor furnished Carpet.
1.See product description and specification on drawings.
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
I MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 09680
CARPETING
Page 2 I
B. Contractor Furnished
1. Patching and Leveling Compound: Furnish and install one of the following:
a. Parabond M-120 Powder and M-283 Latex Additive.
b. DAP 609 Powder and 60L Additive.
c. Dependable Skimcoat Powder and Latex Liquid.
2. Floor transition STRIPS (FTS) 1
3. Carpet Edge Guard (FTS-1): Vinyl edge guard. Carpet to vinyl tile.
a. Johnsonite:A Division of Duramax, Inc.; Johnsonite No. EG-20-Target.
b. Color: selected by Owner.
4 Adhesives
a. Seam Sealer:
1. Barrett: Capitol Adhesive Saf-T-Bond 002.
2. Masland Contract: 1580 Latex Seam Sealer.
3. Shaw: Shaw H 4000.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION i
A. Install carpet materials on surfaces which are thoroughly cured, dry, clean and free of dirt, grease,
oil, paint, mortar and plaster droppings.
B. Test new concrete for excessive moisture content and bonding capability with adhesive according
to the adhesive manufacturer's recommendations before starting work.
C. Fill cracks, holes and voids in sub floor.Thoroughly clean surfaces so that they are smooth and free
of dust. Ensure floors are level,with maximum surface variation of 1/4 inch in 10 feet. Do not
exceed manufacturer's recommendation for patch thickness. I
D. Prime concrete according to adhesive manufacturer's recommendations.
3.02 GENERAL INSTALLATION
A. Layout carpet rolls for review prior to cutting.
B. Position carpet according to pattern layout drawings. I
C. Do not mix carpet from different production lots.
D. Cut carpet to the proper length a minimum of 3 to 4 inches longer than the area of measurement
and spread out in the area where it is to be installed a minimum 24 hours prior to actual installation.
Align all breadths, or sections, of carpet in their proper position and trim the seams before
spreading adhesives.
E. Install carpet in longest lengths possible to minimize cross seams. Install carpet in each area so
grain is in one direction. Make seam joints straight with pieces butted tightly together.
F. Form seams according to Carpet Manufacturer's instructions. Center seams at door openings
under the door. Do not extend seams that are perpendicular to door openings through opening.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 09680
CARPETING
Paye 3
G. Fit carpet neatly to walls, columns and adjacent finish flooring. Extend carpet into closets and under
store fixtures.
F. Install floor transition strips where carpet meets other finish floor materials. Extend carpet
completely under transition strip flanges and edge guards.
G. Do not seam carpet where dimension of room or areas is less than width of carpet.
H. Accurately locate holes for floor mounted utilities such as electrical outlets. Cut holes neatly so
edges of carpet will be covered by outlet trim.
I Apply adhesive in accordance with manufacturers application rate. Do not use excessive
adhesive.
J. Adhesive Installation Option:
1. Use 1/8"V-notch trowel to spread adhesive unless another size is recommended by the Carpet
Manufacturer. Do not lay carpet into adhesive immediately.Allow sufficient tack time or set up
time.Test tackiness by touching adhesive with fingers to see if strings develop when pulling
away. Immediately remove excess adhesive from carpet pile face.A 100%transfer of the
adhesive to the carpet backing, while maintaining full coverage of the floor, must be obtained.
2. Use seam sealer on every seam and under vinyl molding flanges, outlet covers and carpet
edge moldings.To prevent fraying and raveling at seams, apply a 1/8"continuous bead of
seam sealer adhesive to the base of the first edge where the face yarn enters the backing to
seal the first edge as well as the second edge when the edges are butted together to form the
seam.
3. Roll carpet with a light roller to remove air bubbles and wrinkles and leave a smooth surface. It
may be necessary to re-roll the carpet 24 to 48 hours later to remove any bubbles or air pockets
that may have developed.
M4. Immediately after inspection, re-clean and vacuum carpet, if necessary, and protect from
damage and soiling by covering with polyethylene film perforated with a 1/4" round rod
approximately 24"on center each way to prevent mildew.Allow no storage of tools or
equipment on carpet.
5. Replace damaged or defective work where required. Replace entire carpet section if required to
111 achieve pattern and color uniformity.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 09680 1
CARPETING
Page 4 1
(This page intentionally left blank)
I
1
I
I
i
M
1
r
1
I
r
I
I
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES I
I
I SECTION 09900
PAINTING
Page 1
1 PARTI-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
IA. Painting all exposed exterior and interior surfaces not specifically excluded herein.
I1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Factory applied prime coats.
IB. Stain Finish for Concrete Floors: SECTION 09931
C. Joint treatment, taping, bedding and texturing of gypsum drywall: SECTION 09260
ID. Sealants and Caulking: SECTION 07920
E. Special coatings and finishes not specified herein.
I1.03 WORK SPECIFICALLY EXCLUDED
I A. General: Painting;
1. Sitework paving and surfacing.2. Concrete foundations, walls, panels, slabs, etc.
3. Factory finished materials specified in the following Divisions of these specifications:
I a. WOOD AND PLASTIC
b. MASONRY
c. FINISHES
I 4. d. SPECIALTIES
Factory finished:
a. Roofing
b. Hardware
Ic.5. Electrical devises and cover plates
Factory finished mechanical and electrical equipment, panel boards, piping, devices, etc.,
located in special purpose enclosures, rooms or spaces, such as screens, mechanical
rooms, equipment rooms, electrical rooms, telephone rooms and janitor rooms.
I
B. Exceptions: Items listed above specifically noted "Paint"on the drawings or in other sections of
these specifications.
I1.04 INTENT
A. Providing Owner selected finishes and colors for exposed surfaces of the work of the construction
I contract. Contractor shall be responsible for field painting surfaces(not excluded above)including
exposed factory finished mechanical and electrical equipment, piping, etc. "Exposed"shall mean
visible from: ground level;floors and levels of construction of this contract; and floors and levels of
1 I buildings on adjacent properties.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
I A. Qualifications of Workmen: Employ skilled workmen, experienced in the use of the specific product
involved. Quality workmanship is required.
IMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
Page 2
B. Approval of Manufacturer: Materials used shall be exactly as specified in quality. No claim by
painting subcontractor to unsuitability or unavailability of any material specified, or his unwillingness
. to use same, or his inability to produce quality work with same,will be entertained.
C. Regulatory Agency Requirement: Conform to applicable code(s)for flame/fuel/smoke rating
requirements for finishes.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Paint Schedule: As soon as possible after Contract is signed, prepare and submit to Owner for
acceptance an itemized PAINT SCHEDULE, listing the kinds and types of paints proposed for each
and every application by name of manufacturer and brand name and color number of the paint for
each application. This PAINT SCHEDULE submitted shall be similar in tentative paint listed 111
contained hereinafter with no exceptions.
B. Samples: Prepare and furnish in duplicate, on chips approximately 8"x 10" in size, dry specimens
of each type finish for Owner review. Whenever possible, specimens shall be on the same type
material as that on which it is to be used.
PART II-PRODUCTS I
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of 111
manufacturers indicated on the paint list. No substitutions will be allowed. Refer to Paragraph 3.09
of this section for ordering information. I
2.02 KINDS OF MATERIALS
A. Do not use paint products containing lead. I
2.03 MATERIALS
A. Paint List: Where any particular application is not mentioned in this list, Contractor shall figure on ,
application of manufacturer's specification for application which is consistent with types and
qualities listed herein.
Exterior Surfaces
1. Wood Trim,Windows, Doors and Sidelights(Painted)
1st coat: ICI 2110 ULTRA-HIDE DURUS Exterior Alkyd Primecoat.
2nd coat: ICI DULUX 4216 Lifemaster Pro.
3`d coat: ICI DULUX 4216 Lifemaster Pro.
2. Wood Trim,Windows and Doors (Stained)
1st coat: ICI 2610 WOODPRIDE Waterborne Semi-Transparent Deck&Siding Stain.
2nd coat: (Doors) McCluskey's Spar Varnish.
3. Wood Trellis and Bracing at Fascia(Stained)
1st coat: ICI 2610 WOODPRIDE Waterborne Semi-Transparent Stain.
MulvannvG2 Architecture 1
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
Page 3
4. Ferrous&Non-Ferrous Metals and Exposed Gas Lines
1St coat: ICI DEVOE COATINGS 4160 DEVGUARD Multi-Purpose Tank&Structural
Primer.
2nd coat: ICI DULUX 4216 Lifemaster Pro.
3`d coat: ICI DULUX 4216 Lifemaster Pro.
Note: Omit first coat on materials already prime painted but touch up bare spots with Metal
primer.
' 5. Galvanized Metal
First: Remove all dirt, grease, oil and scaly material.
1st coat: ICI DULUX 4216 Lifemaster Pro.
2nd coat: ICI DULUX 4216 Lifemaster Pro.
6. Prepainted Equipment(Rooftop Equipment,Transformers, Etc.)
1st coat: ICI DULUX 4216 Lifemaster Pro.
2"d coat: ICI DULUX 4216 Lifemaster Pro.
7. Stucco/EIFS
1 n coat : ICI 2200 DULUX PROFESSIONAL Exterior 100%Acrylic Flat Finish.
2nd coat: ICI 2600 WOODPRIDE Exterior Aquacrylic Solid Color Stain.
8. Unit Masonry
1st coat: ICI DULUX DEVOE COATINGS 4000 BLOXFIL Interior/Exterior Heavy Duty
Acrylic Block Filler.
2nd coat: ICI 2200 DULUX PROFESSIONAL Exterior 100% Acrylic Flat Finish.
Interior Surfaces
9. Wood Doors and Trim,Window and Trim (Painted):
1st coat: ICI 1120 ULTRA-HIDE Oil/Alkyd Interior Wood Undercoater.
2nd coat: ICI DULUX 4216 Lifemaster Pro.
10. Wood Trusses and Ceiling (Painted)
1st coat: ICI 2200 DULUX PROFESSIONAL Exterior 100%Acrylic Flat Finish.
2nd coat: ICI 2200 DULUX PROFESSIONAL Exterior 100%Acrylic Flat Finish.
11. Wood Doors and Trim, Windows and Trim (Stained)
1st coat: ICI 1700 WOODPRIDE Interior Oil Wood Finishing Stain.
2nd coat: ICI 1902 WOODPRIDE Interior Polyurethane Satin Varnish.
Note: Where called for in finish schedule use-
1 coat: ICI 2610 WOODPRIDE Waterborne Semi-Transparent Deck&Siding Stain.
12. Gypsum Wallboard
1st coat: ICI 1060 ULTRA-HIDE Vapor Barrier Primer-Sealer.
2nd coat: ICI DULUX 4216 Lifemaster Pro.
3rd coat: ICI DULUX 4216 Lifemaster Pro..
j13. Gypsum Wallboard w/Textured Mottled Finish
1st coat: ICI 2200 DULUX PROFESSIONAL Exterior 100%Acrylic Flat Finish.
2nd coat: ICI 2600 WOODPRIDE Exterior Aquacrylic Solid Color Stain.
i14. Ferrous Metal and Gas Lines
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-009&01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
Page 4
First: Remove all dirt, grease, oil and scaly material. I
1st coat: ICI DEVOE COATINGS 4160 DEVGUARD Multi-Purpose Tank&Structural
Primer.
2"d coat: ICI DULUX 4216 Lifemaster Pro.
3`d coat: ICI DULUX 4216 Lifemaster Pro.
B. Coverage: Coverage coats noted above are minimum requirements. Contractor shall provide
additional coats as needed for complete coverage. 111
C. Colors: Colors(shown on the drawings)have been selected by the Owner, who reserves the right
to select colors formulated by manufacturers other than those listed hereinbefore. Paint
manufacturer shall match color(s)selected and provide color match sample(s)to Owner for
acceptance.
2.04 SCAFFOLDING, DROP CLOTHS, ETC. I
A. Provide in place, move as necessary during the course of the work, and finally remove from the
premises when work is completed, or when directed, scaffolding, staging, ladders, plastic sheeting
or other form of drop cloths, masking tapes, storage lockers for paint materials and mixing
equipment as needed for proper and efficient performance of the work.
2.05 MIXES I
A. Paint shall be ready-mixed unless otherwise accepted by the Owner, and shall be thinned or
reduced only in accord with manufacturer's instruction. I
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 DELIVERY I
A. Deliver materials in unopened containers bearing manufacturers'brand name or catalog number,
and name or description of material. Carefully check delivered materials against the approved
PAINT SCHEDULE.
3.02 STORAGE
A. Store materials in a single place designated by the Architect. Keep storage place neat and clean.
Damaged areas shall be corrected by cleaning, repairing or replacing. Soiled or used rags, waste
and trash must be removed from building every night. Take every precaution to avoid the danger
of fire. Temperature of storage are should be maintained between 50 F and 45 F.
3.03 CONDITIONS
A. Apply water-base paints only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and surrounding air 111
temperatures are between 50 F (10 C), unless otherwise permitted by manufacturer's instructions.
B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air i
temperatures are between 45 F (7 C) and 95 F(35 C), unless otherwise permitted by paint
manufacturer's printed instructions.
C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog or mist; or when relative humidity exceeds 85%or to damp or
wet surfaces; unless otherwise permitted by paint manufacturer's printed instructions.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
Page 5
D. Painting may be continued during inclement weather if areas and surfaces to be painted are
enclosed and heated within temperature limits specified by material manufacturer during
application and drying periods.
E. Provide adequate ventilation of spaces while applying primer and finish coats.
F. All application of coatings shall be done under adequate illumination.
•
3.04 PREPARATION
A. Remove dirt, rust, scale, splinters, grease and oil from surfaces to be painted. Prepare surfaces
prior to painting as specified by paint material manufacturer. Remove prefinished hardware,
electrical devices, etc. before painting. Replace such items after finishes are completely dry. No
exterior or interior painting shall be done until surfaces are thoroughly dry. Painting contractor is
responsible for defective work from any cause, including unsuitable and improperly prepared
surfaces.
1 3.05 PAINTING
A. General: Apply paint in accord with manufacturer's instructions. Use techniques and applications
best suited for type of material being applied. Spread or flow materials on smoothly,with proper
film thickness and without runs, sags, skips or other defects. Cut paint in neatly around glass and
other edges. Mix, stir, blend, etc. in strict accord with manufacturer's instructions Specific attention
is called to stirring time intervals for stains.
B. Wash metal surfaces with mineral spirits to remove dirt, oil or grease before applying primer.
Remove rust or scale by wire brushing or sanding cleaning before painting. Marred shop coats of
paint shall be cleaned and touched up with primer, prior to finish coats.
C. Galvanized metal surfaces shall be given a crystalline zinc phosphate pre-treatment. Two products
for this purpose are Lithoform made by American Chemical Paint Co., Ambler, Pa., and Galvaprep
#5, made by Neilson Chemical Co., Detroit, Michigan.
D. Masonry surfaces shall be cleaned of any soil, efflorescence, excess mortar, etc. If wet cleaning is
' used, allow adequate time for drying to allow for uniform penetration. All cracks shall be pointed or
caulked. All voids in masonry joints shall be filled. Neutralize acid washed surfaces. Moisture
content of surface shall not exceed 15% in order to apply sealer. Allow new surfaces to age four
weeks prior to application of sealer.
E. Interior trim and cabinetry shall be back-primed with wood primer.
F. Remove hardware, hardware accessories, machined surfaces, plates, lighting fixtures, and similar
items in place and not to be finish-painted, or provide surface applied protection prior to surface
preparation and painting operations. Remove, if necessary,for completing painting of items and
adjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting of each space or area, reinstall removed
items.
G. Scratches, cracks and abrasions on surfaces to be painted shall be filled with a spackling
compound flush with adjoining surface. When dry, sand smooth and seal before application of
priming coat.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#040098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 09900
PAINTING
Page 6
H. Enamel applied to wood or metal shall be sanded with fine sandpaper and then cleaned between
coats to produce an even, smooth finish.
I. Metal door frames shall be made smooth by filling and sanding before finishing. Touch-up factory
prime coat before applying first coat. I
J. Prepare and stain interior wood siding as scheduled prior to installation.
K. Drvinci Time: Unless, otherwise specified, exterior paints shall dry for 48 hours and interior paints
for 24 hours between coats.
L. Sanding: Sand enamels and varnish lightly and dust between coats. 1
M. Acceptance:
1. Work is subject to acceptance by the Owner and any work not complying with these
specifications shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Owner.
2. Final coat of paint shall have visual evidence of hiding and uniform appearance.
3. Paint shall be evenly spread and smoothly flowed on without runs, sags, curtains or other
evidence of poor application.
4. Spot painting will be allowed to correct soiled or damaged paint surfaces only when touch-
up spot will blend into surrounding finish and is invisible to normal viewing. Otherwise, re-
coat entire section to corners or visible stopping point.
3.07 PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. Protect work, adjacent work, and materials, by suitable covering. Upon completion of work,
remove paint and varnish spots from floors, glass and other surfaces.
3.08 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from the premises. 1
3.09 ORDERING INFORMATION
A. All finish coat paints can be obtained from ICI DULUX PAINTS.
Plano, Texas
ICI Dulux Paints
700 W. Parker Road
Plano, Texas 75075
972/424-2502, Fax No. 972/424-8451
B. All orders must be placed through ICI DULUX PAINTS either by telephone or FAX. No pickups or
deliveries will be made without ICI DULUX PAINTS purchase orders or verbal authorization.
Please allow 3-5 working days to process order. I
END OF SECTION 1
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
' SECTION 09931
STAIN FINISHING FOR CONCRETE FLOORS (CHEMICAL)
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Chemical Stain
B. Base Sealer
C. Finish Sealer
1.02 RELATED SECTION
A. Cast-In-Place Concrete: SECTION 03300
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications of Workmen: Employ skilled workmen, experienced in use of specific product
involved. Quality workmanship is required.
B. Manufacturer: Materials shall be exactly as specified. No claim by finishing subcontractor to
unsuitability or unavailability of materials specified, or his unwillingness to use same, or his inability
' to produce quality work with same, will be entertained.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Society for Testing Materials(ASTM):
1.05 SCHEDULING
A. Stain Application: Protect slab from any damage or foot traffic. Stain concrete 7- 10 days after
concrete slab has been placed.
B. Base Sealer: After stain application. Surface must be completely dry and concrete cured prior to
sealer application.
C. Finish Sealer: After final cleaning of building and removal of base sealer, and immediately prior to
Owner occupancy. Surface must be completely dry and concrete cured prior to finish sealer
application.
PART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products and
specifications of various manufacturers. Substitutions will not be accepted.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Stain: L. M.Scofield Company, Los Angeles, California, "Lithochrome Chemical Stains",
chemically reactive, water-solutions of metallic salts complying with applicable air quality
management regulations.
B. Base Sealer: 1 coat Chem-Coat Industries, Inc., "CCI-293-22", (800)511-2769.
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 09931
STAIN FINISHING FOR CONCRETE FLOORS(CHEMICAL)
Page 2
C. Maintenance Sealer: 4 applications-Chem-Coat Industries, Inc., "CCI-5000", Industrial Floor I
Finish, (800)511-2769.
D. Stain Color: As noted on drawings. I
2.03 MIXES
A. Ready-mixed; thinned or reduced only in accord with manufacturer's instructions. I
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 DELIVERY 1
A. Deliver in unopened containers bearing manufacturers' brand name or catalog number, and name
or description of material.
3.02 STORAGE
A. Store in single place designated by Owner. Keep neat and clean. Remove soiled or used rags, I
waste and trash from building every night.
3.03 PREPARATION ,
A. Remove dirt, scale, grease and oil from surfaces to be stained. Prepare surfaces prior to staining
per material manufacturer's instructions. Staining contractor is responsible for defective work
caused by unsuitable and improperly prepared surfaces.
3.04 FIELD SAMPLE
A. Provide field sample, approximately 3'-0"x 3'-0", at project, complete and finished for Owner's
acceptance. Sample location as directed by Owner.
3.05 APPLICATION I
A. Apply stain, base sealer, and maintenance sealer to match field sample, in accord with
manufacturer's instructions. Allow stain to remain on surface for thirty minutes and immediately
remove. When stain has fully cured, apply base sealer to entire surface. After final cleaning of
building and prior to furniture installation, minimum two(2)weeks prior to opening date, apply four
(4)weekly applications of maintenance sealer, in accord with manufacturer's instructions.
Applications performed after furniture installation and opening must be scheduled with unit manager
and shall include moving and replacing all tables and chairs.
3.06 PROTECTION AND CLEANING I
A. Protect work, adjacent work, and materials by suitable covering. Upon completion of work, remove
spots from floors and other surfaces.
3.07 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section, remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
r
SECTION 09940
DUCT LINER
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
IA. Duct liner applied to underside of roof decking.
1.02 QUALITY STANDARDS
A. All materials shall be furnished by one manufacturer only.
1.03 SUBMITTALS
rA. Submit 12 x 12 inch, samples, per SUBMITTALS Section, of materials to be supplied for Owner's
acceptance.
PART Il-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products of
Knauf Fiber Glass, Shelbyville, Indiana. Such is intended to establish minimum quality standards,
not to limit competitive bidding. Contact Lin Baker or Mark Snodgrass with"General Insulation" at
(214)688-7000. Suppliers and products with equal or superior characteristics by other
manufacturers are acceptable under conditions of the Specifications.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Duct Liner: Knauf Rigid Plenum Liner, one inch thick by 48"x 120", with black polymer top layer
and factory applied black overspray. No verbage or any type of markings to appear on black side of
liner.
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Deliver materials in original unopened packages and store in enclosed shelter providing protection
from damage and exposure to the elements. Remove damaged or deteriorated materials from
premises.
1 3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Nail or adhesively apply duct liner to underside of roof decking with foil face toward deck. Use nails
long enough to penetrate deck leaving exposed fiber glass liner surface free of dimples and liner
flush to deck with no sagging.
3.03 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
'
MG2#04-0098-01 MulvannvG2 Architecture
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 09940
DUCT LINER
Page 2
1
(This Page Intentionally Left Blank)
111
I
I
1
I
I
1
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture I
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
111
t
SECTION 09955
VINYL WALL COVERING
Page 1
PART I GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE:
A. Requirements of the Conditions of the Contract and of Division 1 of these Specifications apply to
all work of this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following:
S1 Wallcovering materials
2. Adhesives
1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)
1 B. Underwriters Laboratories(UL)
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Applicator to be approved by the manufacturer of the material supplied, have a minimum three(3)
years experience and be able to offer proof of qualification to Architect.
PART II PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the products specified.
' 2.03 MATERIALS
A. Wallcovering Types and Colors: Reference to"Color and Material Legend"on the drawings.
B. Fire Hazard Classifications: ASTM E-84 Tunnel Test, Class A Fire Rated, Flame Spread 15, and
Smoke Developed 25.
C. Adhesive and Primer: As recommended by vinyl coated fabric wallcovering manufacturer.
PART III EXECUTION
301 DELIVERY AND STORAGE
A. Take care to prevent damage during delivery and handling. Store all wallcovering in undamaged
condition as packaged by the manufacturer, with manufacturer's seals and labels intact.
3.02 CONDITIONS
A. Examine all substrata and correct defects before beginning work. Complete all work that
penetrates at the substrata before beginning wallcovering installation. Starting work indicates
acceptance of a suitable substrata surface.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 09955
VINYL WALL COVERING
Page 2
3.03 PREPARATION
A. Fill holes, knock off high spots, sand, dust and prime with one coat of manufacturer's
recommended primer. In addition, refer to manufacturer's recommendations for surface
preparations. I
3.04 SAMPLE TEST PANEL
A. A maximum of two test panels of full width wallcovering are to be installed in areas designated b y 1
the Owner's Representative.Test Panels to conform to appearance and workmanship required
for the project. Test panels found deficient by specification standards or application procedures,
to be replaced.The approved test panels to be the standard of comparison for the project. No
works to begin until panels are approved by the Owner.
3.05 INSTALLATION
A. Sequence:
1. Use wallcovering rolls in consecutive numerical sequence of manufacture.
2. Place panels consecutively in exact order they are cut from the roll including filling all spaces
above or below windows, doors or similar penetrations.
3. This material is a random match/reversible pattern.
B. Application: ,
1 General: Install wallcovering before the installation of plumbing fixtures, casings, bases, and
cabinets. Remove and replace hardware, accessories, plates and similar items.
2. Trimming: Trim on a work table with a metal straight edges and industrial razor blade.Trim
additional salvage where required.
3. Adhesive: Follow the manufacturer's printed instructions for mixing adhesive. Apply
undiluted adhesive to wallcovering back using a roller or paste brush.
4. Wallcovering: Hang non-matched patterns by overlapping the edges and double cutting
through both thicknesses with a 0.04 or 0.06 inch thick zinc or aluminum strip back-up to
prevent cutting the substrata. Wrap 6 inches beyond inside and outside corners; no cutting
at corners permitted. No horizontal seams permitted. Use stiff bristled brush or flexible '
broad knife to eliminate air pockets and to secure to substrata surface. With a damp
sponge, remove excess adhesive from each seam as it is made and wipe clean and dry with
a cloth towel. Installed wallcovering to be secure, smooth, and clean,without wrinkles,
without air bubbles, gaps, or overlaps.
3.04 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this Section, remove related debris from premises. '
END OF SECTION 1
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
SECTION 10305
MANUFACTURED MASONRY FIREPLACE AND CHIMNEY SYSTEM
(ALTERNATE)
Page 1
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Manufactured masonry fireplace and chimney system and accessories.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
' A. Air Handling Equipment: SECTION 15855
B. Flashing and Sheet Metal: SECTION 07600
1.03 ALTERNATE/ALTERNATIVE
1 A. The work of this section is part of an alternate proposal; Reference Alternate/Alternative Section.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
1 A. Underwriters Laboratory(UL)
1.05 SUBMITTALS
' A. Prepare and submit shop and erection drawings, per SUBMITTALS section, of manufactured
masonry fireplace and chimney.
1 1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installation of system may be performed by manufacturer's certified installers.
PART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the products and the
specifications of Isokern of Texas, Inc., 990 Mill Street, Lewisville,Texas, 75057. Contact: Bill
Bryant, (972)994-9493, pager(972)777-9479. No substitution.
2.02 MATERIALS: VOLCANIC ROCK MASONRY COMPONENTS
A. Smoke chamber and top plate: As indicated on drawings.
B. Damper: Isokern damper.
C. Adhesive: Isokern, high bonding adhesive.
D. Fire brick at finished openings: Isokern fire brick.
E. Accessories: Volcanic rock masonry brick ledge, offset block, large or small crown, if needed are
indicated on drawings.
F. Chimney:
1. Flue liners: Isokern volcanic rock masonry flue liner units, 16.3"x 16.3"x 12".
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098 01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 10305
MANUFACTURED MASONRY FIREPLACE AND CHIMNEY SYSTEM
(ALTERNATE)
Page 2
2. Flue outer casings: Isoker volcanic rock masonry outer casing units, 21.5"x 21.5"x 12". 1
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 PREPARATION
A. Firebox must be placed on non-combustible substrate.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. Erect fireplace and chimney system as directed in manufacturer's latest installation instruction
manual.
B. Do not mortar damper in place.
C. Do not puncture, scratch or mar the surface of the masonry units.
D. Damper and flue are to be free of obstructions.
3.04 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises.
END OF SECTION
1
1 I
I
I
t
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 10523
PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
Page 1
' PART I-GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Fire extinguishers and Mounting brackets
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit per SUBMITTALS Section.
B. Prepare and submit product data sheets for acceptance.
C. Provide new portable fire extinguishers which are UL listed and bear UL"Listing Mark"for type,
rating, and classification of extinguisher indicated.
' PART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and this specification written on the basis of using the product and the
specifications of the J. L. Industries Division, J. N. Johnson Co., Inc. Minneapolis, Minnesota. It is
not the intent to limit competitive bidding. Products with equal characteristics by other manufac-
turers are acceptable under the conditions of these specifications.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Dining Area Fire Extinguishers: Provide a minimum of four, equal to J.L. Industries"Cosmic A"
Series Model 10E, wall-mounted 10 lb. capacity with nozzle. Fire extinguishers shall be a multi-
purpose dry chemical type, enameled, metal containers with pressure indicated gauges,for Class
A, B, and C fires. Approved equal fire extinguisher as manufactured by Larsen's Manufacturing
Co., or Muckle Manufacturing Co. shall also be acceptable for use on this project.
B. Kitchen Area Fire Extinguishers: Provide a minimum of two, equal to J.L. Industries"Galaxy Series
-Model 6"wall-mounted, dry chemical type 40 BC UL rated, 6 lb. capacity fire extinguishers with
pressure gauge.
C. Brackets: Equal to J.L. Industries"Mark Brackets, Model No. MB 846"complete with required
anchors, of required size for Model 10E fire extinguisher and"Mark Brackets, Model MB808"for
Model 6 fire extinguisher.
D. Anchors: Non-corrosive types as required by wall conditions.
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. Mount on walls in strict conformance with manufacturer's instructions, in locations directed by local
fire marshal!.
3.02 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises.
'
MG2#04-0098-01 MulvannvG2 Architecture
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 10523
PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS
Page 2
END OF SECTION '
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture 1
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
111
' SECTION 10810
TOILET ACCESSORIES
Page 1
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
' A. Toilet Accessories
B. Installation Requirements
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Sealants and Caulking:SECTION 07920
B. Rough Carpentry: SECTION 06100
' C. Glass: SECTION 08811
PART II-PRODUCTS
2.01 MANUFACTURER
A. The drawings were prepared and portions of this specification written on the basis of using the
' products of Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., North Hollywood, CA. It is not the intent to limit
competitive bidding. Products with equal characteristics by other manufacturers are acceptable
under the conditions of these specifications.
' B. All bathroom fixtures and accessories shall comply with all federal, state and local handicap
accessibility code requirements.
2.02 ACCESSORIES
A. Deliver items in manufacturer's unopened protective cartons. Maintain covers on units until
installation is complete.
B. Provide the following accessories in quantities and in locations indicated on the drawings:
1. Grab Bars(TA1): No. B-5806.99 x length and configuration shown on the drawings (with
appropriate anchors).
2. Toilet Tissue Dispenser(TA2):
3. Sanitary Napkin Dispenser(TA3):
4. Paper Towel Dispenser(TA4):
5. Feminine Napkin Disposal (TA5):
6. Waste Receptacle(TA6): .
7. Mirror(TA7): B-165, 18 x 24
8. Paper Towel Cabinet(TA8):
9. Soap Dispenser(TA9): .
10. Baby Changing Station (TA10): Fold down FDA approved, molded of heavyweight
polypropylene with straps equal to Koala Bear Kare.
2.03 SEALANTS
A. Same as specified for exterior sealing in SEALANTS AND CAULKING.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 10810
TOILET ACCESSORIES
Page 2
PART III-EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Inspect blocking and plate inserts in framing to determine if material is in proper position for
installation of accessories prior to wallboard surfacing being applied. Units securely attached to
framing. Grab bars installed to withstand a 900 lb. loading condition; provide necessary concealed
anchorage devices to meet load requirements.
3.02 INSTALLATION •
A. Install items in accord with manufacturer's instructions, in locations shown on the drawings in
cooperation with the work of other trades.
B. Remove protective covers at final clean-up of installation.
3.03 CLEAN-UP
A. Upon completion of work of this section remove related debris from premises. '
END OF SECTION 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
I
IDIVISION 15 MECHANICAL
Section 15010 General Requirements For Mechanical Work 7
I Section 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods 6
Section 15100 Valves 2
Section 15140 Supports And Anchors 3
Section 15250 Insulation 4
I Section 15330 Automatic Sprinkler Systems 4
Section 15335 Kitchen Hood Fire Suppression Systems 4
Section 15420 Plumbing Systems 3
I Section 15421 Domestic Water Heaters 1
Section 15440 Plumbing Fixtures and Trim 2
Section 15782 Packaged Roof-Top Cooling/Heating Units 4
Section 15855 Air Handling Equipment 3
I Section 15880 Air Distribution 5
Section 15911 Fire Resistive Duct Wrap 4
Section 15990 Testing,Adjusting And Balancing 3
4:3*.D PROFF
C* Ali 18762PE% F1,`off
44/
t' q.' . //
I _41/41p
9-, FaI. 1t7, 19ca�*.V
SUSS ELL
I
I
I
I
I
fMulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I .
I
SECTION 15010
' GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK
' PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SPECIAL NOTICE
' A. Each Contractor shall read all relevant documents, become familiar with the job, scope of work,
type of general construction, and the architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical drawings
and specifications. Each Contractor shall also familiarize himself with the purpose for which
' these documents have been prepared and shall become cognizant of all the details involved.
Each Contractor shall coordinate his work with that of others.
B. The term "Contractor" used in this section of the specification shall mean the Contractor whose
work is covered by this section.
C. When the term "Engineer" is used in this section of the specification, it shall mean the consulting
' mechanical engineer.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This division of the work shall comprise the furnishing of all materials, equipment, tools, labor and
transportation necessary for the complete installation of the mechanical systems shown and
hereinafter specified. Work is to be complete in every respect whether specifically mentioned in
' contract documents or not. This work and material includes, but is not limited to, the following
items:
1. Plumbing work including, but not limited to, complete systems of soil, sanitary and grease
waste and vent piping, domestic water service and distribution, natural gas service and
distribution, plumbing fixtures, water heaters and roughing in and final connections of
equipment furnished by the Owner or under other sections of the work.
' 2. Heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems including, but not limited to, heating and
cooling units, exhaust and ventilating systems, complete duct system including grilles,
registers and diffusers, insulation, accessories and temperature control systems.
' 3. The fire protection system including, but not limited to, complete design, shop drawings
and installation, of fire sprinkler system and range hood fire suppression systems including
water service, metering equipment, distribution, fire sprinklers, siamese connections,
alarms, controls and other specified and required items necessary to provide approved fire
suppression systems.
1.3 FEES AND PERMITS
' A. Each Contractor shall obtain all permits, inspections and approvals applicable to his trade and
required by regulatory authorities. All fees and costs of any nature whatsoever incidental to these
permits, inspections and approvals shall be paid by the Contractor as part of his Base Contract.
I
I
' MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
r
I
SECTION 15010 Page 2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK
I
1.4 RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR
A. Each Contractor shall be responsible for all work of every description in connection with his I
contract. He shall specifically and distinctly assume, and does so assume, all risk for damage or
injury from whatever cause to property or person used or employee on or in connection with his
I
work and of all damage or injury to any persons or property wherever located, resulting from any
action or operation under the contract or in connection with the work, and undertake the promise
to defend the Owner against all claims on account of any such damage or injury. 1
B. Each Contractor will be held responsible for the execution of a satisfactory and complete piece of I
work, in accordance with the true intent of the drawings and specification and all bulletins and
addenda, which may be issued during the time of bidding. He shall provide,without extra charge,
I
all incidental items required as part of his work, even though not particularly specified or
indicated, and if he has good reason for objecting to the use of any materials, appliance or
method if construction as shown or specified, he shall make report of such objections to the
Construction Manager, and obtain proper adjustment before the Contract is made, and shall 111proceed with the work, only with the understanding that a satisfactory job is required.
1.5 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The interrelation of the specifications, drawings and schedules shall be as hereinbefore described
in the Architectural Sections of the Specifications.
B. Should the drawings disagree in themselves, or with the specifications, contact the Construction I
Manager.
C. The "Scope of Work" as hereinbefore stated is intended to designate the general description of
I
the work, which shall be performed by each of the major contractors. It is not intended to include
all items of work, either generally or specifically, nor is it intended to limit the scope of the work
where plans, schedules, notes or standard practice requires the inclusion of other specific items. I
D. When the drawings do not give exact details as to the elevations of pipe, conduit and ducts, the
contractors shall physically arrange the systems to fit in the space available at the elevations
I
intended with the proper grades for the functioning of the systems involved. Piping, exposed
conduit and the duct systems are generally intended to be installed true and square to the
building construction, and located as high as possible against the structure in a neat and
workmanlike manner. Work shall be concealed in all finished areas except as shown. I
1.6 FINAL INSPECTIONS
A. The purpose of the final inspection is to determine whether the Contractor has completed the
I
work in a proper and workmanlike manner, that he has apparently installed the work in
accordance with the intent of the drawings and specifications and that, in the Construction
Manager's opinion, the work is satisfactory for acceptance.
B. It shall be the duty of each Contractor to personally make a special inspection trip as a whole,
assuring himself that the work on the project is ready for final acceptance before calling for a final
1
inspection.
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 . 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
1 SECTION 15010 Page 3
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK
IC. Before making the final inspection, the Construction Manager must have received the following
documents or evidence that they will be available at the time of inspection:
II. Certificates of acceptance from local inspecting authorities.
2. The letter of compliance from the Mechanical and Electrical Contractors.
3. All data called for in the"Records for Owner"article of this section of the specifications.
1 1.7 UTILITIES
A. The locations, size and elevation of sanitary sewer mains, the location, size and pressure of
I
water and gas mains, and points of service entrance are shown in accordance with data given
this office by various departments of cities, utility companies and the landlord. The points of
connection to the utility lines are approximate only and shall be verified by the Contractor bidding
each portion of the work. Each bidder shall include adequate funds in his bid price to cover all
I
costs of connections to utility lines regardless of exact location and shall hold the Owner harmless
as to additional costs or extras regarding the utility connections.
I1.8 GUARANTEE
A. All materials, equipment and workmanship shall be guaranteed for a period of one year from the
date of acceptance by the Owner of this project, except that where specific equipment is noted to
I have extended guarantees, the Contractor shall be responsible for the proper registration of these
guarantees so that the Owner can make all proper claims should future need develop. All work
found to be defective by the AHJ or Engineer shall be repaired or replaced by the Contractor
I
without any charge to the Owner.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
I2.1 MATERIALS
A. Materials utilized in the construction of this building shall be new, and of the quality indicated. All
I
proposed substitutions must be approved by Construction Manager before the last addendum.
Approval of the substitution does not relieve the General Contractor from the intent of the
construction documents. If substituted item or system is deemed inferior by Construction
Manager, he may require the General Contractor to replace the system or item at the General
I
Contractor's expense.
2.2 CODES AND STANDARDS
IA. All materials and workmanship shall comply with all applicable local, county, state and national
codes, specifications, ordinances, utility company regulations and specified industry standards.
I
B. In case of difference between building codes, specifications, state laws, local ordinances, industry
standards, utility company regulations and the Contract Documents, the most stringent shall
govern. The Contractor shall promptly notify the Construction Manager in writing of any such
I
differences. Should the Contractor perform any work that does not comply with the requirements
of the applicable building codes, state laws, local regulations, he shall bear all costs arising in
correcting these deficiencies.
I
IMulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 15010 Page 4
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK
C. In addition to the local, county, and state ordinances, the utility company regulations, the following
industry standards and codes shall apply as applicable, except that where the requirements of
this specification are more stringent than the following standards, they shall take precedence:
1. AASHTO American Association of Safety, Highway, and Traffic Officials
2. AIEE American Institute of Electrical Engineers
3. AMCA Air Moving &Conditioning Association
4. ASA American Standard Association
5. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigeration and Air Conditioning Engineers
6. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
7. ASPE American Society of Plumbing Engineers
8. ASTM American Society of Testing Materials
9. AWWA American Water Works Association
10. CSA Canadian Standards Association
11. IES Illuminating Engineering Society
12. NEC National Electric Code
13. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
14. NFPA National Fire Protection Association
15. SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractor National Association
16. UL Underwriters'Laboratories
111
D. In addition to those codes and standards hereinbefore mentioned fire protection systems shall be
installed in accordance with all applicable portions of the NFPA standards and particular attention
is called to the following bulletins: Bulletin No. 29A, "Gate and Check Valves; Bulletin No. 13,
"Sprinkler Systems"; Bulletin No. 23, "Fire Department Connections".
2.3 SUBMITTAL DATA '
A. The submittal data shall be handled as hereinbefore specified in the "General Conditions" section
of these specifications as specified for"Shop Drawings."
B. Before submittal of all data, the Contractor shall check each piece of apparatus, equipment and
accessory to insure compliance with requirements of the plans and specifications and shall
clearly mark each submittal with his signature to indicate that they are in full compliance. Any
submittals received without the Contractor's signature may be returned without being checked. It
shall be the Contractor's responsibility to point out all deviations between the plans and
specifications and the materials submitted.
C. Each set of data from any one manufacturer shall be bound in an individual folder properly
indexed and marked to indicate job, Contractor, supplier and purpose for which data enclosed is
being offered. Data submitted shall show proposed equipment only and shall not be catalogs
showing a manufacturer's complete line. Each sheet shall indicate the name of manufacturer of
the equipment being submitted. Sufficient data shall be included to prove compliance with the
specifications as far as use, capacity, efficiencies, physical size, quality of materials and all other
pertinent specified particulars.
D. Seismic Supports and Anchorage Calculations: Submit product data for all support and
anchorage components and calculations of their structural capacity and application. Seismic
calculations will be based on UBC 1632 requirements. Calculations of lateral forces imposed on
equipment will not be less than 50 percent of their total operating weight of the equipment. All
calculations will be wet stamped by a structural engineer with a current Oregon registration.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 15010 Page 5
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK
' E. Submittal data (manufacturers'catalog data)shall include the following:
' 1. Fire protection system components and devices(when applicable to project).
2. Insulation.
3. Domestic water heaters.
4. Plumbing fixtures and trim.
5. Packaged roof-top cooling/heating units.
6. Testing, adjusting and balancing.
2.4 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Each Contractor shall submit shop drawings whenever equipment proposed varies in physical
size and arrangement of equipment space; where tight spaces require extreme coordination
' between ductwork, piping, and other equipment; where called for elsewhere in these
specifications; and where specifically requested by the Construction Manager. Shop drawings
shall be made at no additional charge.
' B. All required shop drawings, except as hereinafter specified shall be prepared at a scale of not
less than 1/4 inch equals one foot by the Contractor. He shall submit prints as hereinbefore
described under"submittal data."
' C. Shop drawings shall be prepared on the following items:
1. For installation of roof top units and duct systems where units furnished differ in physical
' size and arrangement from those scheduled and shown.
2. In other locations, as directed by the Construction Manager.
3. Complete fire sprinkler system drawings, including indication of proper coordination with
' ceiling pattern. Drawings shall be approved by required government and insurance
authorities before submittal.
4. Provide shop drawing indicating all seismic supports and bracing with the support type
identified, at each location, for all piping and ductwork. Current issue of SMACNA Seismic
Guidelines is the project standard. Shop Drawings will be wet stamped by a structural
engineer with a current Oregon registration.
5. Each Contractor shall submit shop drawings as herein listed. These drawings shall be
' complete working drawings prepared in a neat reproducible form and shall indicate the
work of all trades the areas involved. Unless otherwise directed, they shall be prepared by
the Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning Contractor who shall be responsible for the
coordination with other trades.
2.5 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
' A. All major equipment such as air handling units,water heaters, and exhaust fans shall be identified
by the attachment of nameplates constructed from laminated phenolic engraved plastic, 3 ply,
with black surface and white interior core, at least 1/16 inch thick. Engraved lettering shall be
condensed gothic, at least 1/4 inch high and properly spaced for easy and legible reading. Plates
shall be attached to equipment by the use of a permanent type adhesive or chromium plated
screws or hand neatly lettered with permanent indelible paint or ink in a contrasting color directly
on the unit. Embossed plastic tape is not acceptable.
1
1 MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 15010 Page 6
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK
2.6 RECORDS FOR OWNER
A. Each Contractor shall accumulate during the job progress the following data in duplicate,
prepared in a neat brochure or packet folder, and turn over to the Construction Manager:
1. All warranties, guarantees and manufacturer's directions on equipment and materials
covered by the Contract including operating instructions and recommended maintenance
and seasonal changeover procedures.
2. Copies of approved shop drawings.
3. Any and all other data and/or drawings required during construction.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES
A. Before submitting proposals for work, each bidder shall be held to have examined the premises
under which he will be obliged to operate, or that will in any manner affect the work under this
contract. No allowance shall be made subsequently in this connection in behalf of the Contractor
for any error or negligence on his part.
3.2 SPACE AND EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENT
A. Each Contractor shall be responsible to see that equipment proposed will fit the spaces available.
In certain instances, the equipment is mentioned by name in the equipment schedules. In these
cases it is the equipment whose dimensions and connection arrangements have been used for
the preparation of the layouts shown on the working drawings. Should the use of equipment by
other approved manufacturers or of other physical shape than those shown on the drawings be
proposed, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor making the proposal to submit for
approval of shop drawings showing the arrangement of the proposed equipment in the space
available. Approval of substitution offered without these shop drawings does not relieve the
Contractor of the responsibility of arranging the equipment in a satisfactory workable installation
in the space shown on the drawings.
3.3 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS '
A. The manufacturer's published directions shall be followed in the delivery, storage, protection,
installation, piping and wiring of all equipment and material. The Contractor shall promptly notify
the Construction Manager in writing of any conflict between the requirements of the Contract
Documents and the manufacturer's directions, and shall obtain instructions before proceeding
with the work. Should the Contractor perform any work before receiving such instructions, he
shall bear all costs arising in connection with the deficiencies. '
3.4 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL
A. Provide the services of competent engineers or technicians to instruct representatives of the '
Owner in complete and detailed operation and maintenance of each item of equipment and each
system.
B. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for proper maintenance of equipment and systems until
the instructions have been given to the Owner's personnel and the letter of release
acknowledged. '
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 15010 Page 7
I
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK
3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING
I A. Each Contractor shall notify the General Contractor sufficiently ahead of the construction of any
floors, walls, ceilings, roofs, etc., of the openings that will be required for his work. He shall also
see that any and all sleeves that are required for his work are set at proper times so as not to
I hold up the progress to be done because of lack of proper coordination shall be done by the
General Contractor at the expense of the Contractors involved.
B. Do not request the General Contractor to cut any structural members without first having received
Iwritten permission from the Construction Manager.
3.6 ELECTRICAL ENERGY,WATER AND SANITARY FACILITIES
I A. Electrical energy, water and sanitary facilities required for the construction of this project shall be
provided as hereinbefore specified under the Architectural Sections of the work except all
electrical energy required for welding shall be provided by the Contractor doing the welding in the
Iform of portable gasoline power generators as allowed by local codes and regulations.
3.7 ELECTRIC WIRING OF MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT
I A. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all wiring for the installation of equipment
whether furnished by the Contractor or the Owner except low voltage HVAC control wiring will be
installed by the Electrical Contractor with final connection to the HVAC equipment by the HVAC
I Contractor. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish all disconnect switches as required for the
proper operation of the equipment unless such equipment is specified to be factory mounted.
B. Each Contractor shall note that the electrical design and drawings are based on the equipment
Ischeduled and shown on the drawings, should any Contractor submit for approval equipment
requiring changes to the electrical design for which the Electrical Contractor will request an extra,
this extra shall be paid by the Contractor providing the equipment requiring the change.
I3.8 QUIET OPERATION
I A. This work shall be installed in such a manner that under all conditions of load it shall operate
without sound or vibration, which is objectionable in the occupied spaces in the opinion of the
Construction Manager. In the case of moving machinery, sound or vibration annoyingly
noticeable inside its own room can be considered as objectionable.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 15010 Page 8
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL WORK '
1
1
1
I
1
1
r
I
I
I
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 15050
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
iA. The Conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Section.
' B. Comply with Division 15 Section, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of work.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. The requirements set forth in this Section of the Specifications apply equally to all Sections within
Divisions 15, except where superseded by more restrictive requirements.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
2.1 STANDARD PRODUCTS
A. Each item of equipment furnished under this Division of the Specifications shall be essentially the
standard product of the manufacturer.
B. Materials and equipment shall be of the best quality normally used in good commercial practice,
and shall be the products of reputable domestic manufactures unless otherwise specified.
2.2 QUALITY AND CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS
A. Materials and equipment shall be new and of the quality specified, and shall be free from defects
' at the time of installation.
B. Wherever a UL standard has been established for a particular type of material or equipment,
each such material or equipment provided on this product shall meet the requirements of the UL
standard in every way and shall be UL listed and labeled.
2.3 LOCAL PARTS AND SERVICE
A. Each item of equipment furnished on this project shall have local representation, factory-
authorized service and an adequate stock of repair parts.
' 2.4 FLAME SPREAD PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS
A. Materials used on this project shall each have a flame spread rating of 25 or less, and a smoke
' developed rating of 50 or less, as determined by an independent testing laboratory in accordance
with NFPA-255.
2.5 MOUNTING SUPPORTS
A. Provide appropriate mounting supports within the building elements as required for installation of
plumbing fixtures, access panels and other devices, which install recessed into walls, floors and
' ceilings.
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 15050 Page 2
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
2.6 EQUIPMENT FOUNDATIONS, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Provide foundations, hangers and supports for mechanical equipment as required. These shall '
include reinforced concrete pads, manufactured hanger components and fabricated supports,
constructed in accordance with these Specifications and the manufacturer's recommendations.
2.7 SLEEVES
A. Above Grade and In Dry Locations: Sleeves for piping shall be constructed from 14-gauge
galvanized steel, and shall be flush on both sides of the surface penetrated in finished areas and
shall be flush and extend 3 inches above finished floor in chases and equipment rooms. The'
space between the sleeve and the pipe or insulation through floor sleeves shall be sealed as
specified below. Sleeves shall be sized to allow free passage of the pipes to be inserted, and
when pipes are to be insulated, sleeves shall be large enough to pass the insulation.
B. On or Below Grade or In Moist Areas: Sleeves passing through concrete beams, walls or floors
shall be constructed of Schedule 40 galvanized steel pipe, and shall be designed with suitable
flanges in the center of the beams, walls or floors to form waterproof passages. Seal annular
space with Type S Link-Seal or equivalent product.
2.8 FIRESTOPPING
A. Provide firestopping in sealing of penetrations in fire-rated construction, horizontal and vertical,
including the following materials:
1. Foam: Dow Corning Firestop silicone RTV foam, CAT #2001 liquid component Part A
(black)and liquid component Part B(off-white).
2. Sealant: Dow Corning Firestop RN silicone adhesive sealant, CAT#2000.
3. Damming Materials: Mineral fiberboard, mineral fiber matting, mineral fiber putty, plywood
or particle board, as selected by the applicator.
B. Mixes shall conform to the manufacturer's directions.
C. All fire-rated assemblies will be UL listed. '
2.9 FLASHINGS
A. Provide flashings for all penetrations through roofs. I
B. Pipes which terminate open to the atmosphere, shall be flashed with 4 lb. sheet lead with a base
extending not less than 10 inches all around the pipe into the water proofing. The vertical portion
of the flashing shall extend upward the entire length of the pipe and shall turn down inside the
pipe not less than 1 inch.
2.10 FLOOR, CEILING AND WALL PLATES
A. Provide chrome-plated, sectional, escutcheons on pipes and hanger rods penetrating walls, floors
and ceilings in finished areas of the building.
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 15050 Page 3
IBASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
2.11 ACCESS PANELS AND DOORS
I A. Provide wall and ceiling access doors for unrestricted access to concealed valves, dampers and
other mechanical equipment items and devices.
I B. Access doors mounted in surfaces to be painted shall be Milcor Style "K" for plastered surfaces
and Style "M" for non-plastered surfaces. Style "K" doors shall be set with door flush with
adjacent surfaces. Access doors mounted on tile surfaces shall be stainless steel and of similar
construction to that described above. Access doors shall be not less than 12"x 12"in size.
1 2.12 SAFETY GUARDS
I A. Provide safety guards for equipment having belt drives, flexible couplings, projecting shafts or
other exposed rotating parts.
2.13 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
IA. Provide necessary excavation and backfill for installation of mechanical work.
I2.14 DIELECTRIC CONNECTIONS
A. Connections between ferrous and non-ferrous piping systems, and between ferrous piping
systems and non-ferrous connections to equipment shall be made by the use of dielectric unions,
I couplings or flanges as manufactured by Crane, Epco, F.M. Maloney, Universal Manufacturing
Co.
I2.15 THERMOMETERS&THERMOMETER WELLS
A. Provide Weksler or American Industrial thermometers with not less than 9-inch scales, complete
I with brass separable sockets with extension necks to allow for installation in insulated piping
where required. Thermometers shall be mercury, red-reading type, either straight or angle stem
as required.
IB. Install thermometers with scales in upright position and locate so that they may be easily read.
C. Thermometers shall have the following ranges:
1. Hot Water: 100°-200°F.
D. Provide thermometer wells, where indicated on Drawings and called for in other Sections, for
installation of thermometers and sensors for monitoring and control devices. Thermometer wells
I shall be 1/2-inch Weksler Test Wells, or approved equal, brass with 3-1/2-inch stem, 2-1/2-inch
extension neck and brass screw plug.
PART 3- EXECUTION
I
3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
I A. The Drawings and Specifications are intended to accomplish certain objectives. They show pipe
and duct sizes, general routing and location, and describe the various systems. These
documents describe and size equipment, its general location, usage, support and auxiliary
requirements. They describe most, but not all of the materials and their usage for this project.
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
t
SECTION 15050 Page 4
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
B. Contract Documents do not, however, detail certain job requirements. They do not show exact
layouts, locations or elevations of ducts, anchors, sleeves, hangers, underfloor drains, or access
doors. They do not show final precise locations of equipment by dimensions in most instances.
C. The exact location of each item shall be determined by reference to the project contract drawings,
and to details, equipment drawings, and rough-in drawings, by measurements at the building, and
in cooperation with the various trades. Minor relocations necessitated by the conditions at the
site or directed by the Owner shall be made without additional cost to the Owner. Where conflicts
occur, work with all involved trades and resolve the conflict prior to erection of any work in the
area involved. I
3.2 FABRICATION OF PIPE
A. Piping shall follow as closely as possible the routes shown on the Drawings, taking into 1
consideration conditions to be met at the site.
B. Should any unforeseen conditions arise, piping shall be changed or rerouted as required after
proper approval has been obtained.
C. Piping shall be cleaned when it is installed. Before installation it shall be checked, upended,
swabbed if necessary, and any rust and dirt accumulated from storage or from lying on the
ground shall be removed.
3.3 WELDING PROCEDURES I
A. Welding pipe joints shall be made by the fusion welding process, employing a metallic arc or gas
welding process. Pipe shall have the ends beveled 37.5 degrees and joints shall be aligned true
before welding.
B. Welding operation shall comply with the recommendations of the AWS and ANSI 831.1, Section
6. Qualifying test, welding and stress relieving procedures shall, moreover, be in accordance with
Standard Qualification of Welding Procedures, Welders and Welding Operators, Appendix A,
Section 6 of the Code.
3.4 JOINTS I
A. Threaded joints shall be made with taper threads, properly cut. Joints shall be made tight with
pipe joint compound applied to the pipe threads only and not to the fittings. When threads are
cut on pipes,the ends shall be carefully reamed to remove any burrs.
3.5 INSTALLATION METHODS
A. Piping and Ductwork:
1. In general, piping and ductwork in finished areas of the building shall be run concealed in
chases,walls, furrings and above suspended ceilings, unless noted or indicated otherwise.
B. Piping:
1. Pipe openings shall be kept closed during construction until the systems are closed with
final connections.
2. Piping shall be adequately and properly supported from the building structure by means of
hanger rods or clamps to walls as herein specified.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1
SECTION 15050 Page 5
IBASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
3.6 EQUIPMENT FOUNDATIONS, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
I A. For floor mounted mechanical equipment, provide concrete housekeeping pads not less than
3-1/2 inches thick reinforced with No. 3 dowels and No. 3 bars, 2'-0" on center each way for floor
mounted mechanical equipment. Provide 1"chamfer on exposed edges.
IB. Suspended equipment shall have supports consisting of manufactured metal framing or hangers
conforming to Section 15140.
I3.7 EQUIPMENT SERVICES
A. Except as otherwise specified, provide equipment furnished under Division 15 with necessary
I rough-in and final connections for gas, water, drain, waste and vent utility services completed to
allow safe and proper operation of the equipment.
B. Provide similar complete utility services for equipment furnished under other Divisions of these
ISpecifications or by the Owner.
3.8 PROTECTIVE WRAPPING
IA. Underground piping, specified to have a protective coating or jacket. Fittings will be wrapped with
3M "Scotchrap" No. 51 tape applied with "half-lap" coverage to clean dry pipe in accordance with
I the manufacturer's directions. Provide tinker test to check for"holidays".
3.9 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL FOR MECHANICAL WORK
A. Excavation:
I
1. Excavate with vertical sided excavations to greatest extent possible, except where
I otherwise indicated. Where necessary, provide sheeting and cross-bracing to sustain
sides of excavations. Remove sheeting and cross-bracing during backfilling wherever
such removal would not endanger work or other property. Where not removed, cut
sheeting off at sufficient distance below finished grade to not interfere with other work.
I 2. Width_ Excavate for piping with 6- to 9-inch clearance on both sides of pipe. Excavate for
other mechanical work to provide minimum practical but adequate working clearances.
3. Bedding: Provide a minimum 6"lift of sand for bedding the pipe. Compact bedding around
pipe and provide a minimum 12"of cover over top of pipe.
I 4. Shoring and Bracing: Provide materials for shoring and bracing to comply with local codes
and authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain shoring and bracing in excavations regardless
of time period excavations will be open. Carry down shoring and bracing as excavation
processes.
I 5. Excavation for Trenches:
a. Dig trenches to uniform width required for particular item to be installed, sufficiently
I wide to provide ample working room. Provide 6- to 9-inch clearance on both sides
of piping.
b. Excavate trenches to depth indicated or required. Carry depth of trenches for piping
I to establish indicated flow lines and invert elevations. Beyond building perimeter,
keep bottoms of trenches sufficiently below finish grade to avoid freeze-ups.
c. Where rock is encountered, carry excavation 6"below required elevation and backfill
with 6-inch layer of crushed stone or gravel prior to installation of pipe.
I d. Grade bottoms of trenches as indicated to provide solid bearing for entire body of
piping.
I MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 15050 Page 6
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
B. Backfill:
1. Do not backfill until installed mechanical work has been tested and accepted, wherever
testing is indicated.
2. Condition backfill material by either drying or adding water uniformly, to whatever extent
may be necessary to facilitate compaction to required densities. Do not backfill with frozen
soil materials.
3. Backfill to elevations matching adjacent grades, at time of backfilling excavations for
mechanical work with maximum 12"lifts.
3.10 TESTS
A. Perform tests required by governing authorities, in addition to tests specified in individual
Sections.
END OF SECTION
I
I
r
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
ISECTION 15100
VALVES
1
PART 1 -GENERAL
I1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. The Conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
I and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Section.
B. Comply with Division 15 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
I1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, tools and services, and perform operations required for, and
reasonably incidental to,the providing of valves.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
I2.1 WATER SYSTEM VALVES
A. Domestic Water Systems: Provide valves, where shown on the Drawings and elsewhere as
specified or required, to provide isolation of equipment and fixtures and to provide drainage of low
points in water lines. Valves shall be in accordance with the following detailed specifications:
1 1. Sizes 2-1/2 inches and smaller:
a. Gate Valve: 125#, Crane Co.#428 BB, screwed.
I b. Globe Valve: 300#, Crane Co.#7 BB, union bonnet.
c. Check Valve: 125#, Crane Co.#34 BB, screwed.
d. Ball Valve: Nibco 595Y-66.
1 2.2 GAS PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Provide gas cocks where shown on the Drawings and elsewhere as specified or required to
I provide isolation of equipment and to comply with NFPA Standards and requirements of
governing authorities. Gas cocks shall be in accordance with the following detailed
specifications:
I 1. 1/4"-2": Nibco 595Y-UL.
2. 2-1/2"-4": Crane#324.
I 2.3 PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE RELIEF VALVES
A. Provide pressure and temperature relief valves at each domestic water heater.
I B. Pressure and temperature relief valves shall be similar and equal to Watts, with automatic re-
closing,and shall be ASME rated for the load at each location.
I
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15100 Page 2
VALVES
I
C. Provide a drain line from the relief connection on each valve to the nearest drain as shown on the
Drawings, or as indicated.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Valves shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers' recommendations, and in such
manner as to permit disassembly, removal, reassembly and replacement. I
B. Ball valves will be used for isolation valves unless otherwise noted in the Contract Documents.
END OF SECTION III
I
Ill
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
1
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
ISECTION 15140
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
IPART 1 - GENERAL
R1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. The Conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Section.
IB. Comply with Division 15 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
1 1.2 DESCRIPTION
I A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, tools and services, and perform operations required for, and
reasonably incidental to, the providing of systems of pipe hangers and supports.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
1 2.1 GENERAL
I A. Pipe hangers and supports shall conform to the recommendations of ASHRAE, ASPE, ANSI and
MSS.
B. Provide factory-fabricated pipe hangers and supports in which materials, design and manufacture
comply with ANSI/MSS SP-58. Select and apply pipe hangers and supports in compliance with
I MSS SP-69, and manufacturer's published product information. Fabricate and install pipe
hangers and supports in compliance with MSS SP-89.
1 C. Use only one type hangers and supports, by one manufacturer, for each piping service.
D. Provide copper-plated hangers and supports for copper piping systems where hangers are in
Icontact with bare pipe.
E. Provide protective coatings on hangers and supports when located in outdoor and/or corrosive
u environments; and, protective coatings shall be as recommended by the coating manufacturer's
requirements.
F. Seismic Supports and Braces: Provide as recommended in current issue of SMACNA Seismic
IGuidelines. Submit shop drawings and calculations as indicted in Section 15010.
2.2 HORIZONTAL PIPING HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
IA. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit pipe size for bare piping, and around piping
insulation with shield for insulated piping.
1 2.3 HANGER ROD ATTACHMENTS
A. Select size of hanger rod attachments to suit hanger rods.
I
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1
SECTION 15140 Page 2
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
2.4 BUILDING ATTACHMENTS 111
A. Select size and type of building attachments to suit hanger rods and structure. I
2.5 PIPE INSULATION HANGER SHIELDS
A. Install hangers outside the jackets of pipe insulation, provide shields equal to "Thermal Hanger
Shields"as manufactured by Pipe Shields, Inc., or Elcen Metal Products Company.
PART 3- EXECUTION I
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Proceed with installation of hangers, supports and anchors only after required building structural 1
work has been completed in areas where the work is to be installed.
3.2 INSTALLATION OF BUILDING ATTACHMENTS I
A. Install building attachments at required locations on structure for proper support. Space
attachments within maximum piping span length specified in this Section. Install additional
building attachments where support is required for additional concentrated loads, including
valves, flanges, guides, strainers and expansion joints; at changes in direction of piping; and,
where required by a limited carrying capacity of the structure.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support piping properly from building
structure in compliance with MSS SP-69. Arrange the grouping of parallel runs of horizontal
piping to be supported together in trapeze-type hangers where possible. Install supports in
compliance with MSS-SP69 requirements and building code requirements. Where piping of
various sizes is to be supported together by trapeze hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe
size or install intermediate supports for small diameter pipe. Do not use wire or perforated metal
to support piping, and do not support piping from other piping.
B. Install hanger and supports complete with necessary bolts, rods, insulation, shields, braces, nut
washers and other accessories for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and supports of
same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping.
C. Support fire protection water piping independently of other piping. I
3.4 PROVISIONS FOR MOVEMENT
A. Install hangers and supports to allow movement of piping systems and to permit freedom of
movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops,
offsets. expansion bends and similar units.
B. Install hangers and supports so that piping, loading, and stresses from movement will not be
transmitted to connected equipment
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL111
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15140 Page 3
1 SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
3.5 INSULATED PIPING REQUIREMENTS
IA. Hangers for insulated cold piping shall be placed around the outside of the insulation and vapor
barrier.
1 3.6 HANGER SPACING AND ROD SIZES
A. Hanger spacing and rod sizes will be provided per MSS-SP69 recommendations.
I
END OF SECTION
I
1
I
I
1.
a
I
1
I
1
I
I
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-009&U1 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15140 Page 4
SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS I
I
I
1
• 1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 15250
1 INSULATION
IPART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
IA. The Conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions
1 General Requirements, ork
I B. Comply
and withDivision Division- 15 Sections, as applicable.applytowRefercovered to otherbythis DivisionsSection. for coordination of
work.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services, and perform operations required for, and
reasonably incidental to, the providing of insulation and finishes.
IB. Refer to Section 15911 for kitchen hood exhaust duct insulation.
1.3 FLAME SPREAD PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS
A. Refer to Section 15050.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
I
2.1 BASIC INSULATION MATERIALS, FITTINGS,AND FINISHES
IA. Insulation materials shall conform to the following requirements:
II Insulation Types Maximum K Temp. Limit Density Fed.Spec.
Factor at 75°F (°F) Lb/Ft." Compliance
1. Fiberglass(rigid) 0.23 450 3 HH-I-558B
2. Fiberglass 0.30 250 3/4 HH-I-5588
l 3. Flexible Duct Wrap
4. Foamed Glass (Cellular) 0.36 850 9 HH-I-1751/3A
l B. Fittings:
1. Preformed (molded)fitting covers of same or similar material as pipe covering.
IC. Finishes:
1. 0.016 aluminum.
I 2. Foil/reinforced/Kraft jacket(vapor barrier).
3. White all-service jacket(vapor barrier).
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
I A. Materials shall be applied by workmen skilled in this trade. Use mechanical fasteners whenever
possible to assure permanent construction. Unsightly work shall be cause for rejection.
I MG2#04-0098-01
MulvannvG2 Architecture
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15250 Page 2
INSULATION
B. Apply materials only after surfaces have been tested and cleaned.
C. Install non-compressible insulation material at hanger and support locations on cold piping to
prevent damage to insulation and vapor barrier.
D. Vapor-seal insulation of cold surfaces to prevent condensation. Seal exposed ends and any
penetration through the vapor seal.
E. Minimum thickness of insulation shall be as scheduled; however, provide sufficient insulation to
eliminate condensation on cold surfaces, and to maintain a maximum exterior insulation surface
temperature of 125 deg. F on hot surfaces.
F. Where piping system insulation is specified, cover valves, strainers, unions,flanges, and fittings.
G. Where mechanical couplings are used, these shall be covered with molded fitting covers. At
equipment connections or elsewhere where several couplings occur in a short distance, entire
"spool"shall have a molded, two piece covering. I
3.2 APPLICATION TYPES
A. Piping: I
1. P1: Butt fiberglass insulation together and secure in place with outward-clinching staples
on 3-inch centers. Install factory-furnished laps at the butt joints. Neatly bevel and finish
insulation where it terminates. Use of double tape self-sealing adhesive systems will
negate requirement for staples.
2. P2: Butt fiberglass insulation together and secure in place with outward-clinching staples
on 3-inch centers. Install factory-furnished laps at the butt joints. Neatly bevel and finish
insulation where it terminates. Seal all laps and penetrations in vapor barrier jacket with an
approved vapor barrier mastic. Use of double tape self-sealing adhesive systems will
negate requirement for staples.
3. P3: Butt cellular glass insulation together and secure with mechanical fasteners. Provide
waterproof mastic over insulation interior and finish with vaporproof cover approved for
direct bury.
4. P4: Same as P2, except install insulation over heat trace tape. Finish with 0.016
aluminum jacket on straight runs and fitting covers, with longitudinal joints on bottom,
secure with screws. Coat joints and screws with vapor barrier mastic.
B. Ductwork: I
1. D2: Wrap flexible fiberglass insulation around ducts and secure with outward-clinching
staples. Additionally, ducts 24 inches wide and larger shall secure insulation with stick
clips on 18-inch centers. Lap insulation a minimum of four(4) inches, and seal seams and
penetrations with an approved mastic reinforced with three (3) inches of glass mesh
reinforcement, or three (3) inches foil/vapor-barrier tape. Seal raw glass to duct where
insulation terminates.
I
1
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2 004-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15250 Page 3
INSULATION
I
3.3 INSULATION SYSTEMS SCHEDULES
I PIPES
Insulation Finish
1 Insulation
Type Thickness ApplicationType Indoor Indoor
Concealed Exposed Outdoor
Domestic cold water; air
conditioning cooling
I condensation drains;
waste from chilled drinking
water fountains, indirect,
I waste from ice machine,
horizontal storm, storm
drains.
Indoor 2 1" P2 8 8 -
I Outdoor 2 1" P4 - - 8 &3
Domestic hot water supply
and recirculation.
Above Grade 2 1" P1 8 8 8 &3
Below Grade 4 1" P3
PIPE FITTINGS
I Fitting Type Fitting Finish Type
Indoor Indoor Indoor Indoor
Concealed Exposed Outdoor Concealed Exposed Outdoor
I Domestic cold water; air
conditioning cooling
condensation drains.
Indoor 1 1 - - - -
Outdoor - - 1 - - 3
Domestic hot water
supply and recirculation. 1 _ 1 1 - - 3
I DUCTS
Insulation Finish
I Insulation Application
Type Thickness Type Indoor Outdoor
Concealed supply air ducts
I and make-up air duct. 3 2" D2 5 -
*See"Schedule Notes", this Section.
**Denotes Contractor's option for selection of insulation material and fittings.
I (Exposed rectangular supply ducts in dining areas and return air ductwork shall be internally lined
as indicated on drawings.)
I In restaurants within 50 miles of coastal areas, internally line exposed supply air and return air
ductwork out to register to prevent condensation. Insulation shall be as specified in section
15880.
I
I MG2#04-0098-01
MulvannvG2 Architecture
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15250 Page 4
INSULATION
3.4 INSTALLATION OF PRE-FABRICATED HANGER SHIELDS II
A. Refer to Section 15140, which provides for metal jacketed insulation inserts at the various
locations described.
B. Provide the following insulation work: Coat butt ends of insulation and insert with a vapor barrier
adhesive; cover butt joints with vapor barrier jacket butt strips; and, apply vapor barrier tape on
longitudinal overlap of metal jacket for insulation insert.
END OF SECTION 111
1
I
I
1
1
I
•
I
I
I
I
I
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
1
SECTION 15330
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
(REFERENCE PLAN DOCUMENT COVER SHEET FOR REQUIREMENT)
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. The Conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and Division 1 -General Requirements,apply to work covered by this Section.
B. Comply with Division 15 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, tools and services, and perform operations required for and
reasonably incidental to, the providing of an engineered automatic sprinkler system to serve the
facility in compliance with applicable regulations.
B. Calculations and installation shall be made by a licensed sprinkler contractor.
1.3 GOVERNING AUTHORITIES
A. Each automatic sprinkler system shall comply with applicable state and city codes, with the
requirements of other authorities having jurisdiction, and with the requirements of NFPA-13.
B. Comply with requirements of and the State Board of Insurance authorities. Provide sprinkler
products bearing approval labels.
1.4 DESIGN CRITERIA
A. The systems shall be a hydraulically calculated system designed in accordance with the latest
issue of NFPA Bulletin 13 and shall comply with all local codes and state regulations. Care shall
1 be taken to assure required protection of exposed and concealed spaces. Shop drawings shall
be submitted to and approved by the Local Authorities and the Owner's insuring authority before
submittal for approval and installation.
1.5 WATER SERVICE
A. This contractor shall extend water service from utility lines as shown and required. The
contractor shall include all costs of water mains, taps, valving and other required installation
accessories.
B. Water service shall be run into the building using piping material compatible with existing utility
lines as allowed by local code and installed in accordance with the regulatory authorities and
assembled in accordance with manufacturer's published instructions.
I
I
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-009&01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 15330 Page 2
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
1.6 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS
A. All material, equipment and accessories used in the fire sprinkler systems shall be listed as I
approved in the "Fire Protection Equipment List" as published by Underwriters' Laboratory, Inc.
Certain equipment and material has been listed by manufacturer's name and figure number in
these specifications. These listings are to set the standard of design and appearance and similar
equipment by listed approved manufacturers or listed as herein before specified will be
considered for approval. All materials used in these systems shall be listed in the"Fire Protection
Equipment List"and shall bear the proper label as identified therein. I
B. Approved manufacturers for siamese connections and similar fire protection equipment shall be
W.D.Allen, Elkhart, Potter Roemer, Seco, or Standard.
C. Approved manufacturers for sprinkler heads, water motor gongs, alarm valves and related
equipment shall be Reliable,Viking, Grinnell Automatic Sprinkler of America or Star.
D. Approved manufacturers for other valves and appurtenances shall be Crane Co., Walworth, I
Stockham, Lunkenheimer, Jenkins, Kennedy, O.I.C., Grinnell or Traverse City.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1
2.1 SIAMESE INLETS
A. Siamese inlets shall be post or flush wall type as required. Unit shall be complete with chromium 1
plated polished brass face connectors and caps, with proper cast in identification, caps and
chains, all sized and arranged as shown and required. These units shall be furnished with angle
or straight type bodies as required. All threads shall comply with the standard threads as used by
the local fire department.
2.2 ALARM VALVES I
A. Alarm valves shall have retard chambers, trim and accessories as required and drain lines piped
to open hub drains or sprinkler system drain as shown. Valves shall be provided with one set of
electrical contacts as required for connection to a supervision alarm system under another
section of the work.
2.3 WATER MOTOR GONGS I
A. Install water motor gongs where directed by Architect. Water motor gongs shall be water
operated with outside gong and interior water motor. Drain from water motor shall discharge into
sprinkler drain or other floor drain as shown on drawings. Each water motor gong shall be piped
to serve alarm valves as diagramed. Water motor gongs shall be surface type furnished in prime
coat for final painting under another section of the work.
2.4 VALVES I
A. Furnish gate, globe, check and ball drip valves where indicated on the drawings, where required
for proper operation and sectionalizing of the systems and where required by governing
authorities mentioned hereinbefore whether indicated or not.
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MGL#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15330 Page 3
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
B. Each valve in the fire protection system shall be of the gate valve type with the exception of
valves 1 inch in size and smaller which shall be all bronze globe type. Gate valves 2-1/2 inch in
size and smaller shall be bronze with screwed ends. Valves 3 inches in size and larger shall be
iron body flanged OS&Y, and each of the above shall be with rising stem design.
C. Check valves shall be iron body swing check bronze mounted with bronze face discs with flanged
cap and flanged body in sizes 3 inches and larger and bronze body screwed end in sizes 2-1/2
inches and smaller. Valves shall be Underwriters' Laboratory listed and labeled.
D. Ball drips shall be automatic ball drip Underwriters' Laboratory listed with plain open end or
screwed end as required for installation in the piping system and proper connection 'to drain
system.
2.5 SPRINKLER HEADS
A. This contractor shall furnish and install all sprinkler heads for the complete installation of the
sprinkler facilities and shall obtain approval of all governing authorities mentioned hereinbefore.
Sprinkler heads in exposed areas shall be upright, sprinkler heads in lay-in ceilings and wood or
gypboard ceilings shall be semi-recessed. Totally recessed (concealed) sprinkler heads are not
to be used.
2.6 SPRINKLER HEAD ESCUTCHEONS
A. Each sprinkler head, installed through a finished ceiling shall be provided with an escutcheon.
Escutcheons shall be one piece metal construction fabricated to properly fit pipe and cover ceiling
opening and shall be furnished with brushed chrome finish.
2.7 SIGNS
A. On each valve and at each control point, furnish and install a red enamel sign with white
numerals indicating the duty and operation of the valve or control. Signs shall be attached to
valve stems by suitable brass chains. Signs shall be sizes and arrangements as approved.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 PIPING SYSTEMS
A. All piping materials for fire protection systems with the exception of underground piping as
hereinbefore specified and air piping shall be standard or lightweight black steel pipe, 175 psig
minimum water working pressure, butt or lap welded construction or copper water tube as
specified in NFPA Bulletin 13. All fittings furnished for use on these systems shall be capable of
with standing test pressure as required by regulatory authorities.
B. At the Contractor's option, he may join piping systems by welding or use of groove type joints and
couplings in lieu of screwed assembly wherever this method is approved by the regulatory
authorities.
C. Where pendant type sprinkler heads are to installed, the feed in the branch line shall be installed
with the outlet facing down and the pendant drop extended directly to the head. Branches shall
be properly lined so as to provide for a square straight even pattern. Drops to pendant type
sprinkler heads and ceiling tiles without affection the position of the ceiling tiles in the suspension
system.
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15330 Page 4
AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
3.2 INSPECTOR'S TEST AND FLUSHING CONNECTION
A. This contractor shall furnish and install the necessary inspector's test connections and flushing
connections as required by governing authorities mentioned hereinbefore. Capped nipples not
less than 4 inches long shall be provided at the ends of cross mains for flushing the system.
3.3 SYSTEM DRAINAGE I
A. All piping systems shall be pitched back to the risers unless otherwise indicated. Furnish and
install necessary drain valves or plugs for each section of the piping system and for those
sections which cannot be drained at the riser, install valves and caps at low points. Drains shall
be provided where required for proper drainage of systems throughout and shall be properly
discharged to floor drains or other approved locations.
END OF SECTION
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15335
IKITCHEN HOOD FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
IPART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
IA. The Conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and Division 1 - General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Division.
I B. Comply with Division 15 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
IC. References:
1. Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)
I a. UL Standard 300
b. UL Standard 2092
I2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
a. NFPA 96
b. NFPA 17A
ID. The Kitchen Hood Fire Suppression System is not in contract (N.I.C.) but there is related General
Contractor (GC) scope defined within this specification section that shall be in GC contract and is
Iidentified as"GC"in front of statement.
1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
I A. The system shall be an automatic fire suppression system using a dual agent concept; wet
chemical agent and water for grease related fires.
IB. The system shall be approved for uniform, overlapping appliance protection.
C. The system shall be capable of suppressing fires in the following areas associated with cooking
equipment: Ventilating equipment including hoods, ducts, plenums, and filters; Fryers; Griddles
1 and range tops; Upright, natural charcoal, or chain-type broiler; Mesquite or gas-radiant char-
broilers;
I D. The system shall be the pre-engineered type having minimum and maximum guidelines
established by the manufacturer and listed by Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL).
E. The system shall be installed and serviced by personnel trained by the manufacturer.
I1.3 QUALITY CONTROL
I A. Manufacturer: The PIRANHA Restaurant Fire Suppression System shall be manufactured by
ANSUL(no exceptions).
I
l MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-009&01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 15335 Page 2
KITCHEN HOOD FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
B. Certificates: The wet agent shall be a specially formulated, aqueous solution of inorganic salts
with a pH range between 9.5-10.5, designed for rapid flame knockdown and foam securement of
grease-related fires, and specially constituted to provide continuous evolution of foam when
sprayed with water.
1.4 WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER,AND LIMITATIONS I
A. The pre-engineered restaurant fire suppression system components shall be warranted for five
years from date of delivery against defects in workmanship and materials. I
1.5 DELIVERY
A. Packaging: All system components shall be securely packaged to provide protection during I
shipment.
1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS I
A. The PIRANHA system shall be capable of operating in a temperature range of 32°F to 130°F.
PART 2- PRODUCTS 1
2.1 FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A. The basic system shall consist of an ANSUL AUTOMAN regulated release assembly which 1
includes a regulated release mechanism, stainless steel enclosure, anti-siphonage valve, and
water flow valve. The agent storage tank is purchased separately and shall be mounted within
the enclosure. Agent storage tanks shall be: PIRANHA-7 (1.5 gallon capacity), PIRANHA-10
(2.25 gallon capacity).
B. Nozzles, blow-off caps, detectors, cartridges, agent, fusible links, and pulley elbows shall be
111
supplied in separate packages in quantities needed for fire suppression system arrangements.
Additional equipment shall include remote manual pull station, mechanical and electrical gas
valves, pressure switches, and electrical switches for automatic equipment and gas line shut-off.
C. Wet chemical Agent: The extinguishing agent shall be a specially formulated, aqueous solution of
inorganic salts with pH range between 9.5-10.5, designed for rapid flame knockdown and foam
securement of grease-related fires.
D. Agent Tank: The agent tank shall be installed in a stainless steel enclosure. The tank shall be
deep drawn carbon steel finished in red enamel. Tanks shall be available in three sizes;
1.5 gallon (5.7 L), 2.25-gallon pressure of 450 psi (31.0 bar), and minimum burst pressure of
900 psi (62.1 bar). The tank shall include an adapter/tube assembly containing a burst disc
union.
E. Tank Valve: The tank valve shall be designed to discharge dual agent onto the hazards being I
protected. The valve shall automatically shuttle to switch from wet chemical agent discharge to
water discharge.
F. Regulated Release Mechanism: The regulated release mechanism shall be a spring-loaded,
mechanical/pneumatic types capable of providing the expelling gas supply via a pressurized
cartridge to a single agent tank. It shall contain a factory installed regulator dead set at 150 psi
(10.3 bar)with an internal relief of approximately 190 psi (13.1 bar).
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15335 Page 3
I KITCHEN HOOD FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
G. It shall have automatic actuation by a fusible link detection system and remote manual actuation
by a mechanical pull station.
IH. The fusible link shall be selected and installed according to the operating temperature in the
ventilation system. A fusible link should be installed above every appliance. The fusible links
I shall be rated as follows:
Fusible Link Use Where Operating Temperature
Temperature Rating Does Not Exceed
I 360°F(182°C) 290°F (143°C)
450°F(232°C) 360°F (182°C)
500°F(260°C) 400°F (204°C)
IA 500° fusible link shall be installed above the gas radiant charboiler.
I. The following accessory equipment shall be provided as the primary means of manual actuation.
I The pull station shall be the glass break-type, and shall be connected to the release mechanism
trip lever by means of a 1/16 in. (1.6mm) diameter stainless steel rod and 1/2 inch conduit. The
pull station shall be located at a distance of not more than 125 feet (38 m) from the release
I mechanism. The mounting height of the pull station shall be in accordance with the authority
having jurisdiction.
J. A UL listed, electric snap-action switch shall be provided when automatic gas line shut-off is
I required for indoor application. It shall be adapted to the release mechanism cartridge receiver
by means of a pneumatic piston-type air cylinder. The valve shall have resilient seating with
aluminum body and stainless steel internal parts. It shall be a two-way, normally open valve
I requiring 4-15 lbs. (1.8 - 6.9 kg) of pull force to trip. The valve (3/4 to 2 inch) shall have an
internal visual indicator of the closed or open position.
K. A UL listed, electric snap-action switch shall be provided to shut off electrical power to
I appliances, or to activate electrically operated devices. The switch shall have a rating of
15 amps, 1/3 hp, 125 or 250 VAC with 5 amps at 125 VAC"L," 1/2 amp at 125 VDC or 1/4 amp at
250 VDC. A relay shall be supplied if the equipment load exceeds the rated capacity of the
Iswitch.
L. The regulated release mechanism shall contain a release assembly, regulator, expelling gas
hose, anti-siphonage valve, and agent storage tank housed in stainless steel enclosure with
I cover. The enclosure shall contain knock-outs for 1/2 in. conduit. The cover shall contain an
opening for a visual status indicator.
I M. It shall be compatible with mechanical gas shut-off devices; and equipped with a factory-installed
switch,which shall be compatible with electric shunt trip circuit breakers.
N. Discharge Nozzles: Two types of discharge nozzles shall be tested and listed with the PIRANHA
I system for all applications. One type shall be used for all appliance and plenum protection and
shall be stamped "AP." The other type shall be used for all duct protection and shall be stamped
"D." Each nozzle shall have a stainless steel blow-off cap to keep the nozzle tip orifice free of
Icooking grease build-up.
O. Distribution Piping: Distribution piping shall be Schedule 40 black iron, chrome-plated, or
stainless steel pipe conforming to ASTM A120,A53, or A106.
I
l MG2#04-0098-01
MulvannyG2 Architecture
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 15335 Page 4
KITCHEN HOOD FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
P. Detectors: The detectors shall be the fusible link type designed to separate at a specific
temperature.
Q. Cartridges: The cartridge shall be a sealed steel pressure vessel containing nitrogen gas. The I
cartridge seal shall be designed to be punctured by the releasing device supplying the required
pressure to expel the wet chemical agent from the storage tank.
R. Ansul Company to provide a set of contacts for each Ansul System for ADT to monitor each
system. These contacts cannot be shared with any other function.
PART 3- EXECUTION 1
3.1 EXECUTION BY FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM CONTRACTOR
A. The system shall be installed by an authorized fire equipment distributor in accordance with the
manufacturer specification. On completion of the job, the fire equipment contractor shall
completely test, adjust, and ready for use, all equipment, valves and controls to assure proper
operation of the completed system. The Contractor shall provide a complete instruction manual
covering the function and operation of all components of the system. This manual shall be
furnished to the owner's personnel, and a component technician shall be provided for
instructional purposes.
3.2 EXECUTION BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR
A. (GC) The Electrical Contractor shall install all electrical wiring, in connection with the fire 1
suppression system. The Fire Suppression Contractor shall furnish wiring diagrams to the
Electrical Contractor.
B. (GC) The Plumbing Contractor shall install all natural gas piping. The Fire Suppression
Contractor shall supply the necessary automatic gas valves and installation instructions to the
Plumbing Contractor. i
C. (GC) The water supply piping for the dual agent system shall be copper Type L as specified in
section 15420 furnished and installed by Plumbing Contractor. A lockable/tamper proof ball valve
furnished by Fire Suppression System Contractor and installed in the water supply piping by
Plumbing Contractor to allow authorized personnel to close the valve after a system actuation
and stop the flow of water into the hazard area.
D. (GC) The domestic water pipe serving Piranha system shall have no take offs to other
equipment downstream of shut-off valve noted above.
E. (GC) When waterline is flow tested it shall maintain pressure between 19 and 100 psi. I
Maximum flow rate is 10 gallons per minute.
END OF SECTION
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 15420
IPLUMBING SYSTEMI S
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
IA. The Conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work of this Section.
I B. Comply with Division 15 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
I1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide labor, material, equipment, tools and services, and perform operations required for, and
reasonably incidental to, the providing of the plumbing systems.
IPART 2- PRODUCTS
I2.1 WATER PIPING SYSTEMS
A. Water Piping (above grade): Type "L" hard drawn, seamless copper water tube conforming to
ASTM B88,joined with wrought copper sweat type fittings conforming to ANSI B16.22 with "lead-
I free" solder. Where soldered copper piping is connected to threaded brass piping, a cast brass
adapter shall be used. Type 'L' seamless copper water tubing per ASTM B88 with copper solder
fittings shall be provided for PIRANHA Kitchen Hood Fire Suppression Systems domestic water
Iconnection.
B. Water Piping (below grade): Type 'K' seamless copper water tube conforming to ASTM B88
installed so that no joints are made below the floor line. Silver solder or braze any joints inside
Ibuilding line.
C. Exposed piping connected to fixtures and equipment shall be made with red brass, Grade "A."
INo ferrous piping or materials will be allowed in water piping smaller than 4-inch.
D. Where water-piping systems are subject to freezing conditions, provide electric heating tape.
1 2.2 SANITARY DRAINAGE
A. Soil, waste and vent sanitary drainage lines and storm drainage lines shall be solid core PVC.
I (Weight of pipe shall be as required by code for location and duty.) In jurisdictions not allowing
PVC, lines shall be cast iron soil pipe and fittings, coated inside and outside, manufactured in
accordance with ASTM A888 (no-hub), and shall be labeled with the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institutes
"Mark of Quality and Permanence." Joints shall be fabricated by the use of"No-Hub" mechanical
1 joints.
2.3 CONDENSATE DRAIN PIPING/INDIRECT DRAIN PIPING
1 A. Condensate drain and indirect drain piping 1-1/4 inches or larger shall be Type "DWV" hard
drawn copper pipe with cast or wrought copper drainage pattern fittings. Indirect waste piping
1 inch and smaller shall be Type "L"with standard copper fittings. Piping shall be extended from
Iunit or fixture to drain.
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-009&01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1
SECTION 15420 Page 2
PLUMBING SYSTEMS
B. Provide a threaded plug at each change in direction for indirect waste piping.
C. Provide wall-mounted"stand-off'piping supports for inPdirect drains.
111
2.4 GAS PIPING
A. Gas piping within the building and exterior above grade shall be Schedule 40 black steel pipe with
malleable iron 150#beaded pattern screwed fittings (2-inch pipe and smaller) and butt-welding or
socket-welding fittings(2-1/2-inch pipe and larger).
B. Equipment connections shall be made with ground joint unions, and shall be provided with 1
individual gas cocks. Install unions between gas cocks and equipment.
C. Provide protective wrapping for underground piping. Provide tinker test to check for"holidays." 1
2.5 DRINK SERVICE LINE CONDUIT
A. Conduit shall be schedule 40 solid core PVC joined with socket type solvent cemented fittings. 1
All turns shall be fabricated from long sweep elbows.
2.6 PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE ,
A. Water: Bronze body, diaphragm or piston type, spring actuated,with separate or integral strainer,
pressure range to suit conditions, code approved for potable water use. Provide shutoff valves,
pressure relief valves, unions, drain valve and bypass in accordance with code requirements.
manufacturers: Cash-Acme,Watts,Wilkins, Mueller or approved.
2.7 PLUMBING DEVICES: 1
A. Provide freeze-proof wall hydrants as indicated on the Drawings.
B. Where indicated on the Drawings, provide trap primer valves. 1
2.8 TRAPS
A. Provide trap primers for P-traps serving floor drains.
2.9 GREASE INTERCEPTOR ,
A. Prefabricated 4000 gallon reinforced concrete grease interceptor structure in accordance with
ASTM C857 and ASTM C858. Interceptor will have an IAPMO listing for use in the State of
Oregon and comply with local building code requirements. Submit shop drawings to local
building officials and Engineer for review and approval prior to ordering. Old Castle, Utility Vault,
Pyramid Precast, or approved equivalent product.
1. Interceptor construction to be capable of withstanding minimum lateral loads of 55 pcf
(pounds per cubic foot) with dry soil conditions, and 100 pcf in wet or submerged soil
conditions with a 10 percent safety factor.
B. Interceptor to include the following features:
1. Four,4-ton lift anchors.
2. Four, No. 24 x 4-inch cast iron manholes (bolt-down, gasketed)with 24-inch diameter clear
access. Furnish a UV resistant, waterproofing protective finish on all cast iron surfaces.
3. Provide grade rings as required to finish top of manholes flush with finished grade.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 15420 Page 3
' PLUMBING SYSTEMS
4. Seal all sections of the interceptor with a butyl resin sealant. Seal and test all sections to
be watertight at 10-foot head pressure for two hours.
5. Seal all concrete interior portions and wetted surfaces of the interceptor with a concrete-
based waterproofing product capable of withstanding a constant exposure to grease
wastewater at a 10-foot head pressure.
6. Provide Type S, Link-Seals at each pipe connection to the interceptor or sample box.
' 2.10 HOT WATER CIRCULATORS
A. Provide all bronze or stainless steel, in-the-line hot water circulator at location indicated on the
drawings. Capacities shall be as scheduled. Approved manufacturers: Armstrong, Bell and
Gossett, Grundfos, Skidmore,Taco, and Thrush.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Water piping systems shall be installed level. Provide threaded ball valves with MHT adapters at
the low points of all risers.
' B. Each entire piping system shall be installed to provide for expansion and contraction. Soldered
joints shall be made up at a time when the system is not under strain.
C. Exposed piping shall be held close to the walls and ceilings, and necessary fittings shall be
provided to allow for offsets for this purpose.
3.2 SANITARY AND STORM DRAINAGE INSTALLATION
A. Horizontal soil, waste and vent pipe shall be installed with a grade of 1/4 inch per foot. Vent
connections to stacks shall be made by the appropriate use of 45 degree wyes, long sweep
quarter bends, sixth, eighth, or sixteenth bends, except that sanitary tees may be used on the
vertical stacks.
B. Cleanouts shall be provided at each change in direction of the soil lines, at 50-foot intervals in
long horizontal lines, and as specifically indicated on the Drawings. Cleanouts shall be placed in
accessible locations,with the exact location approved by the Architect before installation.
1. The sizes of cleanouts shall be identical with the size of soil or waste lines in which they
are placed, except that cleanouts larger than 4-inch in diameter will not be required.
2. Cleanouts installed in finished floors shall have nickel bronze covers with scored-pattern
top surfaces with vandalproof screws.
3. Cleanouts located in exterior locations shall be encased in concrete pads unless installed
in a walk, drive or other paved area.
END OF SECTION
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-009&01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15420 Page 4
PLUMBING SYSTEMS I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
ISECTION 15421
DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS
111 PART 1 -GENERAL
I1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. The Conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work of this Section.
IB. Comply with Division 15 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
1 1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide labor, material, equipment, tools and services, and perform operations required for, and
Ireasonably incidental to, the providing of domestic water heaters and boilers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
1 2.1 DOMESTIC WATER HEATER
A. Provide a direct vented gas heater in each location indicated on the Drawings, having the heating
I
and storage capacities indicated. Water boiler shall be manufactured by A.O. Smith.
B. Domestic water heaters shall be ASME rated, CSA approved glass lined, steel tank, and gas-fired
I unit. Unit shall be complete with fiberglass insulation, protective sheetmetal jacket with baked
enamel finish, cast iron or stainless steel gas burner for use with natural gas, 100% safety pilot,
adjustable, thermostat control, automatic main gas valve, manual main and pilot gas valves,
I pressure regulator, magnesium anode, optional positive sediment removal valve, and leg
extensions. Water boiler shall be as scheduled on the drawings.
PART 3- EXECUTION
1 3.1 DOMESTIC WATER HEATER INSTALLATION
I A. Each domestic water heater shall be installed in accordance with the requirements of all
governing authorities, and the recommendations of the equipment manufacturer.
B. Should the recommendations of the manufacturer of any equipment not be available prior to time
I of installation, contact the manufacturer directly and obtain the necessary recommendations in
writing.
IEND OF SECTION
1
I
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1
SECTION 15421 Page 2
DOMESTIC WATER HEATERS 1
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
ISECTION 15440
PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM
IPART 1 - GENERAL
I1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. The Conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to the work covered by this Section.
IB. Comply with Division 15 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for Coordination of
work.
1 1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services, and perform operations required for, and
I reasonably incidental to, the providing of plumbing fixtures and trim, and trim for fixtures and
equipment furnished by the Owner and under other Contracts.
IPART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 FITTINGS AND PIPING
I A. Fittings and piping in connection with plumbing fixtures shall be brass, and wherever exposed
shall be polished chrome-plated. Provide tight fitting wall or floor escutcheons of chrome-plated
brass wherever pipes pass through floors,walls or ceilings.
IB. Furnish and install required water, waste, soil and vent connections to plumbing fixtures and
equipment. Include fittings, supports, fastening devices, cocks, valves and traps. Leave all in
complete working order.
I2.2 FIXTURES
A. All fixtures shall be installed so as to meet the requirements of the Drawings, Specifications and
Local Plumbing Codes.
B. Where handicapped fixtures are designated on architectural drawings, they shall be furnished
I and installed to comply with applicable ANSI and ADA Standards. Lavatory traps and exposed
piping shall be properly insulated.
I C. Plumbing fixtures shall be new, first quality, free from marrs or chips. Provide with sufficient
means to support each fixture in an adequate and rigid manner, which permits no perceptible
movement of the fixture by manually applied forces. Fixtures shall be standard products as
manufactured by American Standard, Crane, Delta, Eljer, Elkay, Just, Kohler or other
I
manufacturers as shown. The space between fixtures and walls shall be grouted with pure white
waterproof sealant.
I D. Where available, provide for each fixture a Josam or Wade concealed fixture carrier with vertical
members having foot supports to floor.
E. Each fixture shall be complete with required trim. Exposed piping and trim shall be polished
Ichrome-plated brass. Each fixture shall be furnished with repairable stop valves.
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 15440 Page 2
PLUMBING FIXTURES AND TRIM
F. Plumbing fixtures, drains and cleanouts shall be provided as scheduled on the plans.
2.3 HOSE BIBBS
A. Hose bibbs shall be cast bronze, non-freeze wall hydrant with extended 3/4-inch garden hose
connection with vacuum breaker and loose key handle in a recessed box with polished chromium
plated rectangular hinged face plate with key operated lock. Hose bibbs shall be designed so
that there are no ferrous materials in the water stream. Hose bibbs shall have an overall length to
permit installation within the wall construction or furring as shown on the drawings. Furnish one
brass tee handle-operating key with each hose bibb. 1
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION t
A. Plumbing fixtures and equipment shall be set in place, leveled and connected as indicated on the
Drawings. Fixtures shall be protected from damage during construction. I
B. Installation procedures shall be in accordance with these Specifications and manufacturer's
directions.
3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Prior to final acceptance, inspect faucets, flush valves, stop valves and similar devices, to
determine that they operate properly and discharge the proper quantities of water. Correct any
deficiencies as directed by the Architect.
B. Clean fixtures, trim and accessories of foreign materials, including labels, prior to final 1
acceptance.
END OF SECTION 1
I
t
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 15782
IPACKAGED ROOF-TOP COOLING/HEATING UNITS
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
I1. The following specifications shall apply for all Brinker International Wholly Owned and Developer
store locations. Restaurants known as Chili's, Maggiano's, Corner Bakery, Macaroni Grill,
ICozymel's, On The Border, and Big Bowl are Brinker International subsidiaries.
2. Brinker International has an exclusive national account relationship with Lennox Industries to
supply HVAC products for all locations. HVAC contractors are directed to call: Kate Koestner or
I Jeff Britain, Lennox National Accounts, at 1-800-367-6285 for all pricing and equipment
information.
I 3. Technicoating of indoor and outdoor coils, blower assembly, and base section shall be required
on all units within 25 miles of any coastline.
4. Economizer shall be provided only in locations required by Code.
I5. For New Jersey units, provide a motor saver in front of the starter controls to prevent motor
burnout.
I6. High heat systems provided by Lennox, shall be utilized on roof top units in north prototypes.
Refer to the drawings for high/low heat requirements.
I 7. Fresh air tempering sensor kit provided by Lennox shall be utilized on roof top units. Mechanical
Contractor shall install sensor in supply duct near RTU.
IPART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SCOPE
II A. Furnish and install the following Lennox packaged, single zone, rooftop/air handling units with
arrangement and capacity as shown on the drawings.
ISize(2.2.5)Tons: Lennox GCS16 series gas/electric roof mounted units
Factory installed options: None
I Field installed options: Low ambient control
Manual outside air intake hood
Smoke detectors (if required)
I Catalog#56P17, magnetic test reset switch (if required)
All accessory items are field installed
Special notes: Disconnect and convenience outlet are supplied and wired under
1 the electrical (Not included in this Section).
Minimum SEER= 10.0
ISize(3,3.5,4,5,6 Tons: Lennox LGA series gas/electric roof mounted units
Factory installed options: Hinged panels/toolless entry
I Disconnect(factory wired)
110 Volt convenience outlet(field wired under electrical section)
I
MG2#04-0098-01 MulvannvG2 Architecture
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15782 Page 2
PACKAGED ROOF-TOP COOLING/HEATING UNITS
Bottom power entry for electrical wire
Manual outside air intake hood
Low ambient control
Supply air smoke detector
Remote discharge sensor
Field installed options: SARA catalog#56P17, magnetic test reset switch I
All other unit options
Special notes: 3, 3.5,4, 5 Ton Minimum SEER= 12.0
6 Ton Minimum EER= 10.5
Size (7.5)Tons: Lennox LGA series gas/electric roof mounted units. (Two stage
heating/cooling)
Factory installed options: Hinged panels/toolless entry
Disconnect(factory wired)
110 Volt convenience outlet(field wired under electrical)
Bottom power entry for electrical wire
Low ambient control
Manual outside air intake hood
Supply air smoke detector
Field installed options: SARA catalog#56P17, magnetic test reset switch
111
Return air smoke detector kit
All other unit options
Special notes: Minimum EER= 10.2 1
Size (8.5,10,12) Lennox LGA series gas/electric roof mounted units.
(15,17.5.20)(25,30)Tons: (Two stage heating/cooling)
Factory installed options: Hinged panels (all unit panels)
Toolless entry on all unit panels
Disconnect(factory wired)
110 Volt convenience outlet(field wired under electrical)
Manual outside air intake hood
Bottom power entry for electrical wire
Low ambient control
Supply air smoke detector
Field installed options: SARA catalog#56P17, Magnetic test reset switch
Return air smoke detector kit
All other unit options
Special notes: 8.5, 10 Ton Minimum EER= 11.0 1
12 Ton Minimum EER=9.0
13, 15 Ton Minimum EER= 11.5
17.5 Ton Minimum EER= 11.2
20 Ton Minimum EER= 11.0
25, 30 Ton Minimum EER= 10.0
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 15782 Page 3
' PACKAGED ROOF-TOP COOLING/HEATING UNITS
B. The Unit Manufacturer shall include a 5-year, nonprorated guarantee for the compressor and
nonprorated guarantee for the structure and other equipment, including electrical and
Il-year
temperature control devices. The heat exchanger on gas heating units shall have a minimum
10-year nonprorated guarantee. All manufacturer warranties shall be for parts only.
C. The installing contractor shall be responsible for providing a full twelve month labor warranty for
all materials and work performed under his contract. This labor warranty shall be effective from
the date Owner takes over the store for twelve months thereafter.
' PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PACKAGE ROOFTOP HVAC UNITS
A. Units shall be a one-piece air-cooled electric cooling, gas heating unit and shall be mounted on a
full perimeter roof curb. The units are as shown on the Drawings.
B. Total cooling capacity of unit shall be as shown on the drawings with air entering evaporator coil
at 67°F wet bulb, 80°F dry bulb, and condenser entering air temperature of 95°F dry bulb.
C. Multiple hermetic/scroll compressors shall be resiliently mounted, have overload protection,
internal pressure relief, compressor monitor, and crankcase heater. The compressors shall have
a full 5-year warranty. Compressors shall be protected with 5 minute time delay.
' D. Indoor and outdoor coils shall be of nonferrous construction with aluminum fins bonded to
seamless copper tubes with all joints brazed.
E. Indoor Centrifugal supply blowers shall have permanently lubricated ball bearings and adjustable
belt drive. Motor mount base shall be slide out design (L series) to permit ease of motor
changeover and belt tension adjustment. Blower wheel shall be statistically and dynamically
balanced.
F. Outdoor direct drive fan motors shall be totally enclosed, permanently lubricated and inherently
protected. Fans shall have safety guards with rain shield.
' G. The cooling system shall be protected with expansion valves, high capacity drier, high pressure
switches, and loss of charge switches. Factory installed freezestat to prevent evaporator coil
freeze up during low ambient operation. Independent refrigerant circuits provide staging control
to fit varying cooling needs.
H. Heat exchanger shall be tubular in design and constructed of corrosion resistant aluminized steel.
' Heat exchangers shall carry a full 10-year parts warranty.
I. Heating controls shall consist of direct spark ignition with a redundant dual gas valve for two
' stage operation. Flame roll out switch shall be provided with peep hole with cover located in unit
cabinet for flame viewing.
J. Bottom power entry for electrical wiring shall be provided through unit roof mounting curb and unit
bottom. (No additional roof penetrations)
K. Roof mounting curb shall be furnished by unit manufacturer. Curb shall be minimum height of 14
' inches.
L. Manual outside air intake dampers and hood shall be provided on each unit.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098 01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 15782 Page 4
PACKAGED ROOF-TOP COOLING/HEATING UNITS
M. Electrical convenience package: Unit mounted disconnect (factory wired), Dual 120V GFI service
outlet(field wired), and hinged box cover.
N. Supply air smoke detectors shall be provided as factory mounted and wired in all units. If local
codes require a return air smoke detector, it shall be purchased from Lennox and installed by
mechanical contractor. If local codes require the supply or return air smoke detector to be
located in ductwork, then the installing Mechanical Contractor is responsible for relocating it from
its unit location.
O. The installing Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating release of units for delivery with
Lennox. Contractor shall coordinate with Lennox and the General Contractor so that crane
service is available so that the HVAC units may be hoisted directly from the truck to the roof.
(Contact Dedra Swan, Lennox National Accounts, 1-800-367-6285)
P. Installing contractor shall provide one new set of Farr 30/30 two inch throw away filters in each
unit after construction operation and before owner takes over store.
Q. Hail guards are required in high risk areas for condenser coil protection. See equipment
schedule to verify jobsite requirements. Hail guards only required on units 12 tons and below.
R. Integrated modular control (IMC) (Lennox L-series) shall include the following: Coded service 1
and operational diagnostics (Up to 80), unit operational configuration switches (Up to 65),
pushbutton display for all unit inputs/outputs, unit mode indicators, indoor air quality input, open
protocol ready to allow connection to various building management systems, DDC compatible for
factory installation with minimum of five, industry-leading, direct digital control manufacturers.
2.2 ENERGY MANAGEMENT CONTROLS
A. RTU manufacturer shall furnish and contractor shall install Invensys Model #97151 (Lennox
catalog number 42N96) Deluxe programmable thermostat. Thermostat shall have three stages
heating (two stages to be utilized),two stages cooling and auto changeover. I
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Power wiring to the unit shall be by the Electrical Contractor. Control wiring to the unit shall be by
HVAC Contractor.
B. Extend condensation drain piping as indicated on the drawings.
C. Units shall be installed level on roof curbs. 1
D. Follow unit manufacturer's printed installation and start-up instructions. Record the designated
start up data and submit to Owner.
E. Gas regulators shall be provided by the Plumbing Contractor for installation in gas lines, external
to rooftop units, to reduce line pressure to gas pressures acceptable for normal unit operation. 1
END OF SECTION
1
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15855 I
IAIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT
I
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
IA. The Conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to the work covered by this Section.
1
B. Comply with Division 15 Sections as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of work.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
IA. Kitchen hoods, kitchen makeup air units, kitchen exhaust fans, flame guard grease pillows, and
toilet exhaust fans, all complete with roof mounting curbs, back-draft dampers and starters will be
' furnished to the job site by the Owner. The General contractor shall hang the hoods, and set fan
curbs, the Mechanical Subcontractor shall set all fans and furnish and install all interconnecting
ductwork, balancing dampers and diffusers as required by code and recommended by the hood
manufacturer for proper operation of the system.
IPART 2- PRODUCTS
I2.1 MAKE-UP-AIR UNITS (SF-1)
A. General: Unit to be completely assembled, wired, factory fire tested and shipped ready for simple
hook-up to utilities and ductwork. UL listed.
IB. Cabinet: Welded construction 18 gauge hot dipped galvanized steel and 16 gauge base.
Weatherproof. Removable access panels. Baked enamel finish applied to phosphatized metal
Isurface.
C. Control System: Wired for a single point connection with 24V transformer. Unit equipped with
high limit control, manual main gas shutoff valve, gas pressure regulating valve, electrically
' operated automatic gas valve with built-in pilot stat and solid state automatic pilot reignitor,
modulating thermostatic gas valve complete with remote bulb, bellows and 12-foot connecting
capillary tubing. Remote bulb protected by a perforated tubular shield and a 24V pushbutton
' control panel prewired and color-coded for remote indoor flush mounted installation. Colored
indicator lights show heating, cooling and ventilating operations.
D. Heating Section: Gas furnaces with vent cap and 19 gauge Type E-3 stainless steel heat
I exchanger guaranteed against burn-out for 5 years. Casing for heating element is fabricated of
aluminized steel. Electric ignition.
I E. Cooling Section: Washable inorganic polyurethane filter media in the cooling section. Water
recirculating pump is thermally protected. Water distribution tubing has removable pressure
nozzles. Water tanks equipped with threaded overflow pipe and an adjustable float valve to
maintain correct water level. Provide pump, pump controls, float and bleed valve, overflow and
Idrain connections. Interior surface of all tanks protected by asphalt base coating.
F. Motors: One-speed 115V motors. One phase motors are resilient mounted and thermal overload
Iprotected. All motors are grounded and have grounded disconnect plugs for pump motors.
I
MG2#04-0098-01
MulvannyG2 Architecture
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 15855 Page 2
AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT
G. Blower: Blower wheels are balanced forward curved centrifugal type of hot dipped galvanized
steel. Wheels in single furnace units have self aligning bronze sleeve bearings, all reservoirs and
are driven by V-belt and grooved cast iron pulley. All units have variable pitch drive pulleys. I
H. Manufacturers: Edison, Essick, Greenheck, Champion,Ares,or approved.
2.2 CENTRIFUGAL BELT DRIVE ROOF EXHAUST FANS '
A. Hood Construction: Aluminum dome, hingeable for service.
B. Fan and Inlet Cone: Aluminum, centrifugal blower type. Wheels overlap the spun venturi. ,
Wheels statically and dynamically balanced.
C. Motors: Permanently lubricated, sealed ball bearings.
D. Wheel Shaft: Ground and polished steel and mounted in permanently lubricated, sealed pillow
block ball bearings. ,
E. Drives: Sized for a minimum of 165 percent of driven horsepower.
F. Pulleys: Fully machined cast iron, keyed and enclosed to the wheel and motor shafts. ,
G. Motor Pulley: Adjustable for final system balancing. Mount the entire drive assembly on vibration
isolators. '
H. AMCA Certified Ratings Seal for both air and sound.
I. Manufacturers: Greenheck, Carnes, Cook, Penn, ILG, Breidert,Acme, JencoFan, or approved. 1
2.3 ROOF EXHAUST FANS (TYPE I HOOD)
A. Construction: Centrifugal fan, belt or direct drive as scheduled on the Drawings, spring or rubber
vibration isolators, disconnect switch, and bird screen.
B. Special: Up discharge with grease receiver and grease receiver cover. UL 276. Vented curb ,
and hinged curb connection.
C. Capacity: See Schedule on Drawings. I
D. Manufacturers: Greenheck, Acme, Cook, Penn, ILG, or approved. Furnish drive change during
air balancing of the system;drives and belts by fan manufacturer or representative.
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 15855 Page 3
IAIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT
PART 3 - EXECUTION
1 3.1 GUARANTEE
I A. The sheet metal work shall be guaranteed for a period of 1 year from and after the date of
acceptance of the job for beneficial occupancy by the Owner, against noise, chatter,whistling and
vibration, and shall be guaranteed to be free from pulsation under all conditions of operation.
After the system is in operation, should any of these defects occur, the faulty parts shall either be
Ireinforced, or removed and replaced, as directed by the Architect.
IEND OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
MG2#04-0098-01 MulvannvG2 Architecture
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 15855 Page 4
AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT I
I
1
1
I
I
1
U
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 15880
' AIR DISTRIBUTION
' PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. The Conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Section.
B. Comply with Division 15 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work. •
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, tools, and services, and perform operations required for, and
' reasonably incidental to,the providing of air distribution systems.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Concealed ductwork shall be constructed of new, prime grade, continuous hot-dip mill galvanized,
' lock-forming quality steel sheets. Exposed ductwork shall be "Paint Grip" which is the same as
concealed ductwork except it is not galvanized. Ducts shall be classified as low pressure
ductwork, with a pressure classification of 2 inches wg, positive or negative as appropriate, and
constructed in accordance with SMACNA Standards. Refer to Table 1-5 in SMACNA HVAC Duct
Construction Standards.
B. Where ducts exposed to view pass through walls, floors or ceilings, provide sheet metal collars to
' cover voids around the ducts.
2.2 LOW PRESSURE DUCT CONSTRUCTION
' A. Rectangular low pressure ducts shall be constructed, braced and reinforced in accordance with
SMACNA Standards.
' B. All round low pressure ducts shall be snap lock (sealed)shop-fabricated round ducts constructed,
braced and reinforced in accordance with SMACNA Standards.
C. Square and round elbows shall be constructed in accordance with the SMACNA Standards.
' Elbows not constructed with a center-line radius of at least 150% of the duct width or diameter,
shall be provided with turning vanes in accordance with SMACNA Standards.
D. "Fiberboard"ductwork will NOT be accepted on project.
2.3 FLEXIBLE DUCTS
A. Flexible ducts shall be similar and equal to Thermoflex: Type M-KE. Flexible ducts shall comply
with applicable requirements of UL-181, NFPA 90-A and other governing authorities.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15880 Page 2
AIR DISTRIBUTION
B. Flexible ducts shall be factory-insulated with a nominal 1-inch thickness of fiberglass insulation,
producing a thermal conductance ("C") of 0.23. Ducts shall have a positive interior air seal
permanently bonded to a coated high carbon spring steel helix, all sheathed in an outer vapor
barrier of fiberglass reinforced film laminate.
C. Flexible ducts shall be rated for operating pressure of +6 inches wg through 10-inch diameter, 1
+4 inches wg through 16-inch diameter and-2 inches wg in all sizes.
2.4 FLEXIBLE DUCT FABRIC '
A. Provide Ventfabrics "Ventglas" or equal, 30 oz/yd2, between sheet metal ducts and air handling
equipment, including all fans and power roof-type ventilators. ,
2.5 DUCT SUPPORTS
A. Horizontal and vertical sheet metal ductwork shall be supported in accordance with the
appropriate SMACNA Standards.
B. Hanger design, and methods of hanging and supporting shall be compatible with the structure. I
2.6 DUCT LINER
A. All return air ductwork and exposed supply air ductwork shall be lined to the extent indicated on 1
drawings.
B. Ductliner shall be 1-inch acoustical duct lining in accordance with SMACNA Standards. Duct
lining shall be Owens-Corning Fiberglas"Aeroflex" No. 200 or equal.
1. The liner shall be applied to the inside of the duct with heavy-density side to the air stream,
and shall be secured to the duct with Insul-Coustic No. 225 or equal, non-flammable, UL '
listed adhesive completely coating the clean sheet metal. The liner shall be further
secured with Gripnail or Durodyne mechanical fasteners. Metal nosings shall be installed
to secure liner at up-stream traverse edges where required by SMACNA Standard or the
manufacturer's instructions. The clips shall be pointed up with adhesive.
2. Dimensions given on the Drawings are net internal dimensions inside the insulation;
sheetmetal dimensions shall be increased to allow for the thickness of the duct liner (i.e.,
for a duct liner thickness of 1-inch, increase each duct dimension by 2 inches. ,
2.7 DAMPERS
A. Damper and splitter hardware for low pressure ducts shall be: '
B. End Bearings-Ventlok#607.
C. Regulator Finished Areas-Ventlok#666, plain cover.
D. Regulator Unfinished Areas-Ventlok#640, 3/8 inch.
E. Volume dampers shall be located at branch take-offs at main trunk. No dampers (splitter
dampers)shall be located in center of ducts.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 15880 Page 3
AIR DISTRIBUTION
2.8 EXHAUST HOOD DUCTWORK
A. Exhaust hood ductwork shall be fabricated and installed in full accordance with the requirements
of NFPA Bulletin 96. Ductwork shall be fabricated of 16 gauge minimum thickness, black steel
' with all joints welded. Duct shall be properly attached to exhaust hoods and fans. Required
clean-out access doors shall be installed in the vertical face of the ductwork. Only opposed blade
dampers may be used in kitchen make-up air ductwork requiring balancing.
B. Ductwork for dishwasher exhaust shall be fabricated as hereinbefore specified for rectangular low
pressure work, except that ducts shall be fabricated from equivalent thickness stainless steel
sheets. All ductwork shall be properly pitched to drain to the hood connection and all joints shall
' be sealed liquid tight. Access doors to these grilles shall be in the vertical face. Duct shall
comply with requirements of NFPA Bulletin 96.
2.9 BASEBOARD HEATER
' A. Provide baseboard heater as indicated on the Drawings.
2.10 FLASHING
A. Where ducts pass through roofs or exterior walls, provide suitable flashings to prevent rain and
' air currents from entering the building. The flashing shall be of not less than 24-gauge galvanized
steel.
2.11 AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS
A. Grilles, registers, ceiling outlets, and ceiling inlets shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Noise
levels, (NC curve)shall not exceed 35.
B. If products of a manufacturer other than the ones indicated on the Drawings are used, the sizes
shown on the Drawings shall be checked for performance, noise level, face velocity, throw, and
pressure drop before the submittal is made. Selections shall meet the manufacturer's own
' published data for the above performance criteria.
C. Verify the type of ceiling system and material into which each of the air inlets and outlets is to be
installed, and provide equipment which properly "fits" whether specifically so indicated or not on
the Drawings.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 FABRICATION
A. Ductwork:
1. Ductwork shown on the Drawings, specified, or required for the heating, ventilating and air
conditioning systems shall be constructed and erected in a first-class manner.
' 2. Ducts shall be reinforced in accordance with the appropriate SMACNA Standards to
prevent buckling, breathing,vibration and unnecessary noise.
B. Provide manually operated, volume control, dampers in duct branches, for proper balancing of air
distribution. Dampers shall be constructed in accordance with the appropriate SMACNA
Standards.
'
MG2#04-0098-01 MulvannvG2 Architecture
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 15880 Page 4
AIR DISTRIBUTION
111
C. Provide hinged access doors in ductwork for access to all smoke detectors, sensors, and other
control devices, manual dampers, and for cleaning operations. Factory-fabricated doors similar
and equal to Milcor and meeting these Specifications shall be acceptable. '
D. Where ducts connect to fans, including roof exhausters, provide flexible duct fabric connections.
Provide a minimum of 1/2-inch slack in the connections, and a minimum of 2-1/2-inch distance
between the edges of the ducts, plus an additional minimum of 1-inch of slack for each inch of
static pressure on the fan system.
E. Provide screens on ducts,fans and openings which lead to, or are outdoors. Screens shall be 16
gauge, 1/2-inch mesh, in removable galvanized steel frames.
F. Furnish test openings with covers in each duct for taking readings of air velocities and pressures
in ducts. Refer to the appropriate SMACNA Standards for cover construction. ,
3.2 COORDINATION OF AIR INLETS AND OUTLETS
A. Locations of outlets shown on the Drawings are approximate, they shall be coordinated with other '
trades to make symmetrical patterns, and shall be governed by the established pattern of the
Architectural Reflected Ceiling Plan.
3.3 GUARANTEE
A. The ductwork shall be guaranteed for a period of 1 year from and after the date of final
acceptance of the job.
3.4 HVAC DUCTWORK TESTING
A. Ducts shall be checked for leaks which can be detected by careful listening or feeling along the
joints and seams. Leaks detected by this procedure shall be repaired.
3.5 EXHAUST HOOD DUCTWORK TESTING
A. Type I Exhaust Duct Leakage Testing Procedures:
1. Conventional leak testing is based on positive pressure mode analysis. It involves
inserting air tight temporary plates in openings at each end of the welded duct and
connecting a blower and a flowmeter to the specimen in such a manner that pressurizing
the specimen will cause all air escaping from the specimen to pass through the flowmeter.
2. Test pressure shall be 2-inch wg. Leakage criteria shall be 0 CFM.
3. Connect the blower and flow meter to the duct section and provide temporary seals at all
open ends of the ductwork.
4. To prevent overpressurizing of the ducts, start the blower with the variable inlet damper
closed. Controlling pressure carefully, pressurize the duct section to the required level.
5. Read the flowmeter and compare the leakage with the allowable rate. If it meets the
allowable rate proceed to step outlined in Paragraph 6. If it does not meet the allowable
rate follow steps in paragraphs a. thru c. below:
a. Inspect the pressurized duct (and all connections between the flowmeter and the ,
duct) for all sensible leaks. A smoke bomb test may be used to identify actual leak
sources. If necessary, apply a soap solution to locate small leaks.
b. Depressurize,weld all audible and other leaks.
c. Retest until leak rate is 0 CFM.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 15880 Page 5
IAIR DISTRIBUTION
6. Testing procedure shall be conducted in the presence of Construction Manager.
I7. Remove temporary blanks and seals.
IEND OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 15880 Page 6
AIR DISTRIBUTION I
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
i
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 15911
FIRE RESISTIVE DUCT WRAP
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Work of this Section includes labor, material, and equipment to provide 2 hour fire resistive rated
duct enclosures and a method for providing zero inch clearances around commercial kitchen
grease duct exhaust systems to combustible materials.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 04200-CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
2. Section 09260-GYPSUM WALLBOARD SYSTEMS
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Test standards and reports for evaluating and rating performance of fire resistive and zero inch
clearance duct wrap systems.
•
1. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL):
a. UL 723, surface burning characteristics per ASTM E 84: File R8418, December 11,
' 1992; File R9464; File R9063.
b. UL 1978, First Edition of the Standard for Grease Ducts.
c. UL 1479, Through-Penetration 3 hour Firestop Test.
d. File No. R14229.
e. File No. UL603/CAJ7004, Fire Protection Equipment Directory.
f. File No. R8418, Fire Resistance Directory,Vol. II.
g. Underwriters Laboratories of Canada, ULC S102-M88.
I2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
a. E119, Standard Method of Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials; 2 hour
' Wall Panel Test, and 2 hour External Total Engulfment Test.
b. E814, Standard Method of Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Fire Stops; 2 hour
Firestop Test.
c. E136, Combustibility
d. C 518-91,Aging Test
' 3. BOCA Evaluation Services, Inc., Report No. 92-3.
4. Southern Building Code Congress International (SBCCI), Report No. 9424.
5. NFPA 96, 1994 Edition, Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking
Operations.
6. California State Fire Marshall, File No. 2440-1361:100.
7. Lehigh Laboratories, USAEC Reg. Guide 1.36.
8. US Department of Transportation (DOT):
' a. DOT-HM-144
b. DOT-HM-175
9. New York City Department of Buildings: MEA-417-92-M -Grease Duct Enclosure.
' MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 15911 Page 2
FIRE RESISTIVE DUCT WRAP
1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION 1
A. A lightweight, non-asbestos, high temperature inorganic foil encapsulated ceramic fiber blanket
duct wrap. Duct wrap system is used on commercial grease hood duct systems and air duct
systems allowing a zero inch clearance to combustible construction and as a 2 hour fire resistive
rated enclosure system, shaft enclosure,when used with a listed or approved through-penetration
protection system. i
B. Performance Requirements:
1. Two-hour rated fire resistive enclosure assembly, ASTM E119: Large Scale Wall Test and
Total Engulfment Test.
2. Non-combustibility,ASTM E136.
3. Class I interior finish materials,ASTM E84.
4. Zero inch clearance to combustibles, maximum allowable surface temperature on
unexposed side, UL 1978.
5. Three hour through-penetration protection systems for grease duct, ASTM E814 and
UL 1479.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit test reports substantiating performance requirements and Code compliance. 1
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver materials in original sealed containers or unopened packages, and clearly labeled with
manufacturer's name, product identification, and lot numbers.
B. Store materials out of weather and in an enclosed shelter. 1
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Fire Resistive FireMasterTm Duct Wrap materials: FireMasterTM, manufactured and supplied by
Thermal Ceramics, Augusta, Georgia 30903, or its authorized distributors (Base Bid) or PABCO
Super Temp(Alternate).
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Fire Resistive Duct Wrap: Thermal Ceramics FireMasterTM Duct Wrap, 1-1/2 inches thick. One
layer provides one hour rating; two layers provide two hour rating. '
B. Tapes:
1. High Performance Filament: Tape No. 898, one inch wide, by 3M Company, St. Paul, I
Minnesota, or equal and approved.
2. Aluminum Foil Tape: To seal cut edges of blankets.
C. Banding Material: '
1. For zero clearance to combustibles and one hour rating: 3/4 inch wide, no less than 0.015
inches thick, carbon steel.
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 15911 Page 3
FIRE RESISTIVE DUCT WRAP
2. Two hour requirements: 3/4 inch wide, no less than 0.015 inch thick, Type 304 stainless
steel. Stainless steel hose clamps, 1/2 inch, may be substituted for hanger insulation only.
D. Insulation Pins: 10 gage, 4 inches to 5 inches long, copper coated steel, or no less than 1-
1/2 inch by 1-1/2 inch or 1-1/2 inch diameter galvanized steel speed clip.
E. Firestopping Materials:
1. FireMasterN Mesh: 304 stainless steel or 430 stainless steel, 0.0005 inches thick.
' 2. FireMasterm' Bulk: UL No. R9464 classified, non-combustibles fiber with a Flame Spread
of 0, Smoke Development of 0, and Fuel Contribution of 0.
3. FireMasterT"" Putty: Water-based, mild chemical resistant,complying with ASTM E136-82.
F. Grease Duct Access Door, by duct fabricator:
1. Door Enclosure:
a. Steel angle opening frame.
b. Access cover, no less than 16 gage.
c. Insulation Pins.
d. Speed Clips: no less than 1-12 inch by 1-1/2 inch or 1-1/2 inch diameter galvanized
steel.
1 2. Hardware:
a. Threaded rods: 4 inches to 5 inches long, 1/4-inch diameter galvanized steel with
1/4-inch wing nuts and 1/4-inch metal washers.
b. 4-inch-long steel hollow tubing to fit threaded rods.
c. 1/4-inch wing nuts.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Remove dirt and dust, and clean surfaces of openings and items penetrating rated floors and
rated walls.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install FireMasterT"" Duct Wrap (Fast Wrap) system in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and referenced standards.
B. Install FireMasterT"' Duct Wrap (Fast Wrap) in direct contact with duct it encloses. Protect every
portion of duct with no less than two (one) layer(s) of Fireproofing Wrap. Overlap both perimeter
and longitudinal joints at least 3 inches for both layers of material. Hold wrapping in place by
Banding spaced no more than 10-1/2 inches on center. For duct widths greater than 24 inches,
weld insulation pins to duct. Impale Fireproofing Wrap on pins and hold in place with galvanized
steel speed clips until banding is applied.
C. Locate grease duct access doors at horizontal cleanouts as required by local Codes. Protect with
three (two) layer(s)of Fireproofing Wrap, each layer overlapping previous by one inch on all sides
and in accordance with manufacturer's instruction.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15911 Page 4
FIRE RESISTIVE DUCT WRAP
D. Protect floor and wall penetrations with an approved through-penetration system having a F and
T hourly rating not less than that of assembly penetrated and installed in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions and as follows: J
1. Pack 3-1/2 inches of FireMasterT"" Bulk, approximately 12 pounds per cubic foot, around
remaining space between duct wrap and structure at all penetrations.
2. Apply 1-inch-thick FireMasterT"" Putty on top of Bulk and between duct wrap and structure.
Surfaces to be flush with top surface of floors and flush with both surfaces of walls.
3.3 REPAIR PROCEDURE I
A. Repair damaged Fireproofing Duct Wrap in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Remove damaged section. Apply a new section of same dimension. Place and fit ensuring same I
overlap that existed previously. Place Banding around new Fire Resistive Wrap material and
tensioned to sufficiently hold in place.
C. If damage has penetrated to interior layer, remove affected sections and reinstall as specified in I
INSTALLATION.
END OF SECTION
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15990
TESTING,ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
IA. The Conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions
and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Section.
IB. Comply with Division 15 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
I1.2 START-UP, TEST AND ADJUSTMENT
A. The purpose of starting, testing and adjusting this equipment is to put it into final operating
condition for the Owner's use and benefit. All tests of equipment and systems required to prove
I compliance with the drawings and specifications shall be performed in the presence of the
Construction Manager. Construction Manager shall be made completely familiar with the
complete working of all the mechanical system.
IB. The testing, adjusting and balancing (TAB) of the air conditioning system will be performed by an
independent technical firm employed directly by the Owner and shall not be a part of the contract.
I The air conditioning contractor shall provide and coordinate the services of qualified responsible
mechanics and other personnel as required to correct, repair or replace all deficient items or
conditions found during the testing, adjusting and balancing period. In order that all systems shall
be properly tested, balanced and adjusted as required herein by these specifications, the Air
I Conditioning Contractor shall operate the systems for the length of time necessary to properly
verify their completion and readiness for TAB, and shall further pay all costs of operation during
the TAB period. He shall have a qualified technician available at the job site during the test and
Ibalance period to correct the contractor's work as required.
C. The remainder of the testing, balancing and operation of the system shall be performed by the
competent and experienced personnel who have formerly done similar work and whose
I qualifications and performance shall be subject to the approval of the Construction Manager. The
tests shall demonstrate the specified capacities and operation of all equipment and materials
comprising the systems. All data required by these specifications shall be typed on white bond
1 paper in triplicate and submitted to the Construction Manager for approval. Complete approval
will be necessary before final payment can be made. The contractor shall then make available
such instruments as are required for spot checks on the system.
IPART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3- EXECUTION
I3.1 PLUMBING SYSTEMS
A. The Contractor installing the plumbing systems shall follow all tests as required to prove
I compliance with all local codes. Tests performed shall be equal to or exceed that hereinafter
specified. All piping systems shall be tested before they are covered or made unavailable for the
complete inspection of all joints. In addition to the above, each and every system to be insulated
shall be thoroughly tested before the installation is applied.
1
M _MG2#04-0098.-01 MulvannvG2 Architecture
17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set. Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 15990 Page 2
TESTING,ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
B. Domestic Water Piping System: Upon completion of a section of the entire water supply system,
it shall be tested and proved tight under a water pressure of 125 lbs. but not less than 10% in
excess of the working pressure under which it is to be used. The water used for tests shall be
obtained from potable source of supply.
C. Sanitary and Storm Sewer Systems: All sanitary sewer systems shall be tested either in sections
or in their entirety in accordance with all the requirements of the local Plumbing Code and to the
satisfaction of the local Plumbing Inspector. These tests shall be examined if desired by the
Architect or his representative during the test period and ample notice of performance of these
tests shall be given.
D. Gas Piping Systems: The natural gas piping systems on the low pressure side of the meters and
regulators shall be tested to a pressure of 50 psig and shall be held at this pressure for a period
of eight hours.
3.2 DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEM STERILIZATION
A. On the building side of the main valve, provide a 3/4" connection through which chlorine can be
introduced into the domestic water piping systems to sterilize the system thoroughly.
B. After completion of the testing, the entire cold and hot water piping system, with attached
equipment shall be thoroughly sterilized with a solution containing not less than 50 parts per
million of available chlorine. The chlorinating material shall be either liquid chlorine, conforming
to U.S. Army Specification No. 4-1, or calcium hypochlorite or chlorinated lime conforming to the
requirements of Federal Specification O-C-114, and shall be pumped into the system through the
connection described above. The sterilizing solution shall be allowed to remain in the system for
a period of eight hours, during which time all valves and faucets shall be opened and closed
several times. After sterilization, the solution shall be flushed from the system with clean water
until the residual chlorine content is not greater than 0.2 parts per millions.
3.3 FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEMS
A. The Fire Sprinkler Contractor shall be responsible for continuous inspection of the inspection as it
is being made to verify its compliance with all of the hereinbefore mentioned regulations, codes
and governing authorities.
B. A complete fire protection sprinkler system shall be put into operation at the earliest possible date
to protect the building construction and the Owner's materials and devices and accessories
installed within the structure as the structure is being completed.
C. Upon completion and as required during the installation of various sections, the system shall be
thoroughly tested by the contractor in the presence of the Construction Manager and turned over
to the Owner complete with all particulars ready for use in first class condition. All pipe and
fittings shall be tested with a minimum hydrostatic test at 200 psig and shall be capable of
withstanding this test for a minimum of two hours. Piping shall be tested in sections as work
progresses.
Q. The tests shall be performed in accordance with the standard form as provided by the National I
Automatic Sprinkler and Fire Protection Association, Inc. entitled "Report of Inspection". These
forms shall be filled out in triplicate. Copies of the test forms shall be given to the Construction
Manager and local Fire Department authorities for their review and file.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1
SECTION 15990 Page 3
TESTING,ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
E. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor shall furnish certificates of approval from the
governing authorities mentioned herein. Before that the work has been inspected as it has been
installed and it meets the requirements of all authorities hereinbefore mentioned.
3.4 DUCT SYSTEMS
A. After duct systems have been completed, clean systems by operating fans for four (4) hours with
temporary filters in service; then remove the temporary filters, install the "permanent" filters, and
place the systems in service.
B. Thoroughly clean items of equipment, fixtures, and systems, and leave them free of dust, dirt and
marks and remove labels that may be applied to item surfaces.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
■`
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15990 Page 4
TESTING,ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture i
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
I
1
IDIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL
Section 16010 General Requirements For Electrical Work 8
I Section 16050 Basic Electrical Materials and Methods 5
Section 16110 System of Raceways 3
Section 16120 Wires and Cables 3
Section 16140 Wiring Devices 2
I Section 16190 Supporting Devices 1
Section 16401 Power Service Entrance 2
Section 16402 IFS Distribution Systems and Equipment(600V and Below) 4
Section 16421 Communication Service Entrance 1
I Section 16450 Grounding 3
Section 16480 Motor Wiring 2
I
Section 16500 Lighting Fixtures 6
Section 16721 Fire Alarm System 4
Section 16950 Testing 1
cj P ROres
`S1 ,xxG►NE. ;
164
O �/ ~
%�
VI
OREGON�� rc,-
ILLIAM
I
I
111
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 16010
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SPECIAL NOTICE
A. Each Contractor shall read all relevant documents, become familiar with the job, scope of work,
type of general construction, and the architectural, structural, mechanical and electrical drawings
and specifications. Each Contractor shall also familiarize himself with the purpose for which
these documents have been prepared and shall become cognizant of all the details involved.
Each Contractor shall coordinate his work with that of others.
B. The term "Contractor" used in this section of the specification shall mean the Contractor whose
work is covered by this section.
C. When the term "Engineer" is used in this section of the specification, it shall mean the consulting
electrical engineer.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. This section of the work shall comprise the furnishing of materials, equipment, tools, labor and
transportation necessary for the complete installation of the electrical systems shown and
hereinafter specified. Work is to be complete in every respect whether specifically mentioned in
Contractor documents or not. This work and material includes, but is not limited to, the following
items:
1. Panelboards, lighting fixtures, wiring devices and complete feeder and branch circuit
wiring.
2. Power supply to all motors, plumbing equipment, including the installation and final
�. connection of motor starters, compressors, pushbuttons, and other miscellaneous
equipment furnished under other sections of work and/or by Owner.
3. Connections to Owner-furnished smoke and fire suppression system monitoring system.
4. Backboard and empty conduit system for telephone distribution and other miscellaneous
communication systems.
5. Fees, permits and provisions for metering equipment.
6. Extension and connection of electric service.
B. Alternates:
1. Provide alternate pricing for providing battery-powered exterior egress lighting exiting from
Vestibule 101 and pick-up 113 (separate price for each exit) per requirements of UBC
Chapter 10, and to the satisfaction of the AHJ, as well as the Owner, as a design-build
package.
2. The service includes, but is not limited to the following:
a. Inquiry from and discussion with the Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ) to obtain
their interpretation of the code requirements in writing.
b. Designing the system per code requirements as directed by AHJ and to the
satisfaction of the Owner.
c. Installing the system per NEC requirements.
d. Testing and verifying the operation.
3. Related Sections: All Sections of these specifications as applicable.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16010 Page 2
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
1.3 UTILITIES
A. The location, size and characteristics of the electric and telephone services and points of service
entrance are shown in accordance with data given this office by various departments of cities
and/or utility companies involved. The points of connection to the utility lines are, therefore,
approximate only and shall be verified by the Contractor bidding each portion of the work. Each
bidder shall include adequate funds in his bid lines regardless of exact locations and shall hold
the Owner harmless as to additional costs or extras regarding the utility connections.
1.4 ELECTRIC SERVICE I
A. This Contractor shall contact the local power company and make all arrangements, pay all fees,
and acquire all permits as required for the installation of the electrical service and systems as
hereinafter specified and shown.
B. The electric service shall be from the local utility company, with voltage phase, and wire, all as
shown on plans. The Electrical Contractor shall properly coordinate all his work as required, shall
install all conduit and conductors as necessary to complete the electrical service. He shall make I.
provisions for the metering equipment in accordance with the utility company standards.
1.5 TELEPHONE SERVICE
A. The telephone service shall connect to the building as shown. This Contractor shall coordinate
his work with the telephone company and shall furnish entrance conduits, backboards and 1
distribution systems as hereinafter specified and indicated, or as required by the Telephone
Company.
1.6 CABLE TELEVISION SERVICE I
A. The cable TV service shall connect to the building as shown. The contractor shall coordinate his
work with the cable TV company and furnish entrance conduits, equipment, distribution, etc. as
required.
1.7 FEES AND PERMITS
A. Each Contractor shall obtain all permits, inspections, and approvals applicable to his trade as
required by regulatory authorities. All fees and costs of any nature whatsoever incidental to these
permits, inspections and approvals shall be assumed and paid by the Contractor. 11
1.8 RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR
A. Each Contractor shall be responsible for all work of every description in connection with his
contract. He shall specifically and distinctly assume, and does so assume, all risk for damage or
injury from whatever cause to property or person used or employed on or in connection with his
work and of all damage or injury to any persons or property wherever located, resulting from any 1
action of operation under the contract or in connection with the work, and undertake the promise
to defend the Owner against all claims on account of any such damage or injury.
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16010 Page 3
iGENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
B. Each Contractor will be held responsible for the execution of a satisfactory and complete piece of
work, in accordance with the true intent of the drawings and specifications and all bulletins and
I addenda that may be issued during the time of bidding. He shall provide, without extra charge, all
ental eeart s , t ticly pior e ,
and incidif he hasitms goodrquired reasons pafor obofjectinghiworkto the
even use of
though ha mparaterialsular, appliancesecifed or mi of
d
III construction shown or specified, he shall make report of such objections to the Construction
Manager and obtain proper adjustment before the Contract is made, and shall proceed with the
work, only with the understanding that a satisfactory job is required.
IC. Each Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with all national, state, local and county
codes, standards,ordinances and regulations.
I1.9 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The interrelation of the specifications, drawings and schedules shall be as hereinbefore described
in the Architectural Sections of the specifications.
I
B. Should the drawings disagree in themselves, or with the specifications, contact the Construction
IManager.
C. The "Scope of Work" as hereinbefore stated, is intended to designate the general description of
the work that will be performed by each of the major contractors. It is not intended to include
I specifically, nor is it intended to limit the scope of the work where plans, schedules, notes or
standards practice requires the inclusion of other specific items.
ID. When the drawings do not give exact details as to the elevations of pipe, conduit and ducts, the
contractors shall physically arrange the systems to fit in the space available at the elevations
intended with the proper grades for the functioning of the systems involved. Piping, exposed
conduit and the duct systems are generally intended to be installed true and square to the
I building construction, and located as high as possible against the structure in a neat and
workmanlike manner. Work shall be concealed in all finished areas except as shown.
I1.10 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES
A. The Electrical Contractor shall check with the General Contractor and other contractors, either
under his control or those responsible solely to the Owner for any work being performed under.
I this specification to determine whether there will be any interference with the electrical work. If
the Electrical Contractor fails to check with the other contractors and the electrical work is later
found to interfere with their work, then he shall make necessary changes without additional cost
or delay to the Owner to eliminate such interferences.
lightingfixtures are shown to conflict with locations of structural members,Where u mechanical or
I other equipment, the Electrical Contractor shall provide adequate support and wiring to clear
same.
1.11 FINAL INSPECTIONS
IA. The purpose of the final inspection is to determine whether the Contractor has completed the
work in a proper and workmanlike manner, that he has apparently installed the work in
accordance with the intent of the drawings and specifications and that the work is satisfactory for
the Owner to accept.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
I MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16010 Page 4
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
B. It shall be the duty of each Contractor to personally make a special inspection trip as a whole,
assuring himself that the work on the project is ready for final acceptance before calling upon the
Architect or his representative to make a final inspection.
1.12 GUARANTEE
A. All materials, equipment and workmanship shall be guaranteed except that where specific
equipment is noted to have extended guarantees, the Contractor shall be responsible for the
proper registration of these guarantees so that the Owner can make all proper claims should
future need develop. All work found to be defective shall be repaired or replaced by the
Contractor without any charge to the Owner.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Materials utilized in the construction of this building shall be new, and of the quality indicated and,
unless specifically noted, be manufactured in the United States of America. Manufacturers'
names are mentioned herein. Products by the named manufacturers have proved to be
satisfactory under similar conditions of service. Where only one manufacturer is listed,
manufacturers with known quality equipment which meet the specified standards and capacities
may be substituted, unless noted to the contrary. Where more than one manufacturer is named,
the product must be by one of the named manufacturers..
2.2 CODES AND STANDARDS 1
A. All materials and workmanship shall comply with all applicable local, county, state and national
codes, specifications, ordinances, utility company regulations and specified industry standards.
B. In case of difference between building codes, specifications, regulations and the Contract
Documents, the most stringent shall govern. The Contractor shall promptly notify the
Construction Manager in writing of any such difference. Should the Contractor perform any work
that does not comply with the requirements of the applicable building codes, state laws, local
ordinance, shall bear all costs arising in correcting these deficiencies.
C. In addition to the local, county, and state ordinances, and the utility company regulations, the
following industry standards and codes shall apply as applicable, except where the requirements
of this specification are more stringent than the following standards, they shall take precedence:
1. ADA Americans with Disabilities Act
2. AHJ Authority Having Jurisdiction
3. ASTM American Society of Testing Materials
4. IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
5. IES Illuminating Engineering Society
6. NEC National Electrical Code
7. NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association
8. NFPA National Fire Protection Association
9. UBC Uniform Building Code
10. UL Underwriters'Laboratories
1
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 16010 Page 5
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
I
2.3 SUBMITTAL DATA
1 A. The submittal data shall be handled as hereinbefore specified in the "General Conditions" section
of these specifications as specified for"Shop Drawings."
B. Before submittal of all data, the Contractor shall check each requirement of the plans and
specifications and shall clearly mark each submittal with his signature to indicate that they are in
full compliance. Any submittals received without the Contractor's signature may be returned
without being checked.
IC. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to point out all deviations between the plans and
specifications and the materials submitted.
ID. Each set of data from any one manufacturer shall be bound in an individual folder properly
indexed and marked to indicate job, Contractor, Architect, Engineer, supplier and purpose for
which data enclosed is being offered. Data submitted shall show proposed equipment only and
shall not be catalogues showing manufacturer's complete line. Each sheet shall indicate the
I
name of manufacturer of the equipment being submitted. Sufficient data shall be included to
provide compliance with the specifications as far as use, capacity, efficiencies, physical size,
quality of materials and all other pertinent specified particulars. Data shall include manufacturer's
I
name for each item of equipment submitted.
E. Submittal data (manufacturer's catalog data) shall include, but shall not be limited to, the
Ifollowing:
1. Wiring devices.
2. 600V and below: Switchboards, panelboards, safety switches, fuses,wireways.
1 3. Light fixtures.
4. Dimming system components and equipment.
5. Control system components and equipment.
6. Low voltage system components and equipment.
2.4 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
A. All major equipment such as main panelboard, main and branch interrupting devices,
panelboards, safety switches, starters, transformers, etc., shall be identified by the attachment of
nameplated construction from laminated phenolic engraved plastic 3-ply with black surface and
I white interior core. Engraved lettering shall be condensed gothic at least 1/4 inch high and
properly spaced for easy and legible reading. Plates shall be attached to equipment by the use of
a permanent type adhesive or chromium plated screws or neatly lettered with permanent indelible
Ipaint or ink in a contrasting color directly on the unit. Embossed plastic tape is not acceptable.
B. Conductor Numbers: Manufacturers' standard vinyl-cloth, self-adhesive cable andconductor
y co ducr o
markers of the wraparound type. Preprinted black numbers on yellow field. Brady, Panduit, or
approved.
I
C. Branch Circuit Panel Schedules: Provide branch circuit identification schedules, typewritten,
clearly filled out, to identify load connected to each circuit and location of load. Numbers to
correspond to numbers assigned to each circuit breaker pole position.
D. Relay Panel Schedule: Provide typewritten schedule to identify the incoming circuit, the
Icontrolled load, and the controlling devices for each relay.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
j. MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16010 Page 6
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
E. Circuit Breaker Identification: Provide permanent identification number in or on panelboard dead-
front adjacent to each circuit breaker pole position.
2.5 RECORDS FOR OWNER J
A. Each Contractor shall accumulate during the job progress the following data in duplicate.
prepared in a neat brochure or packet folder, and turn over to the Construction Manager:
1. All warranties, guarantees and manufacturer's directions on equipment and material
covered by the Contract.
2. Copies of approved shop drawings.
3. Repair parts list of all major items and equipment including name, address and telephone
number of local supplier or agent.
B. Record Drawings:
1. Show changes and deviations from the drawings. Include written addendum and change
order items.
2. Show exact routes of feeders 60 amps and larger, conduits for signal systems 2 inches in
diameter and larger, and service entrance conduits.
3. Show exact location of switchboards, panelboards, safety disconnects, motor controllers,
control panels, and the like.
4. Make changes to drawings in electronic format. Obtain electronic copy from Architect, use
the same version of AutoCAD to prepare record drawings as was used by the Architect.
Provide electronic copy and hard copy to Architect for review.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION OF PREMISES
A. Before submitting proposals for his work, each bidder shall be held to have examined the
premises and satisfied himself as to the existing conditions under which he will be obliged to
operate, or that will in any manner affect the work under this Contract. No allowance shall be
made subsequently in this connection in behalf of the Contractor for any error or negligence on
his part.
3.2 SPACE AND EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENT
A. Each Contractor shall be responsible to see that equipment proposed by him will fit the spaces I
available. In certain instances he will note that the equipment is mentioned by name in the
) equipment schedules. In these cases, it is the equipment whose dimensions and connections
arrangement have been used for the preparation of the layouts shown on the working drawings.
Should the use of equipment by other approved manufacturers or of other physical shape than
those shown on the drawings be proposed, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor making
the proposal to submit for approval shop drawings showing the arrangement of the proposed
equipment in the space available. Approval of substitution offered without these shop drawings
does not relieve the Contractor of the responsibility of arranging the equipment in a satisfactory
workable installation in the space shown on the drawings.
I
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16010 Page 7
IGENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
3.3 MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS
IA. The manufacturer's published directions shall be followed in the delivery, storage, protection,
installation, piping and wiring of all equipment and material. The Contractor shall promptly notify
$ the Construction Manager in writing of any conflict between the requirements of the Contract
Documents and the manufacturer's directions, and shall obtain the instructions before proceeding
with the work. Should the Contractor perform any work before receiving such instructions, he
shall bear all costs arising in connection with the deficiencies.
1' 3.4 INSTRUCTIONS OF OWNER'S PERSONNEL
I A. Provide the services of competent engineers or technicians acceptable to the Architect to instruct
representatives of the Owner in the complete and detailed operation of each item of equipment,
and each system.
I B. The Contractor shall be fully responsible for proper maintenance of equipment and systems until
the instructions have been given to the Owner's personnel and the letter of release
acknowledged.
1 3.5 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Each Contractor shall notify the General Contractor sufficiently ahead of the construction of any
I floors, walls, ceilings, roofs, etc., of the openings that will be required for his work. He shall also
see that any and all sleeves that are required for his work are set at proper times so as not to
hold up the progress of the job. Any cutting and patching required to be done because of lack of
I proper coordination shall be done by the General Contractor at the expense of the contractors
involved.
B. Do not request the General Contractor to cut any structural members without first having received
I written permission from the Construction Manager. Cutting of round openings which can be done
by the use of a rotary drill may be done by the Contractor requiring same.
I3.6 ELECTRICAL ENERGY,WATER AND SANITARY FACILITIES
A. Electrical energy, water and sanitary facilities required for the construction of this project shall be
provided as hereinbefore specified under the Architectural Sections of the work except all
I electrical energy required for welding shall be provided by the Contractor doing the welding in the
form of portable gasoline power generators as allowed by local regulations.
I/ 3.7 ELECTRIC WIRING OF MOTORS AND EQUIPMENT
A. The Electrical Contractor shall wire all power wiring for the installation of equipment furnished
under this and other sections of the work, except low voltage HVAC control wiring will be installed
I by the Mechanical Contractor. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish all disconnect switches as
required for the proper operation of the equipment unless such equipment is specified to be
factory mounted. The Mechanical Contractor shall furnish complete wiring diagrams showing
I power wiring, for mechanical equipment. Diagrams shall be based on this approved equipment
and shall be made complete integrated drawings, not a series of manufacturers' diagrams. After
these drawings have been approved, copies shall be furnished to the Electrical Contractor by the
Mechanical Contractor. They shall be followed in detail.
I
I MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 16010 Page 8
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK
B. Each Contractor shall note that the electrical design and drawings are based on the equipment
scheduled and shown on the drawings and should any Mechanical Contractor submit for approval
equipment requiring changes to the electrical design for which the Electrical Contractor will
request an extra, this extra shall be paid by the Contractor providing the equipment requiring the
change.
END OF SECTION
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
ISECTION 16050
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 -GENERAL
I1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. The Conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
Rand
Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Section.
B. Comply with Division 16 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
1 1.2 DESCRIPTION
I A. The requirements set forth in this Section of the Specifications apply equally to all Sections within
Division 16, except where superseded by more restrictive requirements.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
I2.1 STANDARD PRODUCTS
A. Each item of equipment furnished under this Division of the Specifications shall be essentially the
standard product of the manufacturer.
B. Materials and equipment shall be of the best quality normally used in good commercial practice,
Iand shall be the products of reputable domestic manufacturers unless otherwise specified.
2.2 QUALITY AND CLASSIFICATION OF MATERIALS
I A. Materials and equipment shall be new and of the quality specified, and shall be free from defects
at the time of installation.
I
B. Wherever a UL standard has been established for a particular type of material or equipment,
each item of such material or equipment provided on this project shall meet the requirements of
the UL standard in every way, and shall be UL listed and labeled.
1 2.3 LOCAL PARTS AND SERVICE
A. Each item of equipment furnished on this project shall have local representation, factory-
Iauthorized service, and an adequate stock of repair parts.
2.4 FLAME SPREAD PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS
1 A. Materials used on this project shall have a flame spread rating of 25 or less, and a smoke
developed rating of 50 or else, as determined by an independent testing laboratory in accordance
with NFPA-255.
I
I
I MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16050 Page 2
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
2.5 MOUNTING SUPPORTS
A. Provide appropriate mounting supports within the building elements as required for installation of
panelboards, access panels, junction boxes, pull boxes, and other devices and cabinets which
install recessed into walls,floors and ceilings.
B. Safety factor of 4 is required for every fastening device or support for electrical equipment
installed. Support to withstand four times weight of equipment it supports. Bracing to comply
with Seismic Zone 3 requirements.
2.6 EQUIPMENT FOUNDATIONS, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS I
A. Provide foundations, hangers and supports for electrical equipment as required. These shall
include manufactured hanger components and fabricated supports, constructed in accordance
with these Specifications, and the manufacturer's recommendations.
2.7 SLEEVES
A. Above grade and in dry locations, sleeves for conduits shall be constructed from 20-gauge
galvanized steel, and shall be flush on both sides of the surface penetrated in finished areas and
shall be flush and extend 3 inches above finished floor in chases and equipment rooms. The
space between the sleeve and the conduit through floor sleeve shall be sealed water tight as
specified below. Sleeves shall be sized to allow passage of the conduits. Sleeves for horizontal
conduits shall be as specified for vertical conduits except they shall be constructed of galvanized
rigid conduit.
B. Sleeves passing through walls or floors on or below grade or in moist areas shall be constructed
of galvanized rigid conduit, and shall be designed with suitable flanges in the centers of the floors
or walls being penetrated to form waterproof passages. Sleeves passing through concrete
beams shall be galvanized rigid conduit.
2.8 FIRESTOPPING
A. Provide firestopping in sealing of penetrations in fire-rated construction, horizontal and vertical,
including the following materials:
1. Foam: Dow Corning Firestop silicone RTV foam, CAT #2001 liquid component Part A
(black)and liquid component Part B (off-white).
2. Sealant: Dow Corning Firestop RN silicone adhesive sealant, CAT#2000.
3. Damming Materials: Mineral fiberboard, mineral fiber matting, mineral fiber putty, plywood
or particle board, as selected by the applicator.
B. Mixes shall conform to the manufacturer's directions.
2.9 FLASHINGS I
A. Flashings shall conform to the requirements of Section 15050.
2.10 FLOOR, CEILING AND WALL PLATES I
A. In finished areas having ceilings, provide chrome plated, sectional escutcheons on exposed
conduits and hanger rods penetrating walls, floors and ceiling. I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1
SECTION 16050 Page 3
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
2.11 MOTORS, DRIVES AND CONTROLLERS
A. Motors, drives and controllers shall conform to the requirements of Section 15050.
2.12 SAFETY GUARDS
A. Provide safety guards for equipment installed under Division 16 having belt drives, flexible
couplings, projecting shafts, or other exposed rotating parts. Also provide guards for equipment
having exposed current-carrying parts.
2.13 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. Provide necessary excavation and backfill for installation of electrical work, regardless of the type
of materials encountered in the excavation.
B. Underground Utilities Markers: Inert polyethylene plastic ribbon, 6 inches wide by 4 mil thick.
Safety Red for electric power distribution. Safety Alert Orange for telephone, signal, data and
cable TV. Imprint over entire length of ribbon in permanent black letters, the system description,
selected from manufacturer's standard legend which most accurately identifies the subgrade
system. Manufacturers: Allen Systems, Inc., Panduit Corp., or approved.
111
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
A. The Drawings and Specifications are intended to accomplish certain objectives. They show
conduit and wire sizes and they describe the various systems. These documents describe and
size equipment, its general location, usage, support and auxiliary requirements. They also
describe most, but not all, of the materials and their usage for this project.
B. Contract Documents do not, however, detail certain job requirements. They do not show exact
layouts, locations or elevations of any fixtures, conduits, anchors, sleeves, hangers, elbows, or
fittings. They do not show final precise location of equipment by dimension in most instances.
C. In general, conduit in finished areas of the building shall be run concealed in chases, walls, floor
slabs, furrings, and above suspended ceilings, unless noted or indicated otherwise. In exposed
dining areas conduit shall be routed in accordance with the Architect's instructions. Runs of
conduit shall be grouped wherever it is feasible to do so. Conduits shall be cut accurately to
measurements established at the building and shall be worked into place without springing or
forcing.
1. In unfinished spaces such as equipment rooms, conduit shall be installed parallel to the
building planes, shall be run as high as possible, and shall be square to the building and
securely supported.
D. The exact location of each item shall be determined by reference to the project Contract
Drawings, and to details, equipment drawings, roughing-in drawings, by measurements at the
building, and in cooperation with the various trades. Minor relocations necessitated by the
conditions at the site or directed by the Owner shall be made without additional cost to the
Owner.
i
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1
SECTION 16050 Page 4
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
3.2 EQUIPMENT FOUNDATIONS, HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. Suspended equipment shall have supports consisting of manufactured metal framing or hangers
conforming to Section 16190.
B. Provide seismic bracing per UBC requirements for this building's location.
3.3 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS
A. Provide equipment furnished under Division 15 and 16 with necessary power, and communication
wiring utility connections completed to allow safe and proper operation of the equipment.
B. Provide similar complete utility connections for equipment furnished under Divisions 1 through 14,
inclusive,or by the Owner.
C. On VAV systems and other systems that require automatic air flow control or modulation, the
Electrical Contractor shall provide additional branch circuits including, but not limited to, circuit
breakers, conductors, conduit, etc. for control power to HVAC systems (motorized dampers,
controls, buck-boost transformers, etc.) General Contractor shall insure that complete, fully
functional systems are bid and that all required devices are included in base bid.
3.4 APPLIANCE/UTILIZATION EQUIPMENT
A. Provide appropriate cable and cord cap for final connection unless equipment is provided with
same. Verify special purpose outlet NEMA configuration and ampere rating with equipment
supplier prior to ordering devices and coverplates.
B. Freezer and Cooler Box Connections: I
1. Obtain supplier's shop drawings prior to rough-in and provide complete connections per
supplier's shop drawings.
2. Provide connections to electric defrost elements, door heaters, vent heaters, door
switches, lights, condensate drain heaters, blower fans, and the like.
C. Kitchen Cooking, Class I, Exhaust Hood: 1
1. Obtain supplier's shop drawings prior to rough-in and provide complete connections per
supplier's shop drawings.
2. Provide connections to hood lights, fire suppression/extinguishing system, hood control
panel, and the like.
3. Provide interlocks to exhaust fan, make-up air unit, solenoid valves, and shunt trip
breakers/contactors to de-energize electrical equipment located under hood.
D. Garbage Waste Disposal Compactor:
1. Obtain supplier's shop drawings prior to rough-in and provide complete connections per
supplier's shop drawings.
2. Provide connections to solenoid valves, blowers, and the like.
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16050 Page 5
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
3.5 FLASHINGS
A. Flashing installation shall conform to Section 15050.
3.6 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
A. Excavation and backfill work shall comply with the requirements of Division 2 of these
Specifications.
B. Underground Utilities Markers: Install continuous tape, 6 to 8 inches below finished grade, for
each exterior underground raceway.
3.7 TESTS
A. Perform tests required by governing authorities, and by the NEC, in addition to tests specified in
Section 16950.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16050 Page 6
BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16110
ISYSTEM OF RACEWAYS
IPART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
IA. The Conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Section.
I B. Comply with Division 16 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
1 1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, tools and services, and perform operations required for, and
Ireasonably incidental to,the providing of the electrical,telephone and other raceway systems.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
1 2.1 BUSHINGS, LOCKNUTS AND CONNECTORS
A. Where rigid conduit enters a box of any description, secure the conduit to the box with a locknut
Ion the outside and a similar nut and bushing on the inside.
B. Where electric metallic tubing enters such boxes, make the joints between the connectors and
the boxes tight in an approved manner by means of steel compression fitting for sizes smaller
1 than 2 inches, and set-screw type fittings for sizes 2 inches and larger.
C. Provide wire support bushings for vertical runs as required by the NEC. Bushings for conductors
I No. 8 AWG and smaller shall be galvanized, non-insulating type, and for No. 6 AWG and larger
shall be O.Z. Type R, insulating, selected for the size conductors involved.
2.2 CONDUIT
IA. Rigid Steel Conduit: Shall be constructed of mild steel piping, galvanized inside and outside,
conforming in all respects with Federal Specification WW-C-581C, ANSI C80.1, and applicable
IUL standards. Join rigid steel conduit by using hot-dipped galvanized threaded couplings.
B. Electric Metallic Tubing (EMT): EMT shall be of high grade, steel, manufactured specifically to
standards assuring maximum welding characteristics and ductility. EMT shall conform in all
I respects to Federal Specification WW-T-806b. Join EMT with appropriate UL listed couplings
and connectors, or provide self-coupling type.
I C. Polyvinyl Chloride - Rigid Nonmetallic - Conduit (PVC): PVC conduit shall be rigid, Schedule 40,
conforming in all respects to the applicable requirements of ASTM D-1784, D-883 and D-1600,
and NEMA 3-9. PVC conduit shall be Type II (designed for underground installation without
encasement concrete)joined with EPC-40-PVC couplings of the solvent cement type to provide
I complete watertight joints. Conduit systems shall be UL listed for underground use, and shall be
in conformance with the NEC.
I
I MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16110 Page 2
SYSTEM OF RACEWAYS
D. Corrosion Protected Conduit: Shall be rigid steel conduit exactly as specified above furnished
with a permanent,factory-fused polyvinyl jacket not less than 40 mils thick.
E. Liquid-Tight Flexible Conduit. Shall be manufactured exactly as specified for flexible metal
conduit and, in addition, shall have a copper grounding strand and factory applied neoprene
jacket. Liquid-tight flexible conduit shall be UL listed, Anaconda "Sealtite,"Type UA.
F. MC cable is allowable when acceptable to local code authorities, in areas that are concealed and
easily accessible (i.e. above acoustic ceiling) or as indicated on the drawings. No MC cable
allowed for any kitchen/bar equipment.
G. No BX cable is allowed. 1
H. Direct burial cable is allowed only for low voltage(24 Volt)cabling.
I. Conduit Sealant: Sealant to be moisture barrier type, non-toxic, non-shrink, non-hardening, putty I
type hand applied material providing effective barrier under submerged conditions.
2.3 JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES I
A. Junction and pull boxes 100 cubic inches in volume and smaller shall be standard outlet boxes.
Those larger than 100 cubic inches shall be constructed as specified for cabinet construction and111
shall be furnished with covers. Boxes shall be factory-fabricated from galvanized steel to prevent
corrosion.
B. Size boxes in accordance with the requirements of the NEC. Boxes not used for service entrance
duty shall be no smaller than 4 inches square and 1-1/2 inches deep with covers accessible at all
times. Set boxes on concealed conduits with covers flush with the finished wall or ceiling line.
2.4 OUTLET BOXES
A. At each outlet shown provide a box of suitable size and construction. In unfinished masonry walls
provide handy boxes of such size as to permit their being completely covered by the device
plates. All boxes shall be galvanized steel. Unused knockouts in boxes shall be filled or capped
before plates or devices are installed.
B. Ceiling outlets shall be 4-inch square boxes of the appropriate depth, furnished with 3/8-inch
fixture studs fastened through from backs of the boxes.
2.5 PULL WIRES 1
A. Provide in each empty conduit a nylon pull wire to facilitate the future installation of conductors.
Identify pull wires with linen tags affixed to the terminals of such wires; tags shall carry complete
identifying information.
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture 1
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 15010 Page 3
SYSTEM OF RACEWAYS
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. For systems 600 volts and below:
1. Service entrance conduit for electrical, telephone and cable TV services shall be Schedule
40 PVC. Underground conduit except that portion below the building structure shall be
installed with not less than three(3)feet of cover.
2. Underground conduits and conduits buried under concrete slabs on the ground shall be
Schedule 40 PVC.
3. All above grade raceways shall be metallic conduit.
4. Conduits exposed to the weather, and conduits above the roof of the building shall be
galvanized rigid steel, having a corrosion-protective coating as specified above.
5. Conduits shall be exposed in mechanical equipment rooms. Where exposed conduits are
located at or within five feet (5') of the floor, they shall be galvanized rigid steel conduit.
Other conduits on this project may be rigid or EMT as permitted by code.
6. Conduits shall be of such size and so installed that the conductors may be drawn through
without injury or excessive strain, shall be secured at cabinets and boxes of all types, with
galvanized locknuts, both inside and outside, and shall have appropriate bushings inside.
7. Threaded conduits shall be reamed after threading, and shall be kept tightly closed at each
end and in dry locations during construction.
8. Conduit that is larger than 1 inch shall not be run horizontally within any floor slab.
9. Conduits piercing roofs shall be placed in position in time to be flashed.
10. Final connections to motors shall be made with 12-inch or longer sections of flexible metal
conduit. Flexible metal conduits in damp locations and in mechanical equipment rooms
shall be neoprene-jacketed, UL listed watertight, complete with WP connections.
11. Metallic conduits shall be grounded in accordance with the requirements of the NEC.
12. Conduits shall not be installed within 3 inches of hot pipes except where crossings are
unavoidable, in which case a clearance of 1 inch is permissible.
13. Provide junction, pull and splice boxes in conduit runs as required by the NEC and
elsewhere as required to accommodate installation.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16110 Page 4
SYSTEM OF RACEWAYS I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16120
WIRES AND CABLES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. The conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Section.
B. Comply with Division 16 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, tools and services, and perform operations required for, and
reasonably incidental to, the providing of the systems of conductors for controls, power and
lighting, services, and for other systems included in this project, including accessories.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
1 2.1 SYSTEMS OF CONDUCTORS
A. Wire(for installation within conduit or raceway):
1. Provide conductors having THW," ,,XHHW, "THWN" or "THHN" insulation rated not less
than 600 volts.
2. All conductors shall be soft-drawn annealed copper, 98% conductivity, new building wire.
Conductors shall comply with the requirements of the NEC for the several services
involved.
3. No wire smaller than No. 12 AWG shall be utilized for any lighting or power circuit, and
none smaller than No. 14 shall be utilized for any control circuit.
4. Conductors No. 10 and smaller shall be solid unless otherwise specified, noted or
indicated. Stranded conductors not terminated at solderless connectors shall be furnished
with copper connecting lugs, drilled and reamed to the full diameter of the bare conductors.
5. Main feeders and motor feeders shall run their entire length without joints or splices.
6. Temperature ratings of conductors shall generally be 75°C. For high temperature
applications, the temperature ratings shall be in accordance with the NEC for the ambient
condition.
7. Carry out a uniform and consistent scheme of phase and voltage identification throughout
the building systems; identification shall be provided by the permanent color of the selected
covering. On large conductors identification shall be secured by means of painted or tape
color banding, plus a 1/2-inch wide yellow band on each conductor adjacent to the other
color. Color coding shall be in accordance with governing codes, and shall be consistent
with any existing color codes which may be in use.
8. Phase color to be consistent at all feeder terminations; A-B-C, top to bottom, left to right,
front to back.
I
I
I MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16120 Page 2
WIRES AND CABLES
9. Color code conductors as follows:
PHASE 208 VOLT WYE
AB
Black_..__......___.....___---__......_.._..;
.B-.—.....__... _.... j Red ..-_..... _.. _—..
_.........._........ -_-....-...._..-......._...._........._....__._....._.-..a
C Blue
NeutralWhite
Ground Green
Isolated Ground Green wellow trace
10. Conduit: MC cable is allowable when acceptable to local code authorities, in areas that are
concealed and easily accessible (i.e. above acoustical ceiling). No MC cable allowed for
any kitchen/bar equipment. No BX cable is allowed. I
B. Connectors: Make splices and connections in conductors using UL listed solderless pressure
connectors. For all connections up to a maximum of one No. 6 with two No. 8 conductors, use
Ideal "Wingnuts" of required sizes. Connections in conductors or combination of conductors
larger than described above shall be made using Burndy cable fittings of the type and size
required for the specific duty. After splice is securely "made-up", entire assembly shall be
insulated with UL listed insulating tape to a value equivalent to the adjacent insulation. Ground
connections shall be made using Burndy ground clamps or connectors of a type suitable and UL
listed for duty involved.
PART 3- EXECUTION I
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Branch circuits operating at 150 volts or less, for which the distance from the panelboard to the I
nearest outlet is more than 60 feet, shall employ No. 10 AWG (600V) extending from the
panelboard to the first outlet; branch circuits of 150-300 volts shall utilize No. 10 AWG (600V)
when the first outlet is in excess of 100 feet from the panelboard.
B. Feeder and branch circuit conductors shall be sized to prevent voltage drop values exceeding the
limits set forth in the NEC.
C. Care shall be exercised in handling and installing cables to avoid damage. Cables shall be
carefully formed in equipment pull boxes and manholes. Bends in cables shall be larger than the
minimum radii shown in the cable manufacturer's published data for minimum bends that will not
reduce the cable life.
D. Before any wire is pulled into any conduit, the conduit shall be thoroughly swabbed in such a
manner as to remove all foreign material and to permit the wire itself to be pulled into a clean, dry
conduit. Pulling compounds shall be used in pulling conductors.
E. Conductors shall be delivered on reels, in one continuous length (splices in conductors, I
insulation, and jacket are not acceptable)with both ends readily accessible for on-the-reel set up
and field testing. Watertight seals shall be applied to both ends of the cable for protection, and to
prevent entrance of moisture during transit and storage.
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16120 Page 3
WIRES AND CABLES
3.2 TESTING
A. Refer to Specification Section 16950.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16120 Page 4
WIRES AND CABLES I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL11
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 16140
I
WIRING DEVICES
IPART 1 -GENERAL
I1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. The conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Section.
IB. Comply with Division 16 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, tools and services, and perform operations required for, and
Ireasonably incidental to, the providing of wiring devices, including related systems and
accessories.
IPART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 WIRING DEVICES AND ACCESSORIES
I A. Install on each and every outlet box a wiring device and/or coverplate all as indicated by symbol
on the Drawings.
I B. Wall switches for load up to 12 amps shall be 15 amp, 120/277 volt, flush tumbler AC switches,
strap type, either screw terminal or pressure terminal with ivory handle. Wall switches for load
over 12 amps shall be 20 amp 120/277 volt flush tumbler switches as hereinbefore specified.
I Switches shall be provided in a single pole, 3-way or key operated as indicated on the drawings.
Switches shall be similar to Leviton CSB115-2 and CSB120-2.
C. Convenience outlets shall be 20 amp, 125 volt, 3 wire, ground outlets designed for side or back
1 wiring, ivory color plastic face with break-off terminals to permit two circuit wiring. Outlets shall be
similar to Leviton 5362-S Series for 20 amp.
I D. Pilot light switches shall be combination toggle switch as herein specified and neon pilot light.
Neon light shall be similar to Leviton 1221-PLR.
E. Special purpose outlets shall be installed as noted. Outlets shall be of the same manufacturer
Iand grade as those therein before specified.
F. Coverplates for each and every device shall be furnished and installed by this Contractor. All
I plates shall be one piece. No Sectional plates will be allowed. In all finished areas unless
specifically noted to the contrary, furnish and install smooth ivory plastic coverplates with
matching screws. All coverplates in Kitchen and Bar areas shall be stainless steel. In toilet
rooms and similar areas with ceramic tile and marble walls, furnish and install 302 stainless steel
I brushed satin cover plates with matching screws. Where telephone and other communication
outlets are required in these spaces, furnish protective grommets. In machinery rooms and other
similar areas,furnish galvanized steel plates.
1
I MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16140 Page 2
WIRING DEVICES
G. Ground Fault: Circuit interrupter; 20 amp, 125 volt, 2 pole, 3 wire grounding with lock-out action
similar to Leviton 8899 or approved equal. 1
H. Isolated ground outlets shall be 15 amp, 125 volt, 3 wire, isolated ground outlets designed for
back or side wiring with orange color plastic. Outlets shall be similar to Leviton 5262-IG.
I. Approved manufacturers: Leviton, Arrow Hart, Hubbell.
PART 3- EXECUTION I
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Wall switches shall be mounted at heights as noted on the drawings. I
B. Receptacles shall be mounted at heights as noted on the Drawings.
3.2 CORRELATION OF OUTLETS
A. Where public address outlets, telephone outlets and similar outlets are indicated adjacent to 125-
volt or 250-volt outlets, mount these outlets in a symmetrical pattern.
3.3 NEUTRAL CONDUCTOR DEDICATION
A. Provide dedicated neutrals (one neutral conductor for each phase conductor) in the following 1
single phase circuits:
1. Dimmer controlled circuits.
2. Isolated ground circuits.
3. Ground fault protected circuits where a GFI breaker is used in a panelboard.
4. Other electronic equipment that produce a high level of harmonic distortion including, but
not limited to, computers, printers, plotters, copy machines, fax machines, and the like.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
MulvannXG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 16190
SUPPORTING DEVICES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. The conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Section.
B. Comply with Division 16 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, tools and services, and perform operations required for, and
reasonably incidental to, the complete installation of supporting devices.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS
A. For conduit of small sizes, securely fasten with galvanized iron clamp or Kindorf fittings to hold
conduit in place. Heavy conduit 2" in size and larger shall be supported singularly or in groups
with steel rods or clamped to structure. Wire, plumbers strap and similar gadgets shall not be
used to fasten conduit.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTING DEVICES
A. Install hangers, anchors, sleeves and seals as indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's
written instructions and with recognized industry practices to insure supporting devices comply
with requirements. Comply with requirements of NECA and NEC for installation of supporting
devices.
B. Coordinate with other electrical work, including raceway and wiring work, as necessary to
interface installation of supporting devices with other work.
C. Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support piping properly from building
t� structure. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal conduits to be supported together on
trapeze type hangers where possible. Install supports with spacing indicated and in compliance
with NEC requirements.
D. Safety factor of 4 required for every fastening device or support for electrical equipment installed.
Support to withstand four times weight of equipment it supports. Bracing to comply with Seismic
Zone 3 requirements.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16190 Page 2
SUPPORTING DEVICES I
1
I
1
1
I
I
S
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI'GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
ISECTION 16401
POWER SERVICE ENTRANCE
IPART 1 -GENERAL
1 1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. The conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Section.
I
B. Comply with Division 16 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
1 1.2 DESCRIPTION
I A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, tools and services, and perform operations required for, and
reasonably incidental to the providing of electrical services.
B. The electrical service entrance installation shall comply with the requirements of the electric utility
1 company.
C. Service entrance conduits shall be coated rigid galvanized steel or PVC encased in 3"concrete.
IPART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 SERVICE ENTRANCE EQUIPMENT
IA. Refer to Section 16402.
IPART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF SERVICE ENTRANCE COMPONENTS
I A. Install service entrance components as indicated, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's
written instructions, and with recognized industry practices, to ensure that service entrance
components fulfill requirements. Comply with applicable installation requirements of NEC and
INEMA standards.
B. Coordinate with other electrical work, including utility company wiring, as necessary to interface
installation of service entrance equipment work with other work.
IC. Excavation and Backfill: Refer to Section 16050.
I3.2 GROUNDING
A. Provide equipment bonding and grounding connectors, sufficiently tight to assure a permanent
and effective ground, for service entrance equipment and wiring/cable as indicated.
II3.3 ADJUST AND CLEAN
1 A. Adjust operating mechanisms for free mechanical movement.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098 01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16401 Page 2
POWER SERVICE ENTRANCE
B. Touch-up scratched or marred enclosure surfaces to match original finishes.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL 1
A. Upon completion of installation of service entrance components and electrical circuitry, energize
circuitry and demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Correct malfunctioning
components at site, then retest to demonstrate compliance; or otherwise, remove and replace
with new components and retest.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16402
IIFS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
(600 VOLTS AND BELOW)
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. The conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
I and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Section.
B. Comply with Division 16 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
1 1.2 DESCRIPTION
I A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, tools and services, and perform operations required for, and
reasonably incidental to the providing of distribution systems and equipment.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
I2.1 METERING EQUIPMENT
1 A. Meter Base: Surface-mounted meter socket enclosure. Provide meter base(s) for
energy/demand and reactive energy/demand bases as required by serving electric utility.
B. C.T. Enclosure: Provide enclosure that meets the serving utility company's requirements.
IC. Terminal Cabinet: Provide terminal cabinet that meets the serving utility company's
requirements. Provide separate C.T. cabinet as detailed.
ID. Provide fault withstand rating greater than the utility determined available fault current.
2.2 PREMANUFACTURED INTEGRATED SWITCHGEAR
IA. Provide service entrance rated Cutler Hammer only IFS Pre-manufactured integrated switchgear
UL listed and labeled. Panelboards shall be factory pre-wired from their main lugs to their
I respective main breaker. Bus material shall be copper. Switchboard construction shall meet UL-
891. Provide an engraved nameplate on each main and feeder device. If UL listed series rated
circuit breakers are utilized, provide an engraved nameplate on panelboard noting type of circuit
breakers to be used.
I
I
I
I
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
1
SECTION 16402 Page 2
IFS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
2.3 LIGHTING PANELBOARDS
A. Provide Cutler Hammer only, circuit breaker lighting panelboards for 208Y/120V, 3 phase, 4 wire i
service as indicated on the Drawings. Lighting panelboards shall have main circuit breakers or
main lugs only as indicated on the Drawings, and shall be sequence-phased, equipped with the
quantities and sizes of quick-make, quick-break thermal-magnetic branch circuit breakers of
single pole and multipole configuration as indicated. All buses shall be tin-plated aluminum,
braced to withstand the stress of a fault equal to the lowest rated branch device. Panelboards
shall be furnished in code gauge galvanized steel cabinets with fronts and doors, and shall be
equipped with solid neutral bars having numbered terminals. At the completion of the job, neatly
type in on the index card the identification of each circuit. If UL listed series rated circuit breakers
are utilized, provide an engraved nameplate on panelboard noting type of circuit breakers to be
used.
B. Circuit breakers shall have interrupting capacities to withstand short circuit currents available at
the points in the system where they are to be installed. I
C. On all multisection panelboards, the lugs and buses on each section shall be of the same current
rating as the main overcurrent device protecting the feeder serving the panel, and each section
shall have a separate neutral, ground bar and phase conductors.
D. Where double section panels are indicated in the Contract Documents, the incoming panel
section buses shall be provided with double lugs, except when the incoming panel section is
scheduled to be provided with a main circuit protective device.
2.4 APPROVED MANUFACTURERS
A. Cutler Hammer.
2.5 SWITCHBOARD/PANELBOARD WIRING I
A. Conductors within the cabinets of switchboards and panelboard shall be neatly laced together
with plastic cable clamps, nylon banding or other approved means, and shall be of the length
required to allow for bends in conductors (in small sizes bends shall be "square"), and to
accomplish neat and strain-free connections.
2.6 SAFETY SWITCHES I
A. No disconnect switches of any kind or type will be provided under other Sections of the
Specifications, except where specifically called for in Division 15 sections. Provide switches with
quick-make, quick-break mechanisms, with voidable cover interlocks of the heavy-duty type and
the appropriate ampere ratings.
1. Switches for outdoor installation or in damp locations shall be provided with weathertight
enclosures; those utilized for service entrance duty shall bear the UL label for such service.
2. Provide a disconnect switch for each motor, and for each electric heater, except where
integral disconnect switches are specified in Division 15.
3. Locate disconnect switches within sight of and within 50 feet of the device served.
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16402 Page 3
IFS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
2.7 FUSES
A. Provide current-limiting fuses conforming to the latest NEMA standards, having at least 200,000
RMS amperes interrupting capacity.
B. Fuses shall be products of the same manufacturer, and shall have time-current characteristics
such that positive selective coordination is assured. Fuses shall be similar and equal to
Bussmann,of specified types meeting these Specifications.
C. Fuses 601 amperes and larger shall conform to NEMA Class L Standards; shall meet time-
current relationships of not less than 4 seconds time delay at 500% rating, and 45 seconds time
delay at 300% rating; shall utilize "0" rings or other suitable seals between end bells and fuse
tubes to prevent loss of arc quenching material.
D. Fuses 600 amperes and smaller for loads other than motor loads shall conform to NEMA Class J
or RK-1 Standards as indicated, and shall be dual-element type with a minimum time delay of 10
seconds at 500% rating.
E. Fuses 600 amperes and smaller for motor loads shall conform to NEMA Class RK-5 Standards,
' and shall be dual-element,time delay type.
F. Individual motor circuit protection fuses not sized on the Drawings shall be sized at 125% of
motor rating or the next standard fuse size above the rating, except where special motors or
loads require larger size fuses because of high temperatures. Fuse reducers shall be used
where switch fuse clips are spaced larger than the fuse size required.
G. Provide a rejection-type fuse holder for each fuse installed, to prevent replacement with differing
classes of fuses.
2.8 WIREWAYS
A. Provide wireways complete with necessary fittings to house conductors as noted on the
Drawings.
B. The cross-section dimensions of the wireways shall be such that they meet the Code
requirements for the number of wires installed, and shall be a minimum of those indicated on the
Drawings. The wireways shall be furnished complete with covers and knockouts, and shall be
provided in accordance with the manufacturer's details. Wireways shall be similar and equal to
GE,Type HW;fittings for wireways shall be a standard product similar and equal to GE.
2.9 ENTRANCE BELL SYSTEM
A. Contractor shall furnish and install a complete entrance bell system including weatherproof push
buttons, bell, transformer, power supply, emergency release and all interconnecting wiring. All
wiring shall be installed as hereinbefore specified. Push buttons shall be similar to Edwards
Catalogue No. 852 and buzzer shall be Edwards Flush Buzzer No. 1064G5 mounted in common
outlet box with transformer. Provide louvered coverplate.
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-0 I 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16402 Page 4
IFS DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Other installation details shall conform to applicable requirements of Division 16, requirements of
the governing authorities, and the recommendations of the manufacturers.
B. Meter Bases: Locate to provide acceptable access for meter reading and maintenance. Locate
to minimize risk of physical damage. I
C. Metering Equipment: Install current transformers supplied by serving electric utility.
D. Verify utility requirements prior to bidding and provide all associated work required by local utility
including, but not limited to: Service underground primary including conduit, pull cord, excavation
and backfill, underground pull vaults, pole risers, transformer pads, vaults, and the like,
secondary service lateral including conduit, and conductors, grounding of transformers, service
metering equipment.
E. Install electrical equipment in conformance with workspace requirements of NEC 110-16.
Maintain code required and manufacturer recommended clearances.
F. Install plumb and level and provide seismic restraints per local code requirements.
END OF SECTION
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16421
COMMUNICATION SERVICE ENTRANCE
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. The conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Section.
B. Comply with Division 16 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, tools and services, and perform operations required for, and
reasonably incidental to the providing of communication service entrances for telephone.
B. The communication service entrance installation shall comply with the requirements of the
respective utility service companies.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 UNDERGROUND SERVICE FROM UNDERGROUND TELEPHONE
A. Underground conduit(s)shall be Schedule 40 PVC.
B. Hand holes/pull boxes shall be precast concrete: Brooks Products, Inc., No. 66 Series with
concrete cover.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION OF COMMUNICATION SERVICE ENTRANCE COMPONENTS
' A. Install service entrance components as indicated, in accordance with the respective
communications utility service company instructions.
B. Excavation and Backfill: Refer to Section 16050.
END OF SECTION
I
I
I Mulvannvc2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16421 Page 2
COMMUNICATION SERVICE ENTRANCE I
1
1
1
I
i
I
I
1
1
I
I
1
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL111
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16450
IGROUNDING
IPART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
IA. The conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Section.
I B. Comply with Division 16 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
1 1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. All electrical systems shall be properly grounded to the incoming water service with approved
I pressure pipe clamps in accordance with Article 250 of the National Electrical Code. All interior
raceway systems, the main switchboards, lighting and power panelboards, transformers and all
motors over 10 horsepower in size shall be properly grounded. In addition to these, the neutral
leg of each voltage system shall be similarly grounded as required by code or as shown. Where
I motors and other similar devices are connected using rubber cords, the device shall be grounded
using a green ground wire properly connected to both the device and the distribution system
ground.
IPART 2- PRODUCTS
A. Ground Rods: Copperclad steel, 3/4 inch diameter, 10 feet long, tapered point, chamfered top.
IManufacturers: Weaver,Thomas & Betts,Talley, or approved.
B. Grounding Connectors: Hydraulic compression tool applied connectors or exothermic welding
I process connectors or powder actuated compression tool applied connectors. Mechanical type of
connectors are not acceptable. Manufacturers: Burndy Hyground Compression System,
Erico/Cadweld,Amp Ampact Grounding System or approved.
I C. Pipe Grounding Clamp: Mechanical ground connector with cable parallel or perpendicular to
pipe. Burndy GAR Series, O-Z Gedney, Thomas & Betts or approved.
I D. Telecommunications Grounding Bar: 1/4-inch-thick by 4-inch-high by 20-inch-long copper ground
bar with insulators. Manufacturers: Erico/Cadweld or approved.
E. Grounding Electrode Conductor: Bare copper stranded conductor.
IPART 3- EXECUTION
I3.1 CONCRETE ENCASED GROUND ELECTRODE
A. From the service equipment ground bus install grounding electrode conductor to footing
foundation rebar.
IB. Bond the grounding electrode conductor to two independent steel rebars. Each rebar's minimum
length is 20 feet.
I
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16450 Page 2
GROUNDING
C. Protect grounding electrode conductor extension from footing/foundation to service equipment
with rigid PVC conduit. Do not use metal conduit for grounding electrode conductor protection.
3.2 GROUND ROD ELECTRODE 1
A. Coordinate placement of ground rods and interconnecting conductor in base of building concrete
footing prior to placement of concrete.
B. Install 40 feet of No. 3/0 stranded bare copper conductor in base of perimeter footing.
C. Layout conductor to provide maximum exposure to earth in the perimeter footing. Do not fold 1
conductor.
D. Bond to driven ground rods at 20 feet o.c. 1
E. Tap at center ground rod and extend ground electrode conductor to service ground bus. Install
ground electrode conductor extension in rigid PVC conduit for physical protection. I
3.3 WATER SERVICE GROUNDING
A. Bond building ground electrode and water service pipe to service ground bus. Connect to water I
pipe on utility side of isolating fittings or meters, bond across water meters.
3.4 OTHER PIPING SYSTEMS '
A. Gas piping system, fire sprinkler piping system, and other metallic piping systems shall be
bonded per NEC.
3.5 RACEWAY GROUNDING
A. Ground all metallic raceway systems. Bond to ground terminal with code size jumper except
where code size or larger grounding conductor is included with circuit, use grounding bushing
with lay-in lug.
B. Connect all metal raceways, which terminate within an enclosure but without mechanical I
connection to the enclosure, by grounding bushings and ground wire to the grounding bus.
C. Where equipment supply conductors are in flexible metallic conduit, install stranded copper
equipment grounding conductor from outlet box to equipment frame.
D. Install equipment grounding conductor, code size minimum unless noted on Drawings, in all
nonmetallic and metallic raceway systems.
3.6 FEEDERS AND BRANCH CONDUIT GROUNDING
A. Install continuous insulated equipment copper ground conductors within the following circuits;
feeders, circuits for computer systems and other circuits as indicated on Drawings.
B. Where installed in a continuous solid metallic raceway system and larger sizes are not detailed,
provide insulated equipment ground conductors for feeders and branch circuits sized in
accordance with Table 250-122.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16450 Page 3
GROUNDING
C. Install isolated ground conductors for electrically sensitive equipment. Install isolated grounding
conductors isolated from the equipment ground system except at the common ground connection
at the service equipment. Provide isolated ground bus in panelboards isolated from the
equipment ground system.
3.7 BOXES, CABINETS, ENCLOSURES AND PANELBOARD GROUNDING
A. Bond grounding conductors to enclosure with specified conductors and lugs. Install lugs only on
thoroughly cleaned contact surfaces.
B. Bond all sections of service equipment enclosure to service ground bus.
3.8 MOTORS, EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCE GROUNDING
A. Install code size equipment grounding conductor from outlet box to (motor) equipment frame or
manufacturer's designated ground terminal.
3.9 RECEPTACLE GROUNDING
A. Connect ground terminal of receptacle to equipment ground system by No. 14 conductor bolted to
outlet box except isolated grounds where noted. Self grounding nature of receptacle devices
does not eliminate conductor bolted to outlet box.
1 3.10 TELECOMMUNICATIONS BACKBOARD GROUNDING
A. Provide telecommunications grounding bar at each telecommunications backboard. Bond the
grounding bar to service grounding bar in the main service equipment with a 6AWG copper
equipment grounding conductor.
END OF SECTION
I
1
I
I
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16450 Page 4
GROUNDING 1
i
1
1
t
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
ISECTION 16480
MOTOR WIRING
IPART 1 -GENERAL
I1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. The conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
I and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Section.
B. Comply with Division 16 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisionsfor coordination of
work.
1 1.2 DESCRIPTION
I A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, tools and services, and perform operations required for, and
reasonably incidental to, the providing of power wiring to each motor-driven and electrically-
operated unit of equipment.
I B. Wiring for temperature controls provided for automatic operation of heating, ventilating and air
condition equipment, including interlocking and interconnecting wiring, will be provided under
Division 15 as described in Section 15950.
IPART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
IA. Materials and equipment provided hereinafter shall comply with other Division 16 Sections and
with Division 15 of these Specifications.
IPART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 MOTORS
IA. Except for items that are furnished with factory-installed, integral motors, an electric motor of
required size and electrical characteristics will be provided under Division 15 for each item of
I motor-driven equipment as specified in Section 15050. Complete electrical installation of these
motors in accordance with approved wiring diagrams and instructions. Motor feeders and branch
circuit conductors shall be copper throughout.
1 3.2 CONTROLS
A. Provide the setting and electrical connections for each item of control equipment. Connections
Ishall be made in accordance with approved wiring diagrams and instructions.
3.3 MOTOR STARTER HEATER ELEMENTS
I A. Provide the correct size heater elements to protect each motor and allow it to operate based on
motor load (full load current) of the actual motor installed in each instance, and ambient
temperature experienced on each individual motor.
I
I MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16480 Page 2
MOTOR WIRING
3.4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS
A. Provide electrical connections to each item of equipment requiring such connections. 1
3.5 INSTALLATION
A. Where possible, terminate conduits in conduit boxes on motors. Where motors are not provided
with conduit boxes, terminate the conduits in condulet fittings at the motors.
B. Where disconnect switches are not provided integral with the control equipment for motors,
provide disconnect switches required by these Specifications and the NEC. Generally,
disconnect switches shall be heavy-duty, enclosed, externally operable, horsepower-rated
switches with voidable cover interlocks of adequate capacity for the duty intended. Each
disconnect switch shall be installed as close as possible to the motor or controller it serves (and
in no case farther than 50 feet from the motor or controller served), and shall be within sight of the
motor or controller served. Refer to Section 16402 for additional requirements.
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16500
LIGHTING FIXTURES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. The conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and - Requireme , y work covered
B. Comply
Division with 1 DivisionGeneral 16 Sections, asntsapplicable.applto Refer to otherbythis Divisions for coordination of
work.
1 1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, tools and services, and perform operations required for, and
reasonably incidental to, the installation of lighting fixtures, lamps and appurtenances.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
1 2.1 LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. This Contractor shall furnish and install all lighting fixtures as hereinafter specified and scheduled
' on each and every outlet in accordance with the type designation shown on the drawings. If a
type designation is omitted, the fixtures shall be of the same type as is shown for rooms of similar
usage. Verify before purchase and installation.
1 B. Fixtures are specified in the schedule by manufacturer's name and catalogue number. No
substitutions are allowed.
C. All lighting fixtures for recessed installation shall be furnished with proper thermal cutouts as
required by the National Electric Code and shall bear applicable UL labels indicating suitability for
a recessed installation as required for each individual application.
111 2.2 LAMPS
A. All lamps used on this project shall be new, delivered to the job site in the original packing cases
and sleeves and shall be of the same manufacturer. All incandescent lamps shall be 130 volt
rated. All fluorescent lamps and high intensity discharge lamps shall be of the color indicated in
the lighting fixture schedule. All high intensity discharge lamps for interior application shall be
phosphor coated type.
B. All lamps except parking lot fixture lamps shall be furnished by the Owner and installed by the
General Contractor. Parking lot fixture lamps shall be furnished and installed by the General
Contractor.
C. Approved Manufacturers: General Electric, Sylvania, and Philips.
1
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098 01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
i
SECTION 16500 Page 2
LIGHTING FIXTURES
2.3 BALLASTS
A. General: 1
1. Provide ballasts UL rated for specified lamps.
2. Thermal Protection: Internal UL Class 'P'with automatic reset.
3. Sound Ratings: Class 'A'. Where not available as standard product from any specified
manufacturer, provide quietest rating available.
4. Total Harmonic Distortion: Not to exceed 20 percent of the input current unless otherwise
indicated.
5. Input Voltage: Match branch circuit supply voltage; refer to Drawings.
6. Provide quantity of ballasts to provide switching as indicated on Drawings.
7. Provide factory printed wiring diagram on ballast housing.
8. Ballasts used in enclosed and gasketed luminaires shall be of Type 1 construction.
9. Comply with FCC rules and regulations Part 18, Class A concerning generation of both
electromagnetic interference and radio frequency interference.
10. Provide 3-year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship, including either a
USD 10 replacement labor allowance or complete replacement including labor by an agent
of the manufacturer.
B. Ballasts for Linear Fluorescent Lamps:
1. Power Factor: Minimum 97 percent. 1112. To operate a maximum of three lamps. Do not provide four lamp ballasts.
3. Nondimming Electronic:
a. Tandem wiring between luminaires may be used to minimize the number of ballasts
while accomplishing the switching requirements shown on Drawings. Provide label
in lamp compartment of luminaire to identify the function of ballast. Label shall not
be visible from room.
b. Provide ballasts that meet requirements of UL 935, ANSI C82.11 and bear the
appropriate UL label.
c. Provide ballasts that withstand input power line transients as defined in ANSI
C62.41, Category-A and IEEE 587.
d. Series wired, programmed rapid start circuitry.
e. High frequency operation: Not less than 42kHz.
f. Lamp Crest Factor: Maximum 1.7 for programmed rapid start ballasts and
maximum 1.85 or less for instant start ballasts.
g. Average Ballast Factor (BF): Minimum 88 percent or as indicated in the luminaire
schedule.
h. Provide 0 degree Fahrenheit minimum starting temperature for luminaires installed111
where exposed to anticipated ambient temperature less than 55F.
i. Manufacturer: Advance, Universal Lighting Technologies, OSRAM/Sylvania, or
approved. I
C. Ballasts for Compact Fluorescent Lamps:
1. Power Factor: Minimum 97 percent.
2. Do not use tandem wiring between luminaires.
3. Provide ballasts which meet requirements of UL 935, ANSI C82.11 and bear the
appropriate UL label.
4. With integral end of lamp life detection and shutdown circuit with automatic reset.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
SECTION 16500 Page 3
LIGHTING FIXTURES
5. Nondimming Electronic:
' a. Series wired, programmed rapid start circuitry.
b. High frequency operation: Not less than 50kHz.
c. Lamp Crest Factor: Maximum 1.5.
d. Average Ballast Factor(BF): Minimum 98 percent.
e. 0 degree Fahrenheit minimum starting temperature.
f. Manufacturer: Advance, OSRAM/Sylvania, Universal Lighting Technologies,
Lightolier, or approved.
D. Ballasts for High Intensity Discharge(HID)lamps:
II. Power Factor: Minimum 90 percent.
2. Do not use tandem wiring between luminaires.
3. Provide proper ANSI-series designation for specified lamp.
4. Average Ballast Factor(BF): Minimum 98 percent.
' 5. Minus 20F minimum starting temperature.
6. Pulse-start types specifically for pulse-start lamps.
7. Constant Wattage Autotransformer(CWA):
a. With fully wired, integral dry-film type capacitor and potted ignitor(where applicable).
b. Lamp Crest Factor: Maximum 1.6.
c. Metal Halide (MH) lamps: Ballasts shall tolerate input voltage variation of plus or
' minus 10 percent with less than plus or minus 5 percent variation in output voltage.
d. High Pressure Sodium (HPS) lamps: Ballasts shall tolerate input voltage variation of
plus or minus 10 percent with output voltage within trapezoidal limits of lamp
operating voltage over lamp life.
e. Manufacturer: Advance 73B Series, Holophane, Universal Lighting Technologies, or
approved.
8. High leakage reactance high power factor (HX-HPF) equal to Advance 72C Series
acceptable for 100 watt or less HPS lamp.
9. Nondimming Electronic:
a. With integral end of lamp life detection and shutdown circuit with automatic reset.
b. High frequency operation: not less than 170Hz.
c. Ballast shall tolerate input voltage variation of plus or minus 10 percent with less
' than plus or minus 0.5 percent variation in output voltage.
d. Lamp Crest Factor: Maximum 1.3.
e. Manufacturer: NAiS Aromat or approved.
E. Provide special types as indicated in the luminaire schedule.
2.4 LAMPS
iA. All lamps used on this project shall be new, delivered to the job site in the original packing cases
and sleeves and shall be of the same manufacturer. All incandescent lamps shall be 130 volt
rated. All fluorescent lamps and high intensity discharge lamps shall be of the color indicated in
' the lighting fixture schedule. All high intensity discharge lamps for interior application shall be
phosphor coated type.
B. All lamps shall be furnished by the Owner and installed by the General Contractor.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 16500 Page 4
LIGHTING FIXTURES •
C. Provide lamp cataloged for specified luminaire type.
D. Manufacturer: General Electric, Philips, OSRAM/Sylvania (OSI), Venture, Ushio (MR only), EYE
(MR only), or approved unless specific manufacturer is indicated in the luminaire schedule.
E. Provide similar lamps by a common manufacturer unless indicated in the luminaire schedule. I
F. Incandescent: Inside frosted, 130 volt rated unless otherwise specified.
G. Tungsten Halogen Incandescent: 1
1. Line voltage:
a. General use: Inside frosted, 120 volt rated, medium screw base. '
b. PAR lamps: 125-130 volt rated, medium screw base, size, wattage and beam
spread as indicated in the luminaire schedule.
c. Tubular: Wattage and base configuration as indicated in the luminaire schedule and
proper type for luminaire.
2. Low Voltage: Wattage, voltage, beam spread, base style and type as indicated in the
luminaire schedule.
H. Fluorescent:
1. Provide TCLP-compliant lamps when available.
2. Linear Fluorescent: Bi-pin base, tri-phosphor coated, CRI exceeding 82, CCT of 3500
Kelvin, length and wattage as indicated in the luminaire schedule.
3. Compact Fluorescent:
a. Single ended, four-pin plug-in base, tri-phosphor coated, CRI exceeding 81, CCT of
3500 Kelvin,wattage and configuration as indicated in the luminaire schedule.
b. Do not provide self ballasted screw-in type unless indicated in the luminaire
schedule.
I. High Intensity Discharge(HID): 1
1. Rate lamps used in open luminaires for such use.
2. Provide coated or clear lamps as recommended by the luminaire manufacturer for
maximum luminaire efficiency and distribution.
3. Lamps installed in common interior areas shall be of the same manufacturer's production
run.
4. Ceramic arc tube metal halide:
a. CRI exceeding 80, CCT of 3000 Kelvin, wattage, configuration, and base style and
type as indicated in luminaire schedule.
b. Maximum plus or minus 200 Kelvin color shift over rated lamp life.
c. Universal burn rated.
5. Quartz arc tube metal halide: ,
a. CRI exceeding 64, CCT of 4000 Kelvin, wattage, configuration, and base style and
type as indicated in luminaire schedule.
b. Maximum plus or minus 600 Kelvin color shift over rated lamp life.
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
i
SECTION 16500 Page 5
' LIGHTING FIXTURES
c. Provide pulse-start type when at least one approved manufacturer supplies specified
lamp with that technology and where burning position is compatible with luminaire.
6. Do not provide mercury vapor lamps.
' J. Special types as indicated in the luminaire schedule.
2.5 EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT LAMP POWER SUPPLY
A. Manufacturers: Bodine, Iota, Lithonia.
B. Description: Self-contained, battery-operated power supply for operating one T8 or compact
fluorescent lamp for a minimum output of 90 minutes.
C. Provide access hatches for emergency battery backup ballasts, adjacent to recessed 6-inch or
' less diameter downlights installed in inaccessible ceilings.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. This Contractor shall install a lighting fixture as hereinafter specified and scheduled on each and
every outlet in accordance with the type designations shown. If a type designation is omitted, the
fixture shall be of the same type as is shown for rooms of similar usage. Verify before purchase
and installation.
B. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to check the architectural finishes and, regardless of the
catalogue number prefixes and suffixes shown, furnish frames, supports and hangers, and other
miscellaneous appurtenances, to properly coordinate with said finishes. Where ceiling
construction requires reinforcing to support the weight of the fixtures, it shall be furnished by this
Contractor.
C. Immediately before final inspection, this Contractor shall thoroughly clean all fixtures inside and
' out, including plastic and glassware, shall adjust all trim to properly fit adjacent surfaces, replace
broken or damaged parts and lamp and test all fixtures for electrical as well as mechanical
operation.
D. Luminaire Supports:
1. Support Luminaires: Anchor supports to structural slab or to structural members within a
partition, or above a suspended ceiling.
2. Maintain luminaire positions after cleaning and relamping.
3. Support luminaires without causing ceiling or partition to deflect.
4. Provide recessed fluorescent luminaires with two support wires as outlined in UBC.
5. Comply with Section 16050, Basic Materials and Methods, and Section 16190, Supporting
Devices.
E. Wiring:
1. Recessed luminaires to be installed using flexible metallic conduit with luminaire
conductors to branch circuit conductors in a nearby accessible junction box over ceiling.
Junction box fastened to a building structural member within 6 feet of luminaire.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-009&01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 16500 Page 6
LIGHTING FIXTURES
2. Install luminaires for lift out and removal from ceiling pattern without disconnecting
conductors or defacing ceiling materials.
3. Flexible connections where permitted to exposed luminaires; neat and straight, without
excess slack, attached to support device.
4. Install junction box, flexible conduit and high temperature insulated conductors for through
wiring of recessed luminaires.
F. Relamp luminaires which have failed lamps at completion of work.
3.2 ADJUSTING 1
A. Focus and adjust floodlights, spotlights and other adjustable luminaires, with Architect, at such
time of day or night as required.
B. Align luminaires that are not straight and parallel/perpendicular to structure.
END OF SECTION
1
I
1
e
I
I
1
t
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 16721
' FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
' PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. The conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions,
and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Section.
' B. Comply with Division 16 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
C. Unit Prices: Provide unit pricing for the following pieces of equipment. The unit pricing will
include complete installation of devices listed with 40 feet of cable, conduit, if required,
connections, programming, battery capacity, and the like.
' 1. Manual pull station.
2. Rate-or-rise or fixed temperature heat detector.
3. Photoelectric or ionization smoke detector.
4. Duct-mounted ionization or photoelectric smoke detector.
5. Magnetic door holder.
6. Audible/visible notification appliance.
' 7. Visible notification appliance.
8. Addressable relay with complete connection to item to be controlled or monitored.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide labor, materials, equipment, tools and services, and perform operations required for, and
reasonably incidental to, the providing of a fire alarm system.
' 1.3 GOVERNING AUTHORITIES
A. Each fire alarm system shall comply with requirements of State and local codes and ordinances,
' with American with Disabilities Act (ADA), with other authorities having jurisdiction, and with
NFPA-70, NFPA-72A, NFPA-72E, NFPA-72G, NEC Article 760, NFPA 90A, NFPA-101. The fire
alarm system equipment shall be UL listed for the purpose intended.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit shop drawings and product data in accordance with Division 1.
B. A maximum of two submittal reviews will be performed by the Engineer. Compensate additional
time and material to the Engineer based on their published fees for any additional reviews.
C. Equipment submittals must include the following:
1. Complete descriptive data (cut sheets and operation and maintenance manuals) including
UL listing, FM approval (for the specified application)for all system components.
2. Complete system wiring connection diagrams, wiring connection details(shop drawings).
3. Indicate on floor plans initiating device zone number and notification appliance circuit
number.
4. Show floor plans point to point wiring indicating the number, the gauge of the conductors
and size of conduit/raceway used.
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-009&01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 16721 Page 2
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
5. Show a detailed riser diagram.
6. Show an equipment block diagram indicating the number and gauge of the conductors
used plus 20 percent spares. '
7. Show wiring connection details for components being connected to the system and
interface to associated equipment.
8. Provide control panel layout, battery calculations and graphs, voltage drop calculations (for
each signaling circuit, door hold open/closer circuit indicating conductor run length and
size). 10 percent voltage drop maximum.
9. Show on floor plans symbol key with device catalog number, description, dimensions, back
box size and mounting requirements.
10. Complete sequence of operation.
11. Indicate system components, size of components and location.
D. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions. 1
E. Submit manufacturer's descriptive literature, operating instructions and maintenance and repair
data. ,
F. Submit complete device and wiring diagrams on architectural sheets at original drawing scales
with indication of device type, physical location, battery calculations, voltage drop calculations
and component description to the local fire AHJs,for approval, prior to construction.
G. Submit, prior to final acceptance, a letter confirming that inspections have been completed and
the system is installed and functioning in accordance with the Specifications. Include
manufacturer representative's certification of installation and letter of warranty.
H. Operation and Maintenance Manuals: Provide manuals containing professional developed
Record Drawings, battery type and battery calculations, spare parts list, operating procedures,
troubleshooting guide, program printout, data file on disk and a 1 year warranty agreement
including parts and labor. Warranty period begins upon the date of final acceptance.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:
1. Installation subject to inspection and approval of federal, state and local authorities.
2. Provide equipment UL listed and FM approved.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS I
2.1 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM OPERATION
A. Alarm initiating devices shall be grouped in zones identified by Zone Light Emitting Diodes
(LED's)on the control panel.
I
I
I
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
I
SECTION 16721 Page 3
IFIRE ALARM SYSTEM
B. Actuation of an alarm initiating device shall:
I1. Initiate a March Time Tone device within the fire alarm control panel and cause the
respective red zone alarm LED on the control panel to flash, until the acknowledge switch
I is actuated at the control panel. Once acknowledged, the zone LED will be constantly
illuminated and the tone silenced until the actuating device is restored to normal and the
system is reset.
2. The activation of AHU smoke detectors and kitchen hood fire suppression system shall
I indicate alarm at the fire alarm control panel and remote annunciators or on selected
signals if indicated on the plans and fire alarm riser diagram.
3. Activation of manual pull stations or any other fire initiating device shall initiate alarm on fire
I alarm audio/visual evacuation signals throughout the entire facility.
4. Sprinkler supervisory alarms shall indicate separate and distinct alarms at the fire alarm
control panel and remote annunciators or selected signals if indicated on the plans or fire
alarm riser diagram (when applicable to project).
IC. After the acknowledge switch is operated, activation of a subsequent initiating device on another
zone shall cause the audible indicating appliances to resound and the visual indicating appliances
Ito flash.
D. Each alarm initiating circuit and indicating appliance circuit shall be electrically supervised. Any
disarrangement of system wiring such as opens or grounds, shall activate and audible and visual
I trouble indicators at the control panel. Actuation of the trouble silence switch shall silence the
audible trouble indicator, but the trouble LED will remain lit. The trouble LED shall be non-
canceling, except by an actual clearing of the trouble condition and restoring the trouble silence
switch to normal.
I2.2 SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL FEATURES
IA. The fire alarm control panel shall contain:
1. Operator interface switches for: Alarm acknowledge silence, system reset, trouble silence
Iwith ringback, municipal connection circuit disconnect and two programmable auxiliary
bypasses.
2. Visible LED indicators, through a locked door with protective glass window for: AC Power
On (green), Power Trouble (yellow), System Trouble (yellow), Ground Trouble (yellow),
I Alarm for each zone (red), Trouble for each zone (yellow), Signal Circuit Trouble (yellow),
Annunciator Trouble(yellow).
3. Field programmable microprocessor selectivity via dip switches for the selection of:
I a. Desired signal circuit type of operation; march time code, temporal code, selective
code,zone code, general alarm, time limit cutout, alarm silence inhibit.
b. Waterflow/Sprinkler supervisory operation on 2 designated and distinct zones of the
I system (when applicable to project).
c. Functional System Test capability which when in the test mode, activated initiating
devices, will report their individual resident zone code pattern which automatically
resets within 4 seconds. Integrity of the installation conductors and indicating
I appliance circuit can be verified by momentarily opening any circuit. The indicating
appliance will operate for 4 seconds and automatically reset.
I 4. Offsite monitoring output capability of the remote station reverse polarity, local energy
master box, or shunt master box types shall be field selectable within the control panel.
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-009&01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
I
I
SECTION 16721 Page 4
FIRE ALARM SYSTEM
5. Metal oxide varistors (MOVs) shall be provided on the system power supply and the
municipal connection circuit to provide transient suppression protection to the control
panel. '
B. The system control panel shall be surface mounted where indicated on the project drawings.
C. The panel shall be constructed of steel with baked enamel scratch-resistant paint and shall have '
a key operated locked door with shatter resistant glass viewing window.
D. System shall be complete with digital alarm communicator transmitter (DACT), Simplex type
2080-9023. •
E. The fire alarm system control panel shall be Simplex type 4002 or approved equal provided all
criteria contained in this specification can be met.
2.3 EXTERNAL DEVICES
A. The system shall utilize UL listed and FM approved fire alarm initiating devices (i.e., pull stations,
smoke detectors, heat detectors, water flow switches when applicable to project, duct detectors,
etc.)as shown on the drawings.
PART 3- EXECUTION
3.1 SYSTEM WIRING I
A. The system wiring and installation shall be in compliance with applicable codes, project drawings
and as required by the manufacturer. All wiring shall be color coded, tagged and checked to
assure that it is free from shorts and grounds.
3.2 SYSTEM TESTING
A. The completed system shall be tested in accordance with NFPA Standard 7211.
3.3 SYSTEM SERVICE SUPPORT
A. The system's vendor must employ factory trained technicians, and have a minimum of 5 years
experience servicing fire alarm systems and provide 24 hour emergency service.
3.4 WARRANTY
A. The equipment and wiring shall be warranted to be free from electrical and mechanical defects for
a period of one (1) year commencing with start-up and beneficial use of any portion of the
system.
B. Approved Manufacturers: Simplex,Autocall, Pyrotronics, Notifier, and F.C.I. ,
END OF SECTION
1
MulvannyG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
SECTION 16950
TESTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
' 1.1 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. The conditions of the Contract, including the General Conditions and SupplementaryConditions,
' and Division 1 -General Requirements, apply to work covered by this Section.
B. Comply with Division 16 Sections, as applicable. Refer to other Divisions for coordination of
work.
1 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Provide testing to insure that system is free from faults, has proper application of materials and
' equipment, has had appropriate torquing of all bolted connections and is otherwise free of
defects.
B. In the event of unacceptable or unapproved test results, adjustment to any system and
replacement of any item of equipment shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner.
' C. Provide copy of test results to Architect for review. Include a copy in Operation and Maintenance
manuals.
PART 2- PRODUCTS (Not Used)
' PART 3- EXECUTION (Not Used)
END OF SECTION
1
1
1
I
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
1
SECTION 16950 Page 2
TESTING '
I
1 1
1
I
1
1
MulvannvG2 Architecture
MG2#04-0098-01 17003 SW 72nd Avenue ROMANO'S MACARONI GRILL
September 10,2004-Permit/Bid Set Tigard,OR 97224 WATERLOO RESTAURANT VENTURES
t